UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 8-K

 

 

Current Report

Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the

Securities Exchange Act of 1934

Date of Report (Date of earliest event reported): May 1, 2012

 

 

ACCO BRANDS CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   001-08454   36-2704017

(State or other jurisdiction

of Incorporation)

 

(Commission

File Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

300 Tower Parkway

Lincolnshire, Illinois

  60069
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (847) 541-9500

Not Applicable

(Former name or former address, if changed since last report)

 

 

Check the appropriate box below if the Form 8-K filing is intended to simultaneously satisfy the filing obligation of the registrant under any of the following provisions:

 

¨ Written communications pursuant to Rule 425 under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.425)

 

¨ Soliciting material pursuant to Rule 14a-12 under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14a-12)

 

¨ Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 14d-2(b) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14d-2(b))

 

¨ Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 13e-4(c) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.13e-4(c))

 

 

 


Section 1—Registrant’s Business and Operations

Item 1.01. Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement .

Merger of C&OP Business

On May 1, 2012, ACCO Brands Corporation (the “ Company ”) completed the transactions (the “ Transactions ”) contemplated by (i) the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of November 17, 2012, among the Company, MeadWestvaco Corporation (“ MWV ”), Monaco SpinCo Inc. (“ Spinco ”), which was a wholly-owned subsidiary of MWV prior to the Merger described below, and Augusta Acquisition Sub, Inc. (“ Merger Sub ”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to the Merger Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2012, among the Company, MWV, Spinco and Merger Sub (as amended, the “ Merger Agreement ”), and (ii) the Separation Agreement, dated as of November 17, 2011, between MWV and Spinco, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to the Separation Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2012, between MWV and Spinco (as amended, the “ Separation Agreement ”). The completion of the Transactions, including the merger of Merger Sub into Spinco, with Spinco as the surviving corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (the “ Merger ”), resulted in the acquisition by the Company of the Consumer and Office Products business of MWV (the “ C&OP Business ”). Following the effectiveness of the Merger, Spinco merged with and into Mead Products LLC (“ Mead Products ”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (the “ LLC Merger ,” and together with the Merger, the “ Mergers ”). Accordingly, to the extent the context requires, all references to Spinco in this Current Report on Form 8-K should be construed to mean Mead Products with respect to the obligations of, and actions and events involving, Spinco following the Mergers.

Prior to the Merger and pursuant to the provisions of the Separation Agreement, MWV transferred the C&OP Business to Spinco (the “ Separation ”), and thereafter MWV effected a spin-off of Spinco to its stockholders by distributing to MWV stockholders all of the issued and outstanding shares of Spinco held by MWV (the “ Distribution ”). At the effective time of the Merger, each issued and outstanding share of Spinco common stock converted into the right to receive 0.32986547 shares of common stock of the Company, resulting in MWV shareholders owning 50.5% of the outstanding shares of Company common stock immediately following the Merger. The Merger resulted in the issuance by the Company of 57,089,808 shares of its common stock.

Transition Services Agreement . In connection with the Separation Agreement, Spinco and MWV entered into a Transition Services Agreement, effective as of May 1, 2012 (the “ Transition Services Agreement ”). Under the Transition Services Agreement, MWV will provide to Spinco certain services on a transitional basis to facilitate the transition of the C&OP Business to the Company. Among other services, the transition services generally relate to information technology, product stewardship, sourcing and supply chain, and certain accounting and finance services.

The term of the transition services varies by service. No term is more than 18 months after the completion of the Transactions, except for certain specified services that may be provided for up to 24 months after the completion of the Transactions. Spinco may terminate any or all of the transition services provided for a particular functional service area for any reason with 75 days’ prior written notice to MWV. In addition, MWV and Spinco may terminate all transition services if the other party materially breaches any of its obligations under the Transition Services Agreement and does not cure the breach within 30 days after receiving written notice of such breach.

MWV and Spinco have agreed to indemnify each other and each other’s related parties from losses resulting from each other’s (and, in the case of MWV, its subcontractors’) breach of the Transition Services Agreement, gross negligence or willful misconduct.


Tax Matters Agreement . In connection with the Transactions, the Company, MWV and Spinco entered into a Tax Matters Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2012 (the “ Tax Matters Agreement ”), which governs the respective rights, responsibilities and obligations of the Company and Spinco, on the one hand, and MWV, on the other hand, after the Separation, the Distribution and the Mergers with respect to taxes, including the allocation of liability for taxes, Spinco’s and MWV’s obligations to file tax returns and remit taxes, Spinco’s and MWV’s control over tax contests and Spinco’s and MWV’s obligations to cooperate after the Mergers in tax return preparation and record-keeping matters.

The Tax Matters Agreement generally provides that MWV is responsible for all pre-closing U.S. federal (including any consolidated U.S. federal income taxes of MWV), state, and local income taxes attributable to the C&OP Business and Spinco is responsible for all pre-closing foreign income taxes and all non-income taxes attributable to the C&OP Business (other than taxes arising from the consummation of the Transactions themselves, which will be the responsibility of MWV). In addition, Spinco is responsible for any taxes of Spinco and its subsidiaries incurred after the Distribution. Each party is responsible for any taxes imposed on MWV that arise from the failure of the Distribution to qualify as a tax-free spin-off for U.S. federal income tax purposes pursuant to sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, (the “ Code ”) to the extent that such failure to qualify is attributable to certain actions (described below) taken by such party.

The Tax Matters Agreement further provides that Spinco will indemnify MWV for (i) all taxes for which Spinco is responsible as described above, (ii) all taxes incurred by MWV or any subsidiary of MWV by reason of the breach by Spinco of any of its representations, warranties or covenants under the Tax Matters Agreement and (iii) any costs and expenses related to the foregoing (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses). Likewise, MWV will indemnify Spinco for (i) all taxes for which MWV is responsible as described above, (ii) all taxes incurred by Spinco or any subsidiary of Spinco by reason of a breach by MWV of any of its representations, warranties or covenants under the Tax Matters Agreement and (iii) any costs and expenses related to the foregoing (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses).

Each of MWV and Spinco has agreed that it will not take, and will cause its respective affiliates to refrain from taking, any position on any income tax return that is inconsistent with the treatment of the Separation and the Distribution generally as tax-free transactions to MWV and the MWV stockholders. MWV, on the one hand, and the Company and Spinco, on the other hand, have agreed to jointly determine in good faith the allocation of tax attributes arising in a pre-closing period to MWV and its subsidiaries (other than Spinco and its subsidiaries), on the one hand, and Spinco and its subsidiaries, on the other hand, provided that MWV is entitled to make any determination as to basis and valuation (such determinations to be made consistent with past practice, where applicable). MWV and Spinco have agreed to compute all taxes for post-closing periods consistent with the determination of the allocation of tax attributes in accordance with the Tax Matters Agreement unless otherwise required by a final determination to the contrary.

The Tax Matters Agreement prohibits the Company and Spinco from taking certain actions that could cause the Distribution to be taxable. In particular, for two years after the Distribution, Spinco may not:

 

   

enter into any transaction or series of transactions (or any agreement, understanding or arrangement) as a result of which one or more persons would acquire (directly or indirectly) stock comprising 50% or more of the vote or value of Spinco (taking into account the 49.5% acquired pursuant to the Merger);

 

   

redeem or repurchase any stock or stock rights;


   

amend its certificate of incorporation or take any other action affecting the relative voting rights of its capital stock;

 

   

merge, consolidate or amalgamate with any other person (other than pursuant to the Mergers and any other merger, consolidation or amalgamation with the Company or with any other direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company);

 

   

take any other action that would, when combined with any other direct or indirect changes in ownership of Spinco capital stock (including pursuant to the Mergers), have the effect of causing one or more persons to acquire stock comprising 50% or more of the vote or value of Spinco, or would reasonably be expected to adversely affect the tax-free status of the Transactions; or

 

   

sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of assets (including stock of subsidiaries) that constitute more than 30% of the consolidated gross assets of Spinco and/or its subsidiaries (subject to exceptions for, among other things, ordinary course dispositions, repayments or prepayments of Spinco debt and mergers, consolidations or amalgamations with any direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary of the Company or Spinco).

The foregoing restrictions also generally apply to a foreign subsidiary of Spinco whose stock was distributed in an internal spin-off with the MWV group prior to and in connection with the Separation.

If Spinco wishes to take any such restricted action, Spinco is required to cooperate with MWV in obtaining a supplemental IRS ruling or an unqualified tax opinion reasonably acceptable to MWV to the effect that such action will not affect the status of the Separation and the Distribution as a tax-free spin-off for U.S. federal income tax purposes pursuant to sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing restrictions, Spinco and the Company are permitted to (i) adopt or modify, and issue stock pursuant to, a stockholder rights plan and (ii) issue stock in connection with employee compensation arrangements that comply with certain safe harbors in the applicable regulations under section 355 of the Code.

The foregoing summaries of the Transition Services Agreement and the Tax Matters Agreement do not purport to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the Transition Services Agreement and Tax Matters Agreement filed herewith as Exhibit 10.1 and Exhibit 10.2, respectively, and incorporated by reference herein.

Refinancing Transactions

Credit Facility . As previously announced, in connection with the Merger, on March 27, 2012 the Company entered into the Credit Agreement, dated as of March 26, 2012 (the “ Credit Agreement ”) among the Company, certain direct and indirect subsidiaries of the Company party thereto, Barclays Bank PLC and Bank of Montreal, as administrative agents, and the other agents and lenders named therein. The Credit Agreement provides for a $1,020 million senior secured credit facility (the “ Senior Secured Credit Facility ”), which consists of a $250 million five-year senior secured revolving credit facility and $770 million in senior secured term loan facilities (the “ Term Loan Facilities ”). A description of the borrowings made under the Senior Secured Credit Facility in connection with the Transactions is set forth under Item 2.03 below.

Spinco Notes . Pursuant to an indenture dated as of April 30, 2012 (the “ Original Indenture ”), among Spinco, as issuer, the initial guarantor named therein (the “ Initial Guarantor ”) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”), Spinco issued $500 million aggregate principal amount of 6.75% senior notes due 2020 (the “ Spinco Notes ”). As a result and upon completion of the Mergers, on May 1, 2012 the Spinco Notes became the obligation of Mead Products, the Company became a co-issuer of the Spinco Notes, and certain subsidiaries of the Company became guarantors of the Spinco Notes (with the Initial Guarantor, the “ Guarantors ”) pursuant to a First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of


May 1, 2012, among the Company, Spinco, the Guarantors and the Trustee (the “ First Supplement ”), and a Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2012, among the Company, Mead Products, the Guarantors and the Trustee (the “ Second Supplement, ” and together with the First Supplement and the Original Indenture, the “ Indenture ”).

Of the $500 million in principal amount of Spinco Notes sold, $270 million in principal amount were originally issued to MWV and subsequently exchanged by MWV in satisfaction of certain indebtedness of MWV held by certain MWV creditors or their affiliates (“ MWV Creditors ”). Spinco did not receive any cash proceeds from the sale of the Spinco Notes by the MWV Creditors.

Pursuant to the Indenture, the Company will pay interest on the Spinco Notes semiannually on April 30 and October 30 of each year, beginning on October 30, 2012, at a rate of 6.75% per year. On or after April 30, 2017, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Spinco Notes at the redemption prices set forth in the Indenture, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the applicable redemption date.

The Indenture contains covenants that limit the ability of the Company and its restricted subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things: (i) incur additional indebtedness or issue disqualified stock or, in the case of the Company’s restricted subsidiaries, preferred stock; (ii) create liens; (iii) pay dividends, make certain investments or make other restricted payments; (iv) sell certain assets or merge with or into other companies; (v) enter into transactions with affiliates; and (vi) allow limitations on any restricted subsidiary’s ability to pay dividends, loans, or assets to the Company or other restricted subsidiaries. These covenants are subject to a number of important limitations and exceptions. The Indenture also provides for events of default, which, if any of them occurs, would permit or require the principal, premium, if any, and accrued but unpaid interest on all the then outstanding Spinco Notes to be immediately due and payable.

In connection with the issuance of the Spinco Notes, Spinco, the Company, the Guarantors and Barclays Capital Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, BMO Capital Markets Corp. and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., as representatives of the initial purchasers of the Spinco Notes, entered into a registration rights agreement (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”) dated as of May 1, 2012 with the initial purchasers of the Spinco Notes named therein. Subject to the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company and the Guarantors must use their commercially reasonable efforts to register with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) notes (the “ Exchange Securities ”) with substantially identical terms to the Spinco Notes and effect an offer to exchange the Spinco Notes for the Exchange Securities (the “ Exchange ”). The Company is obligated to file a registration statement, have it declared effective and consummate the Exchange within the time periods specified in the Registration Rights Agreement. If these deadlines are not met, the Company will be subject to penalty interest on the Spinco Notes until the applicable condition has been satisfied.

The foregoing summaries of the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement do not purport to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the Original Indenture, the First Supplement, the Second Supplement and the Registration Rights Agreement filed herewith as Exhibits 10.3, 10.4, 10.5 and 10.6, respectively, and incorporated by reference herein.

Existing Senior Secured Notes . Effective May 1, 2012, the Company entered into the First Supplemental Indenture (the “ Supplemental Indenture ”) by and among the Company, each of the guarantors party thereto and the U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “ Senior Secured Notes Trustee ”), which amends and supplements the Indenture dated as of September 30, 2009, among the Company, the guarantors party thereto and the Senior Secured Notes Trustee (as amended and supplemented by the Supplemental Indenture, the “ Senior Secured Indenture ”). The Supplemental Indenture became operative on May 1, 2012 following the acceptance for purchase by the Company of


more than two-thirds in principal amount of the outstanding 10.625% Senior Secured Notes due 2015 (the “ Senior Secured Notes ”) issued under the Senior Secured Indenture (excluding any Senior Secured Notes owned by the Company, any guarantor or any of their affiliates) that were tendered pursuant to the Company’s tender offer and consent solicitation for the Senior Secured Notes on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in its Offer to Purchase and Consent Solicitation Statement dated April 16, 2012 (the “ Tender Offer ”). Accordingly, pursuant to the terms of the Supplemental Indenture, all liens on the collateral securing the Senior Secured Notes under the Senior Secured Indenture have been released and substantially all of the restrictive covenants and certain event of default provisions contained in the Senior Secured Indenture have been eliminated. As of May 1, 2012, $411,725,000 principal amount of Senior Secured Notes tendered in the Tender Offer had been accepted and paid in full, and the Company had satisfied and discharged its obligations under the Senior Secured Indenture with respect to all untendered Senior Secured Notes that remain outstanding.

The foregoing summary of the Supplemental Indenture does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Supplemental Indenture filed herewith as Exhibit 10.7 and incorporated by reference herein.

Item 1.02. Termination of Material Definitive Agreement .

Effective as of May 1, 2012, the Company satisfied all remaining obligations under, and terminated (other than with respect to certain provisions that expressly survive the termination), the Syndicated Facility Agreement-ABL Revolving Facility, dated as of September 30, 2009, and as subsequently amended, among the Company, certain subsidiaries of the Company party thereto, Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as administrative agent for the secured parties and in such capacity, a co-collateral agent, Bank of America, N.A., and General Electric Capital Corporation, as co-collateral agents, and the other agents and lenders named therein. Additionally, the several financing commitment letters, each dated as of January 13, 2012, among MWV, the Company and Spinco, as applicable, and the financial institutions party thereto, each terminated by its terms effective upon completion of the Merger.

Effective as of May 1, 2012, the Company satisfied and discharged all its obligations under the Senior Secured Indenture with respect to the Senior Secured Notes that remain outstanding following the Company’s repurchase of the Senior Secured Notes tendered prior to the consent deadline established for the Tender Offer.

On May 4, 2012, the Company redeemed in full all of its outstanding 7-  5 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 (the “ Senior Subordinated Notes ”), which effectively discharged the Company’s obligations under the indenture for the Senior Subordinated Notes.

Effective upon completion of the Merger, the 2008 Amended and Restated ACCO Brands Corporation Supplemental Retirement Plan (as amended by the Amendment to the Plan effective as of May 1, 2012, the “SRP”) terminated and benefits became payable, with all unvested benefits of any SRP participant becoming fully vested.

Section 2—Financial Information

Item 2.01. Completion of Acquisition or Disposition of Assets.

The information provided in Item 1.01 of this Current Report on Form 8-K with respect to the consummation of the Merger is incorporated by reference into this Item 2.01. In addition, the descriptions of the Transactions contained in the Company’s Current Reports on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 22, 2011 and March 22, 2012 are incorporated by reference into this Item 2.01, and are qualified in all respects by reference to the Merger Agreement and the Separation Agreement, copies of which were filed as Exhibits 2.1 and 10.1, respectively, to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 22, 2011, and the amendments to the Merger Agreement and the Separation Agreement, copies of which were filed as Exhibits 2.1 and 10.1, respectively, to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 22, 2012.


Item 2.03. Creation of a Direct Financial Obligation or an Obligation under an Off-Balance Sheet Arrangement of a Registrant .

In connection with consummation of the Merger, the Company borrowed $770 million under the Term Loan Facilities of the Credit Agreement. Borrowings under the Credit Agreement occurred in conjunction with the consummation of the Merger and transactions related to the Merger (except that Spinco incurred its indebtedness prior to being spun off to MWV shareholders, which occurred immediately prior to the Merger). The Term Loan Facilities consist of the following:

 

   

a senior secured term loan A facility in an aggregate principal amount of $95 million to the Company, which bears interest at LIBOR plus 3%;

 

   

a senior secured term loan A facility in an aggregate principal amount of $190 million to Spinco, which bears interest at LIBOR plus 3%;

 

   

a senior secured term loan A facility in an aggregate principal amount of $35 million to ACCO Brands Canada, which bears interest at a rate calculated by reference to the Banker’s Acceptance rate plus 3%; and

 

   

a senior secured term loan B facility in an aggregate principal amount of $450 million to the Company, which bears interest at LIBOR plus 3.25%, with a 1% LIBOR floor.

Borrowings under the Term Loan Facilities, along with the net proceeds from the sale of the Spinco Notes, were used to (i) fund the cash portion of the special distribution paid by Spinco to MWV, (ii) repurchase the Company’s Senior Secured Notes and fund related consent payments with respect to Senior Secured Notes that had been tendered prior to the consent deadline (the “ Consent Deadline ”) established for the Company’s Tender Offer, and (iii) pay other fees and expenses associated with the Merger and related transactions. Borrowings under the Term Loan Facilities also were applied toward the payment of (a) the redemption price for all of the Company’s existing 7.625% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 (the “ Subordinated Notes ”) redeemed on May 4, 2012 and (b) the remaining outstanding principal amount of Senior Secured Notes that were not tendered prior to the Consent Deadline.

In general, the Company’s obligations under the Credit Agreement are guaranteed by the Company’s existing and future direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries, other than certain excluded subsidiaries, and are secured by substantially all of the Company’s and its guarantor subsidiaries’ assets.

The description of certain principal provisions of the Credit Agreement contained under Item 1.01 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 30, 2012 is incorporated by reference herein, which description is qualified in all respects by reference to the Credit Agreement filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 30, 2012.

The information provided under Item 1.01 above with respect to the issuance of the Spinco Notes is incorporated by reference into this Item 2.03.

Section 3—Securities and Trading Markets

Item 3.03. Material Modification to Rights of Security Holders.

The information provided in Item 1.01 of this Current Report on Form 8-K with respect to the entry into the Supplemental Indenture with respect to the Senior Secured Notes is incorporated by reference into this Item 3.03.


Section 9—Financial Statements and Exhibits

Item 9.01. Financial Statements and Exhibits .

 

  (d) Exhibits

 

Exhibit 10.1    —      Transition Services Agreement, effective as of May 1, 2012, between Monaco SpinCo Inc. and MeadWestvaco Corporation
Exhibit 10.2    —      Tax Matters Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2012, among the Company, MeadWestvaco Corporation and Monaco SpinCo Inc.
Exhibit 10.3    —      Indenture dated as of April 30, 2012, among Monaco SpinCo Inc., as issuer, the guarantors named therein, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee
Exhibit 10.4    —      First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2012, among the Company, Monaco SpinCo Inc., the guarantors named therein and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee
Exhibit 10.5    —      Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2012, among the Company, Mead Products LLC, the guarantors named therein and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee
Exhibit 10.6    —      Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2012, among Monaco SpinCo Inc., the Company, the guarantors named therein, and representatives of the initial purchasers named therein
Exhibit 10.7    —      First Supplemental Indenture, effective May 1, 2012, among the Company, each of the guarantors named therein and the U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee
Exhibit 10.8    —      Amendment to the 2008 Amended and Restated ACCO Brands Corporation Supplemental Retirement Plan
Exhibit 99.1    —      The audited combined financial statements of the C&OP Business at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, and related notes (incorporated by reference to pages F-1 through F-32 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4/A (Registration No. 333-178869) filed with the SEC on March 22, 2012)
Exhibit 99.2    —      The unaudited pro forma combined condensed balance sheet of the Company as of December 31, 2011 and the unaudited pro forma combined condensed statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2011 (incorporated by reference to “Selected Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Information” contained in the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4/A (Registration No. 333-178869) filed with the SEC on March 22, 2012)


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.

 

   

ACCO BRANDS CORPORATION

(Registrant)

Date: May 7, 2012     By:   /s/ Neal V. Fenwick
      Name: Neal V. Fenwick
     

Title: Executive Vice President

and Chief Financial Officer


INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit

    
10.1    Transition Services Agreement, effective as of May 1, 2012, between Monaco SpinCo Inc. and MeadWestvaco Corporation
10.2    Tax Matters Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2012, among the Company, MeadWestvaco Corporation and Monaco SpinCo Inc.
10.3    Indenture dated as of April 30, 2012, among Monaco SpinCo Inc., as issuer, the guarantors named therein, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee
10.4    First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2012, among the Company, Monaco SpinCo Inc., the guarantors named therein and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee
10.5   

Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2012, among the Company, Mead Products LLC, the guarantors named therein and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee

10.6   

Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2012, among Monaco SpinCo Inc., the Company, the guarantors named therein, and representatives of the initial purchasers named therein

10.7    First Supplemental Indenture, effective May 1, 2012, among the Company, each of the guarantors named therein and the U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee
10.8    Amendment to the 2008 Amended and Restated ACCO Brands Corporation Supplemental Retirement Plan
99.1    The audited combined financial statements of the C&OP Business at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, and related notes (incorporated by reference to pages F-1 through F-32 contained in the Registration Statement on Form S-4/A of the Company (Registration No. 333-178869) filed with the SEC on March 22, 2012)
99.2    The unaudited pro forma combined condensed balance sheet of the Company as of December 31, 2011 and the unaudited pro forma combined condensed statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2011 (incorporated by reference to “Selected Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Information” contained in the Registration Statement on Form S-4/A of the Company (Registration No. 333-178869) filed with the SEC on March 22, 2012)

Exhibit 10.1

TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT

This Transition Services Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is effective at the Business Transfer Time (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between MeadWestvaco Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ Service Provider ”), and Monaco SpinCo Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Spinco ”).

RECITALS

A. Service Provider and Spinco have entered into a Separation Agreement, dated as of November 17, 2011 (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “ Separation Agreement ”), pursuant to which (1) Service Provider and certain of its subsidiaries have agreed to contribute and transfer to Spinco, and Spinco has agreed to receive and assume, certain assets and liabilities of Service Provider’s Consumer & Office Products business (the “ Business ”) and (2) following such contribution and transfer and other transactions specified in the Separation Agreement, Service Provider has agreed to distribute (the “ Distribution ”) all of the shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of Spinco (the “ Spinco Common Stock ”) to Service Provider’s stockholders without consideration on a pro rata basis;

B. Service Provider, Spinco, ACCO Brands Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ Acquirer ”) and Augusta Acquisition Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Acquirer (“ Merger Sub ”), have entered into a Merger Agreement, dated as of November 17, 2011 (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “ Merger Agreement ”), pursuant to which, immediately following the Distribution, Spinco and Merger Sub will merge and the Spinco Common Stock will be converted into shares of common stock of Acquirer on the terms and subject to the conditions of the Merger Agreement; and

C. In connection with the transactions contemplated by the Separation Agreement and the Merger Agreement, the parties desire that Service Provider provide certain services to Spinco on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective warranties, covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

1.1 Defined Terms. All capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Separation Agreement.


ARTICLE 2

PROVISION OF THE SERVICES

2.1 Description of the Services . Service Provider shall provide, or cause to be provided, the following services (collectively, the “ Services ”) in support of the Business. Spinco shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to provide such assistance and resources (including, but not limited to, human resources) as are required for Service Provider to provide the Services to Spinco, including without limitation the purchase (at Spinco’s expense) of any software and hardware assets required for the Services as requested by Service Provider. Service Provider shall be relieved of its obligations hereunder to the extent that (a) Spinco fails to provide the assistance or resources referred to in the previous sentence, (b) such failure renders performance or ongoing performance by Service Provider of its obligations unlawful, or reasonably impracticable or unreasonable (in Service Provider’s reasonable determination) and (c) such failure (i) if reasonably capable of being cured, is not cured by Spinco within ten (10) days following written notice to Spinco by Service Provider of any such purported failure, or (ii) by its nature or timing is not reasonable capable of being cured (it being understood and agreed that Service Provider shall be relieved of its obligations hereunder during any such cure period). For the avoidance of doubt, it is acknowledged that, subject to its obligations to Service Provider under the provisions of this Agreement, Spinco shall be free at any time (and without obligation to notify or inform Service Provider) to arrange for any service identical to or similar to the Services to be provided to it by any Person whatsoever.

2.1.1 Ongoing Services . Service Provider or its designee shall provide each of the services (collectively, the “ Ongoing Services ”) specified in Schedule 2.1.1 (to the extent such schedule covers Ongoing Services, the “ Ongoing Services Schedule ”) to Spinco, in accordance with the terms and conditions for such Ongoing Services listed on the applicable schedule and set forth in this Agreement.

2.1.2 Additional Services . Spinco and Service Provider expressly acknowledge that the obligation of Service Provider to provide transitional services following the Effective Date is limited to the Ongoing Services set forth in the Ongoing Services Schedule, in each case in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in such Schedule, and there exists no other obligation on the part of Service Provider to provide any other transition or other services to Spinco or any other party following the Effective Date, except as provided in this section. Spinco may request additional transition services to the extent such transition services reasonably relate to the transition of the Business to Spinco (“ Additional Services ”). Upon receipt of any such request, (i) if receipt of such request occurs within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date hereof, Service Provider shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to provide any such Additional Service to the extent that such Additional Services were historically provided by Service Provider to the Business and are generally consistent with this Agreement and (ii) if receipt of such request occurs more than one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date hereof, Service Provider shall consider such request in its sole discretion and determine in its sole discretion whether to provide such Additional Services. If Service Provider provides such Additional Services in accordance with the preceding sentence, Service Provider and Spinco shall: (i) negotiate in good faith the terms of the provision of such Additional Services, including the additional fees for such Additional Services and the duration of such Additional

 

2


Services, and (ii) document the provision of such Additional Services in an amendment to this Agreement. In the event that Service Provider declines to provide any such Additional Service, subject to the first sentence of this Section 2.1.2, Service Provider shall use commercially reasonable efforts to assist Spinco in finding another service provider to provide the requested additional transition services to the extent such transition services reasonably relate to the transition of the Business to Spinco.

2.1.3 Setup Services . As part of the Services, Service Provider shall take those actions necessary, as reasonably agreed to by Spinco, to prepare for providing the Ongoing Services or any Additional Services (the “ Setup Services ”), and Spinco shall pay or reimburse Service Provider fifty percent (50%) of the Reimbursable Set-Up Costs in respect of the Setup Services (whether conducted prior to or after the Effective Date). For purposes of this Agreement, “ Reimbursable Set-Up Costs ” means the third-party costs to provide the Setup Services; provided that Reimbursable Set-Up Costs shall not include costs for shared applications in respect of Setup Services to the extent such Setup Services are for Service Provider’s benefit whether conducted prior to or after the Effective Date and shall in no event include costs incurred or intended to be incurred independent of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Separation Agreement or the Merger Agreement. If Spinco does not agree to a Setup Service, the parties shall work together to agree upon a commercially reasonable alternative arrangement, or Spinco may modify the scope of the Ongoing Services or Additional Services, as the case may be, such that such Setup Service is not necessary, subject to Service Provider’s consent. If the parties fail to agree upon an alternative arrangement, Spinco may, with notice to Service Provider, terminate the applicable Ongoing Services or Additional Services, as applicable.

2.1.4 Migration Services . Service Provider shall reasonably assist Spinco in preparing to migrate Ongoing Services from Service Provider’s infrastructure to Spinco’s infrastructure (the “ Migration Services ”). Spinco shall pay or reimburse Service Provider one hundred percent (100%) of the Reimbursable Migration Costs in respect of the Migration Services (whether conducted prior to or after the Effective Date). For purposes of this Agreement, “ Reimbursable Migration Costs ” means the costs that are reasonably necessary to provide the Migration Services.

2.1.5 Services . For the avoidance of doubt, when used in this Agreement, reference to a particular “ Service ” or “ Services ” shall include all of the services (or, if applicable, the single service) described in the Ongoing Services Schedule or in Sections 2.1.1, 2.1.3 or 2.14 , as the case may be. All of the Services shall be for the sole use and benefit of Spinco.

2.2 Performance Standards . With respect to those Services that Service Provider provided to the Business prior to the Effective Date, Service Provider shall perform such Services with substantially the same degree of care, skill, and diligence with which Service Provider performs such Services for itself, consistent with past practices during the six months prior to the Effective Date, including without limitation with respect to the quality and timeliness of such Services, subject to variation in the provision of such Services agreed to by Service Provider and Spinco. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Service Provider shall be under no obligations to perform disaster recovery services in respect of the Migration Services and Spinco shall have sole responsibility to recover any information or data it wishes to recover in the event

 

3


of a disaster; provided, that Service Provider shall use reasonable efforts to provide a backup to tape of all information and data in accordance with Service Provider’s current policies for backup and retention; provided further, however, that Spinco shall have sole responsibility to perform all offsite backups and any other services required to recover any information or data it wishes to recover in the event of a disaster. In no event shall Service Provider be required to provide the Services at a level greater than the level of Services used by the Business immediately prior to the Effective Date. If there is a conflict between the immediate needs of the Service Provider and those of Spinco as to the use of or access to a particular Service, which conflict cannot reasonably be avoided, Service Provider shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to establish reasonable priorities, at particular times and under particular circumstances, as between Service Provider and Spinco. In any such situation, Service Provider shall provide notice to Spinco of any changes at the earliest practical opportunity.

2.3 Cost of Providing the Services . Unless otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement, Service Provider shall bear all costs of providing the Services. Spinco shall reimburse for all copying, long distance telephone, delivery and other out-of-pocket and third-party expenses incurred by Service Provider (or any Subcontractor of Service Provider in accordance with Section 9.3) in order to provide the Services. Service Provider shall be solely responsible for the payment of all compensation for Service Provider’s personnel assigned to perform Services under this Agreement, and shall be responsible for workers’ compensation insurance, unemployment insurance, severance and other termination costs, employment taxes and all other employer payment obligations relating to Service Provider’s personnel.

2.4 Compliance with Laws . Service Provider shall not be required to provide Services which violate any applicable Laws in connection with its performance of the Services.

2.5 Acknowledgment and Agreement . Spinco understands that the Services provided hereunder are transitional in nature and are furnished by Service Provider solely in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Separation Agreement and the Merger Agreement. Spinco understands that Service Provider is not in the business of providing the Services to third parties and that neither party has any long-term interest in Service Provider continuing the provision of any or all of the Services. Spinco shall: (i) within 60 days after the Effective Date provide to Service Provider a plan and timeline, in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to Service Provider, for the transition to Spinco or third party suppliers of each of the Services (the “ Migration Plan ”), and (ii) as promptly and as reasonably practicable after the Effective Date, transition the provision of each such Service from Service Provider to Spinco or a third party supplier. Nothing in this Section 2.5 shall extend the Service Termination Date (as defined in Section 7.1.1) in any manner.

 

4


ARTICLE 3

MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL; CONSENTS

3.1 Service Provider Cooperation . Upon reasonable notice to Service Provider and, with respect to each of the Services, prior to the applicable Service Termination Date and as set forth in Section 7.3, Service Provider shall provide Spinco with reasonable access (during normal business hours) to Service Provider’s personnel and facilities for the purpose of providing reasonable information and consultation with respect to such Services.

3.2 Required Consents . Each of Service Provider and Spinco shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any and all necessary consents (such as, for example, consents of software licensors), or new licenses or similar agreements, to permit Service Provider to provide the Services and to allow Spinco to access and use the Services (the “ Required Consents ”). Service Provider and Spinco shall each be responsible for fifty percent (50%) of any costs and fees required to obtain the Required Consents. If a Required Consent is not obtained, then, if possible and until such Required Consent is obtained, Service Provider shall determine and adopt, subject to Spinco’s prior written approval, a commercially reasonable alternative to the affected Services; provided, however, that if no such commercially reasonable alternative is available, Service Provider shall be under no obligation to provide the affected Services and Service Provider and Spinco shall cooperate with each other to determine if there is an alternative to the affected Service. For the avoidance of doubt, the Required Consents referred to in this Agreement refer only to those consents, licenses and agreements necessary to permit Service Provider to provide and for Spinco to receive Services under this Agreement. New licenses and agreements necessary for Spinco to separately operate its business after completion of the Services are not provided for herein and are the sole responsibility of Spinco.

3.3 Primary Points of Contact . Each party from time to time shall appoint an individual to act as the primary point of operational contact with respect to this Agreement and the Services (each, a “ Contract Manager ”). The Service Provider Contract Manager and the Spinco Contract Manager shall meet as reasonably requested by the Spinco Contract Manager or the Service Provider Contract Manager to review the parties’ respective performance under this Agreement. Service Provider and Spinco shall notify Spinco and Service Provider, respectively, of the appointment of a different Contract Manager, if necessary, in accordance with Section 9.9.

3.4 Dispute Resolution . Service Provider and Spinco shall attempt in good faith to resolve any dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement promptly by negotiation in accordance with this Section 3.4.

3.4.1 Primary Points of Contact . If a dispute arises, the Spinco Contract Manager and the Service Provider Contract Manager shall consider the dispute for up to 10 business days following receipt of a notice from either party specifying the nature of the dispute, during which time the Spinco Contract Manager and the Service Provider Contract Manager shall meet in person at least once and attempt to resolve the dispute.

 

5


3.4.2 Senior Management . If the dispute is not resolved by the end of the 10 business day period referred to in Section 3.4.1, or if the Spinco Contract Manager and the Service Provider Contract Manager agree that the dispute cannot be resolved by them, either party may submit the dispute resolution in accordance with the procedures described in Schedule 3.4.2 . If the dispute is not resolved after following the procedures described in Schedule 3.4.2 , then either party thereafter may pursue any and all rights and remedies available to it at Law or in equity.

ARTICLE 4

COMPUTER HARDWARE, SOFTWARE AND DATA SECURITY

4.1 Access to Computer Software . Service Provider, in its sole discretion, may limit access to and the right to use software in connection with the Services solely to those employees of Spinco who need such access and right to use in connection with the provision of the Services. Service Provider shall also grant access to and the right to use software in connection with the Services to employees of Acquirer who need such access, provided that Spinco shall be responsible for any breaches of this Article IV by any employee of Acquirer. Service Provider shall also grant access to and the right to use software in connection with the Services to employees of Acquirer who need such access, provided that Spinco shall be responsible for any breaches of this Article IV by any employee of Acquirer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Service Provider shall not have any obligations to grant access or the right to use to employees of Acquirer to the extent such access or right to use exceeds Service Provider’s licensing levels for the applicable software, unless either (a) (i) Service Provider, in its sole discretion, shall have agreed to purchase additional licensing levels and (ii) Spinco reimburses Service Provider for fees and expenses in respect of such additional licensing levels or (b) Spinco or Acquirer shall have purchased directly from the applicable third party provider the additional licensing levels required for such access or right to use,

4.2 Data . Service Provider is authorized to have access to and make use of all data provided by Spinco or created by Service Provider solely on behalf of Spinco after the Effective Date (“ New Spinco Data ”), as necessary and appropriate for the performance by Service Provider of its obligations under this Agreement. Service Provider may not use any New Spinco Data for any purpose other than providing the Services.

4.3 Change Management . During the term of this Agreement, Spinco shall abide by Service Provider’s documented internal change control management policies and procedures (copies of which shall be provided to Spinco) in connection with Spinco’s use of any software used in connection with the Services.

 

6


4.4 System Security .

4.4.1 Security Policy . Spinco shall comply with all of Service Provider’s system security policies, procedures and requirements relating to Service Provider’s computer systems or software (“ Systems ”) which have been provided to Spinco (collectively, “ Security Regulations ”), and shall not tamper with, compromise or circumvent any security or audit measures employed by Service Provider. Spinco shall access and use only those Systems of Service Provider for which Spinco has been granted the right to access and use.

4.4.2 Personnel Access . Spinco shall use commercially reasonable efforts to limit access to the Systems to those personnel who are specifically authorized to have such access, and to prevent unauthorized access, use, destruction, alteration or loss of information contained therein. Spinco shall notify its own personnel of the restrictions set forth in this Section 4.4 and of the Security Regulations.

4.4.3 Unauthorized Access . If, at any time, Spinco determines that any of its personnel have sought to circumvent, or have circumvented, the Security Regulations; that any unauthorized personnel have accessed the Systems; or that any of its personnel have engaged in activities that may lead to the unauthorized access, use, destruction, alteration or loss of data, information or software, Spinco shall immediately terminate such personnel’s access to the Systems and immediately notify Service Provider. In addition, Service Provider shall have the right to deny personnel of Spinco access to its Systems upon notice to Spinco (with such notice given, in any event, within one business day of such termination) in the event that Service Provider reasonably believes that such personnel have engaged in any of the activities set forth above in this Section 4.4.3 or otherwise pose a security concern. Each party will reasonably cooperate with the other party in investigating any apparent unauthorized access to the Systems.

ARTICLE 5

FEES AND PAYMENT

5.1 Fees for the Services . The fees for each of the Services (the “ Fees ”) are set forth opposite the description of such Services in the schedules to this Agreement. Additional fees will be required if the scope of any Service is materially increased or if Additional Services are provided. All Fees are exclusive of any applicable Taxes or similar charges (and any related interests and penalties) (which shall be paid by Spinco). In the event that the costs to Service Provider for a Service is increased because any third party provider increases its fees or otherwise (including without limitation because Service Provider has ceased using such third party provider for its own purposes and is using the third party provider primarily for the provisions of the Services hereunder), then the Fees shall be adjusted upward accordingly. Service Provider shall, to the extent practicable, provide prior notice to Spinco of any such increases to the extent that Service Provider is aware of such increases and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to negotiate any such proposed increase in fees at the direction of, and in consultation with, Spinco. Neither Spinco nor any Affiliate of Spinco may apply any offset for other monies owed by Service Provider against the Fees.

5.2 Payment and Invoices . Service Provider shall invoice Spinco for the Fees in arrears on a monthly basis, and shall invoice Spinco for other fees and expenses that are the responsibility of Spinco under this Agreement from time to time. Service Provider shall include with each invoice a reasonably detailed description of the Services performed and the Fees

 

7


charged, if applicable. Spinco shall pay each invoice within 30 days after receipt. In the event that Spinco disputes any such invoice, Spinco shall pay the undisputed portion, if any, as provided in the immediately preceding sentence and shall pay the remaining portion, if any, promptly upon resolution of the dispute or completion of the dispute resolution procedures provided for in Section 3.4. Any payments owing to Service Provider pursuant to this Agreement that are not paid within 30 days after receipt of such invoice shall bear interest at the rate of 10% per annum (or such lesser amount as shall be the maximum amount permitted by Law) from the due date until paid.

ARTICLE 6

FORCE MAJEURE

6.1 Force Majeure . Service Provider shall be excused temporarily from performing any Services in the event that war (whether declared or not), fire, explosion, earthquake, storm, flood, strike, riot, act of governmental authority, act of God, act of terror or sabotage, technology disruption to the extent outside the reasonable control of Service Provider, or other contingency beyond the reasonable control of Service Provider, including without limitation the acts or omissions of Spinco in performing any of its duties under this Agreement, and any failure of a third party to provide services necessary for the performance of the Services to the extent not directly caused by Service Provider (each, a “ Force Majeure Event ”), causes cessation or interruption of Service Provider’s performance of such Services, for the duration of such Force Majeure Event. If Service Provider is unable to perform any Services as a result of a Force Majeure Event: (i) Service Provider shall promptly notify Spinco and describe in reasonable detail the circumstances causing the inability to perform; (ii) Service Provider shall use commercially reasonable efforts to resume performance of its obligations hereunder with the least possible delay; and (iii) Spinco shall be free to acquire such Services from an alternative source, at Spinco’s sole cost and expense, and without liability to Service Provider, for the period and to the extent reasonably necessitated by such non-performance. For the avoidance of doubt, Spinco shall not be obligated to pay Service Provider for Services with respect to the period when Service Provider is not providing such Services due to a Force Majeure Event.

ARTICLE 7

TERM AND TERMINATION

7.1 Term .

7.1.1 Term of Services . Service Provider shall provide each of the Ongoing Services beginning on the “ Service Commencement Date ” for each Service category set forth in the Ongoing Services Schedule or otherwise agreed to by the parties in writing and continuing until the “ Service Termination Date ” for such Service category set forth in the Ongoing Services Schedule or otherwise agreed to by the parties in writing, unless extended or sooner terminated in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. The period commencing on the first to occur of the Service Commencement Dates and ending on the last to expire or terminate of the Service Termination Dates is hereinafter referred to as the “ Service Performance Period .” Service Provider shall provide each Additional Service, if any, for the period set forth in the applicable amendment to this Agreement.

 

 

8


7.1.2 Extension of Service Termination Date . Spinco may request an extension of the Service Termination Date for any or all of the Services in any Service category, by providing written request to Service Provider at least 60 days prior to the expiration of the then current term for such Service category; provided, however, that individual lines within any Service category may only be extended if the termination of such line at a later time would not result in any liabilities or obligations that will be payable by, or the responsibility of, Service Provider, or if it would result in liabilities or obligations payable by, or the responsibility of, Service Provider, Spinco shall have fully reimbursed or indemnified Service Provider with respect to such liabilities or obligations. If so requested by Spinco and Spinco has not previously requested an extension of the Service Termination Date with respect to a particular Service, Service Provider and Spinco shall: (i) negotiate the terms of the renewal of such Service, including any revised Fees for such Service and the duration of such renewal, and (ii) document the provision of such renewal in an amendment to this Agreement. If so requested by Spinco but Spinco has previously requested an extension of the Service Termination Date with respect to a particular Service, Service Provider shall consider such request and if Service Provider, in its sole discretion, agrees to such renewal, Service Provider and Spinco shall: (i) negotiate the terms of the renewal of such Service, including any revised Fees for such Service and the duration of such renewal, and (ii) document the provision of such renewal in an amendment to this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless Service Provider otherwise agrees, any such renewal that extends beyond the one year anniversary of the Effective Date shall be in increments of 90 days each, and the Fees payable for such Service during each such renewal period shall be the greater of (i) the rate for renewal, if any, reflected in the Ongoing Services Schedule, or, (ii) if no such renewal rate is reflected in the Ongoing Services Schedule, at a rate that is at least 110% of the rate of the Fees payable for such Service during the immediately preceding renewal period (or, in the case of the first such renewal period, during the period prior to the first anniversary of the Effective Date). If Service Provider declines the requested renewal, Service Provider shall provide written notice to Spinco at least 60 days prior to the expiration of the then current term for such Service category.

7.1.3 Termination Date . (a) Subject to the last sentence of this Section, no Service Termination Date shall exceed 18 months after the Effective Date unless otherwise agreed to by the parties in their sole discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Service Termination Date in respect of the Services identified as “Specified Services” may be extended in accordance with Section 7.1.2 for up to 24 months after the Effective Date. Any extension of Services beyond 18 months after the Effective Date shall be on the basis of fair market value for the services rendered, as determined by a third party valuation paid for by Spinco.

(b) Service Provider has advised Spinco that Service Provider intends to terminate the use of the mainframe that will be used in support of the Services, including migration, on a date in 2013 which is no earlier than 18 months after the Effective Date (the “Mainframe Termination Date”). Service Provider will provide at least 90 days’ prior notice of the Mainframe Termination Date. Notwithstanding any extension that may have been sought pursuant to Section 7.1.3(a), Service Provider will cease providing all Services (including

 

9


migration), on the Mainframe Termination Date, unless at least 60 days’ prior to the Mainframe Termination Date Spinco advises Service Provider that Spinco desires for the continuation of Services beyond such date, and makes arrangements satisfactory to Service Provider to take over all cost and expense associated with continuing the mainframe in support of the Services.

7.2 Termination .

7.2.1 Termination of Services . Spinco may terminate any or all of the Services in any Service category in advance of the scheduled Service Termination Date for such Service category for any or no reason by providing Service Provider not less than 45 days prior written notice setting forth the termination date for such Service; provided, however that Spinco may only terminate any or all of the Services in the category “Product Stewardship” under “Safety Health and Environmental” in advance of the scheduled Service Termination Date by providing Service Provider not less than 60 days prior written notice setting forth the termination date for such Service; provided, further, however, that individual lines within any Service category may be terminated only if (a) such termination would not result in any liabilities or obligations that will be payable by, or that will be the responsibility of, Service Provider, or (b) if it would result in liabilities or obligations that will be payable by, or that will be the responsibility of, Service Provider, Spinco shall have fully reimbursed or indemnified Service Provider with respect to such liabilities or obligations. Beginning on such termination date, Spinco’s obligation to pay the Fee as specified on the Ongoing Services Schedule corresponding to such terminated Service category shall cease to accrue, but all remaining obligations under this Agreement shall remain unaffected. Spinco shall reimburse Service Provider for all third party costs incurred by Service Provider in connection with any such termination, including without limitation costs relating to any master data, transaction data, or historical data extracts. Spinco may also on 30 days’ prior written notice cancel all, but not less than all, of the Services in any Service category in advance of the commencement of such Service. Once terminated or cancelled, a Service cannot be reinstated unless Service Provider consents, which consent may be withheld in Service Provider’s sole discretion.

7.2.2 Termination for Breach . If a party materially breaches any of its obligations under this Agreement and does not cure such breach within 30 days after receiving written notice of such breach from the non-breaching party, then the non-breaching party may, at its option, terminate all, but not less than all, of the Services in the affected line within a Service category, or all Services in their entirety, by providing written notice of termination to the other party, which termination shall be effective immediately or as of such later date as may be specified in the notice of termination; provided, however, that Spinco shall pay to Service Provider, within 30 days after such termination, all Fees earned and any costs incurred by Service Provider pursuant to Section 2.3, Section 2.1.3, 2.1.4, or Section 7.3 through the date of such termination.

7.2.3 Bankruptcy Termination . This Agreement may be terminated by either party upon at least 30 days prior written notice if the other party is declared insolvent or bankrupt, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or a receiver is appointed or any proceeding

 

10


is demanded by, for or against the other under any provision of the federal bankruptcy Laws. Any termination of this Agreement shall be without prejudice to any rights or obligations of the parties accruing prior to such termination including the right to payment of unpaid amounts owing for Services performed prior to termination.

7.2.4 General Termination . If not earlier terminated, this Agreement will terminate on the expiration or termination of the last Service being performed hereunder, and thereafter all rights and obligations hereunder shall be terminated, except for the payment by Spinco of any remaining Fees due and payable hereunder, and except as otherwise provided in Section 9.4.

7.3 Transition; Obligations on Termination . In connection with the transition of the Services to Spinco: (i) prior to the expiration or termination of the applicable Service Termination Date, Service Provider shall cooperate with all reasonable requests by Spinco in connection with the transition of the performance of the Services from Service Provider to Spinco, (ii) Service Provider shall return to Spinco or destroy, at Spinco’s option, all Confidential Information (as defined in the Confidentiality Agreement) of Spinco that is in Service Provider’s possession, and (iii) Spinco shall reimburse Service Provider for any and all costs and expenses incurred by Service Provider in connection with such transition. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that certain Confidential Information cannot reasonably or practicably be returned to Spinco or destroyed (if directed by Spinco) after Service Provider and Spinco has used all commercially reasonable efforts to attempt such return or destruction), Spinco shall, prior to the expiration or termination of the applicable Service Termination Date, identify the Confidential Information that it wishes for Service Provider to retain, and Service Provider shall use commercially reasonable efforts to retain such Confidential Information for a period of seven years after the expiration or termination of the applicable Service Termination Date, and shall provide Spinco and Acquirer reasonable access to such Confidential Information over such time period; provided that Spinco shall reimburse Service Provider for any and all costs and expenses incurred by Service Provider in connection with such retention and access. In the event any Service is terminated prior to the applicable Service Termination Date (other than pursuant to Section 7.2.2 as a result of a breach by Service Provider), Spinco shall be responsible to Service Provider for reasonable and proper termination charges payable to third parties, which shall include all cancellation costs incurred by Service Provider or costs for materials acquired in connection with the provision of such Service or Services and Service Provider’s costs related to the transition.

ARTICLE 8

LIMITATION ON LIABILITY; INDEMNIFICATION

8.1 Limitation on Liability; Indemnification.

(a) As used in this Section 8.1: (i) “Losses” means losses, damages, and expenses, and “Third Party Losses” means Losses sustained by any Person other than Spinco.

 

11


(b) Service Provider shall not be liable for any Loss (including without limitation any Loss sustained by Spinco in respect of a Third Party Loss) arising out of or related to the Services, whether arising out of breach of warranty, strict liability, tort, contract or otherwise, other than Losses resulting from Service Provider’s or its Subcontractors’ breach of this Agreement, gross negligence or willful misconduct with respect to the provision of Services.

(c) Under no circumstances shall Service Provider or any Affiliate of Service Provider have liability hereunder (in the aggregate) in excess of the total amount of all Fees paid by Spinco, or be otherwise required to pay out in damages, cost of settlement, or otherwise, in excess of such amount.

(d) Service Provider shall defend, indemnify, and hold Spinco and its officers, directors, managers, partners, members, employees, agents, successors, assigns and Affiliates harmless from and against any actual or alleged Losses resulting from Service Provider’s or its Subcontractors’ breach of this Agreement, gross negligence or willful misconduct with respect to the provision of the Services.

(e) Spinco shall defend, indemnify and hold Service Provider and its officers, directors, employees, agents, successors, assigns and Affiliates harmless from and against any and all actual or alleged Losses resulting from Spinco’s breach of this Agreement, gross negligence or willful misconduct.

(f) NEITHER PARTY HERETO SHALL BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER FOR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR FOR PUNITIVE OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES.

(g) EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, SERVICE PROVIDER MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED (INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF NON-INFRINGEMENT), WITH RESPECT TO THE SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT.

8.2 Procedure . A party (the “ Indemnified Party ”) shall notify the other party (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) in writing of any claim, action or demand (a “ Third Party Claim ”) for which the Indemnified Party intends to claim indemnification under this Article 8. If the Indemnifying Party fails to assume the defense of such Third Party Claim within 30 days after notice of any such Third Party Claim, or such shorter period as is reasonably required, the Indemnified Party will have the right to undertake the defense, compromise or settlement of such Third Party Claim on behalf of and for the account and risk, and at the expense, of the Indemnifying Party, subject to the right of the Indemnifying Party to assume the defense of such Third Party Claim at any time prior to settlement, compromise or final determination thereof. Notice of any Third Party Claim shall be given promptly after the Indemnified Party becomes aware of the Third Party Claim, but no delay in giving such notice shall affect the Indemnified Party’s right to indemnification hereunder except to the extent that such delay shall have affected the Indemnifying Party’s ability to defend or settle such Third Party Claim. Notice of a Third

 

12


Party Claim shall be accompanied by all information reasonably available to the Indemnified Party relevant to the investigation, assessment, defense and settlement of such Third Party Claim. The Indemnified Party shall, at the request and expense of the Indemnifying Party, take such actions as the Indemnifying Party may reasonably request in connection with the investigation, assessment, defense and settlement of any Third Party Claim.

ARTICLE 9

GENERAL

9.1 Confidential Information . The rights and obligations under this Agreement are subject to any specific limitations, qualifications or additional provisions on the sharing, exchange or confidential treatment of information set forth in the Confidentiality Agreement.

9.2 Relationship of the Parties . Service Provider, in performance of its obligations under this Agreement, is acting as an independent contractor to Spinco, and not as a partner, joint venture or agent, nor do the parties intend to create by this Agreement an employer-employee relationship. Each party retains control over its personnel, and the employees of one party shall not be considered employees of the other party. Neither party shall be bound by any representation, act or omission of the other party. Neither party has any right, power or authority to create any obligation, express or implied, on behalf of the other party.

9.3 Subcontracting . Service Provider may use contractors, subcontractors, vendors or other third parties (collectively, “ Subcontractors ”) to provide some or all of the Services either on-site or at other locations. In the event that Service Provider uses any Subcontractors to perform any Services, Service Provider shall not be released from responsibility for its obligations under this Agreement. Service Provider shall be fully responsible, financially and otherwise, for the Services provided by each Subcontractor to the same extent as if Service Provider had performed the Services (subject to the limitations set forth in this Agreement) itself and shall pay the fees and expenses of any such Subcontractor.

9.4 Survival . The provisions relating to payment in Section 2.1.3 and 2.1.4, and the provisions of Sections 2.3, 3.4, ARTICLE 5, Section 7.3, ARTICLE 8 and ARTICLE 9 shall survive termination or expiration of the Service Performance Period.

9.5 Entire Agreement . The schedules to this Agreement shall be construed with and as an integral part of this Agreement to the same extent as if the same had been set forth verbatim herein. This Agreement, the Separation Agreement, the Confidentiality Agreement and the Merger Agreement (together in each case with the schedules, exhibits and other documents referenced therein) contain, and are intended as, a complete statement of all of the terms and the arrangements between the parties hereto with respect to the matters provided for herein, and supersede any previous agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to those matters.

 

13


9.6 Governing Law . This Agreement (and any claims or disputes arising out of or related hereto or to the transactions contemplated hereby or to the inducement of any Party to enter herein, whether for breach of contract, tortious conduct or otherwise and whether predicated on common law, statute or otherwise) is governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the Laws of the State of Delaware irrespective of the choice of laws principles of the State of Delaware, including all matters of validity, construction, effect, enforceability, performance and remedies.

9.7 Jurisdiction; Consent to Jurisdiction .

(a) Exclusive Jurisdiction . Each of the parties irrevocably agrees that any claim, dispute or controversy (of any and every kind or type, whether based on contract, tort, statute, regulation or otherwise, and whether based on state, federal, foreign or any other law), arising out of, relating to or in connection with this Agreement, including disputes relating to the existence, validity, breach or termination of this Agreement (any such claim being a “Covered Claim”) may be brought and determined in any federal or state court located in the State of Delaware, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably submits in respect of Covered Claims for itself and in respect to its property, generally and unconditionally, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, counterclaim or otherwise, in any action or proceeding in respect of Covered Claims (a) any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts for any reason other than the failure to lawfully serve process, (b) that it or its property is exempt or immune from jurisdiction of any such court or from any legal process commenced in such courts (whether through service of notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution of judgment, execution of judgment or otherwise) and (c) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws, that (i) the suit, action or proceeding in any such court is brought in an inconvenient forum, (ii) the venue of such suit, action or proceeding is improper and (iii) this Agreement, or the subject matter hereof, may not be enforced in or by such courts.

(b) Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY WHICH MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND THEREFORE EACH SUCH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY CERTIFIES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT (i) NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF ANY LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER, (ii) EACH PARTY UNDERSTANDS AND HAS CONSIDERED THE IMPLICATIONS OF THIS WAIVER, (iii) EACH PARTY MAKES THIS WAIVER VOLUNTARILY, AND (iv) EACH PARTY HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT, BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS (b).

 

14


9.8 Headings . The section headings hereof are for convenience of reference only and are to be given no effect in construction, interpretation or effect hereof.

9.9 Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and provided to the addresses set forth below and shall be deemed given on the date of actual receipt at the address or facsimile number of the recipient party (Service Provider or Spinco, as the case may be), all as shown below (or to such other address as such party may have specified by notice given to the other party pursuant to this Section 9.9):

If to Service Provider, to:

Leslie Lovingood

MeadWestvaco Corporation

501 South 5 th Street

Richmond, VA 23219

with a copy to:

MeadWestvaco Corporation

501 South 5 th Street

Richmond, VA 23219

Attn: General Counsel

If to Spinco, to:

Mark Anderson

ACCO Brands Corporation

300 Tower Parkway

Lincolnshire, IL, 60069

with a copy to:

ACCO Brands Corporation

300 Tower Parkway

Lincolnshire, IL, 60069

Attn: General Counsel

9.10 Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof, each of which shall remain in full force and effect.

 

15


9.11 Binding Effect; No Third Party Beneficiaries; Assignment . This Agreement shall be legally binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Nothing in this Agreement shall create or be deemed to create any third party beneficiary rights in any Person not a party hereto (other than the rights of the Indemnified Parties under Article 8). No assignment hereof or of any rights or obligations hereunder may be made by any party hereto (by operation of law or otherwise) without the prior written consent of the other party hereto and any attempted assignment without such required consent shall be without effect. No assignment by either party shall relieve the assigning party of responsibility for the performance of its obligations under this Agreement.

9.12 Amendments . This Agreement may be amended, supplemented or modified only pursuant to a written instrument making specific reference hereto signed by each of the parties hereto.

9.13 Waiver . No waiver of any breach of this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing and signed by the party to be bound thereby. No waiver by any party of any breach of this Agreement shall be deemed to extend to any prior or subsequent breach or affect in any way any rights arising by virtue of any such prior or subsequent occurrence.

9.14 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Copies of executed counterparts transmitted by facsimile or other electronic transmission service shall be considered original executed counterparts for purposes of this Section.

9.15 Non-Recourse . No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner, stockholder, Affiliate, agent, attorney or representative of either Service Provider or Spinco or their Affiliates shall have any liability for any obligations or liabilities of Service Provider or Spinco, respectively, under this Agreement or for any claims based on, in respect of, or by reason of, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

9.16 Effect if Distribution Does Not Occur . If the Distribution does not occur, then all actions and events that are, under this Agreement, to be taken or occur shall not be taken or occur except to the extent specifically agreed by the parties.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

 

16


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Agreement to be executed by an authorized representative as of the Effective Date.

 

“Service Provider”

 

MEADWESTVACO CORPORATION

By:   /s/ E. Mark Rajkowski
 

    Name:    E. Mark Rajkowski

    Title:      Senior Vice President and Chief

                    Financial Officer

 

“Spinco”

 

MONACO SPINCO INC.

By:   /s/ Neil A. McLachlan
 

  Name:     Neil A. McLachlan

  Title:       President and Chief Executive Officer

 


Schedule 3.4.2

DISPUTE RESOLUTION PROCEDURE

Global Business Services (GBS) Shared Services Issue Resolution

In the event that there are problems or issues with the Services or relationship described in the Agreement and corrective action is needed, communication should begin as described in Section 3.4.1 of the Agreement. If an issue needs to be escalated in order to reach a resolution satisfactory to both Service Provider and Spinco, the following chain of contacts should be followed.

 

Functional Area

  

Contact

  

Contact Sequence

Shared Services (SS)

   Functional Manager (N. American Mgr., unless otherwise noted below)    1

Shared Services (SS)

   Manager, Mergers, Acquisitions & Divestitures (SS)    2

Shared Services (SS)

   Director, North American Shared Services    3

Shared Services (SS)

   President, Global Business Services    4

Shared Services Functions:

Procure to Pay (P2P): Accounts payable

Record to Report (R2R): Accounting record keeping, reconciliation and reporting

Invoice to Cash (I2C): Credit, collections, accounts receivable

 

Title

  

Name

   Phone #    e-mail

Functional Manager; Procure to Pay (P2P)

        

Functional Manager; Record to Report (R2R)

        

Functional Manager; Invoice to Cash (I2C)

        

Manager, Mergers, Acquisitions & Divestitures (SS)

        

Director, N. American Shared Services

        

President, Global Business Services

        

Exhibit 10.2

EXECUTION VERSION

TAX MATTERS AGREEMENT

by and among

MeadWestvaco Corporation,

Monaco SpinCo Inc.,

and

ACCO Brands Corporation

Dated as of May 1, 2012


TAX MATTERS AGREEMENT

THIS TAX MATTERS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of May 1, 2012, is by and among MeadWestvaco Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ Parent ”), Monaco SpinCo Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Spinco ”) and ACCO Brands Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ Acquirer ”). Each of Parent, Spinco and Acquirer is sometimes referred to herein as a “ Party ” and, collectively, as the “ Parties .”

WHEREAS, Parent, directly and through its various subsidiaries, is engaged in the Parent Business and the Spinco Business;

WHEREAS, the board of directors of Parent has determined that it is in the best interests of Parent and its shareholders to create a new publicly traded company which shall operate the Spinco Business;

WHEREAS, Parent and Spinco have entered into the Separation Agreement pursuant to which (a) (i) Parent will, and will cause its Subsidiaries to, transfer certain assets, liabilities, subsidiaries and businesses of Parent and its Subsidiaries to Spinco and its Subsidiaries, and (ii) Spinco will, and/or will cause one or more of its Subsidiaries to, transfer certain assets, liabilities, subsidiaries and businesses to Parent and its Subsidiaries, as a result of which Spinco will own, directly and through its Subsidiaries, the Spinco Business and will not own, directly or indirectly through its Subsidiaries, any of the Parent Business (the “ Restructuring ”), and (b) Parent will distribute the stock of Spinco to its shareholders (the “ Distribution ”) as described therein;

WHEREAS, prior to consummation of the Restructuring and the Distribution, Parent was the common parent corporation of an affiliated group of corporations within the meaning of Section 1504 of the Code;

WHEREAS, the Parties intend that, for U.S. federal income Tax purposes, certain steps of the Restructuring and the Distribution shall qualify as tax-free transactions within the meaning of Sections 355(a) and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of November 17, 2011, among Parent, Spinco, Acquirer and Merger Sub, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of March 19, 2012 (the “ Merger Agreement ”), immediately following the Distribution, Merger Sub will merge with and into Spinco with Spinco surviving the merger;

WHEREAS, immediately following the Merger, Spinco will merge with and into Mead Products LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and direct wholly owned subsidiary of Acquirer (“ Acquirer LLC ”) with Acquirer LLC surviving the merger (such merger, the “ LLC Merger ”) in the manner contemplated by the Merger Agreement;

WHEREAS, the Parties wish to (a) provide for the payment of Tax liabilities and entitlement to refunds thereof, allocate responsibility for, and cooperation in, the filing of Tax Returns, and provide for certain other matters relating to Taxes and (b) set forth certain covenants and indemnities relating to the preservation of the tax-free status of certain steps of the Restructuring and the Distribution; and


WHEREAS, the Parties agree that (i) Spinco shall be responsible for all known and unknown non-U.S. Income Taxes and Non-Income Taxes, in each case, of or attributable to the Spinco Business and the Spinco Group for any period (other than any Restructuring/Distribution Taxes) and (ii) Parent shall be responsible for (A) all known and unknown U.S. Income Taxes attributable to the Spinco Business and the Spinco Group for any Pre-Closing Period, (B) all Restructuring/Distribution Taxes and (C) all Taxes for which any member of the Parent Group may be liable, other than those Taxes described in clause (i) of this recital and Taxes attributable to a Spinco Disqualifying Action.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the terms, conditions, covenants and provisions of this Agreement, each of the Parties mutually covenants and agrees as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01 General . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Accounting Firm ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.01.

Acquirer ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Acquirer LLC ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

Adjustment ” means an adjustment of any item of income, gain, loss, deduction, credit or any other item affecting Taxes of a taxpayer pursuant to a Final Determination.

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Ancillary Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Separation Agreement.

Benefited Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01(b).

Carryback ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.02(b).

Closing Date ” means the date on which the Distribution, the Merger and the LLC Merger are consummated.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Common Parent ” means (a) for U.S. federal Income Tax purposes, the “common parent corporation” of an “affiliated group” (in each case, within the meaning of Section 1504 of the Code) filing a U.S. federal consolidated Income Tax Return, or (b) for state, local or foreign income Tax purposes, the common parent (or the equivalent thereof) of a Tax Group.

 

-2-


Controlled 1 ” has the meaning set forth in the IRS Ruling Request.

Controlled 1 Contribution ” has the meaning set forth in the IRS Ruling Request.

Counsel ” means Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz.

Disqualifying Action ” means a Parent Disqualifying Action or a Spinco Disqualifying Action.

Distributing 1 ” has the meaning set forth in the IRS Ruling Request.

Distribution ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

Due Date ” means (a) with respect to a Tax Return, the date (taking into account all valid extensions) on which such Tax Return is required to be filed under applicable Law and (b) with respect to a payment of Taxes, the date on which such payment is required to be made to avoid the incurrence of interest, penalties and/or additions to Tax.

Effective Time ” has the meaning set forth in the Separation Agreement.

Employee Benefits Agreement ” means the Employee Benefits Agreement by and between the Parties dated as of November 17, 2011 and amended as of March 5, 2012.

Extraordinary Transaction ” means any action that is not in the Ordinary Course of Business, but shall not include any action described in or contemplated by the Separation Agreement, the Merger Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement (including, without limitation, the LLC Merger) or that is undertaken pursuant to the Restructuring or the Distribution.

Fifty-Percent or Greater Interest ” has the meaning ascribed to such term for purposes of Sections 355(d) and (e) of the Code.

Final Determination ” means the final resolution of liability for any Tax for any taxable period, by or as a result of (a) a final decision, judgment, decree or other order by any court of competent jurisdiction that can no longer be appealed, (b) a final settlement with the IRS, a closing agreement or accepted offer in compromise under Sections 7121 or 7122 of the Code, or a comparable agreement under the Laws of other jurisdictions, which resolves the entire Tax liability for any taxable period, (c) any allowance of a refund or credit in respect of an overpayment of Tax, but only after the expiration of all periods during which such refund or credit may be recovered by the jurisdiction imposing the Tax, or (d) any other final resolution, including by reason of the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations or the execution of a pre-filing agreement with the IRS or other Taxing Authority.

Income Tax Return ” means any Tax Return on which Income Taxes are reflected or reported.

 

-3-


Income Taxes ” means any Taxes based upon, measured by, or calculated with respect to: (a) net income or profits or net receipts (including, but not limited to, any capital gains, minimum Tax or any Tax on items of Tax preference, but not including sales, use, real or personal property, or transfer or similar Taxes) or (b) multiple bases (including corporate franchise, doing business and occupation Taxes) if one or more bases upon which such Tax may be based, measured by, or calculated with respect to, is described in clause (a).

Indemnified Party ” means the Party which is entitled to seek indemnification from the other Party pursuant to the provisions of Article III.

Indemnifying Party ” means the Party from which the other Party is entitled to seek indemnification pursuant to the provisions of Article III.

Information ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.01(a).

Information Request ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.01(a).

Internal Spin-Off ” has the meaning set forth in the IRS Ruling Request. For the avoidance of doubt, Distributing 1 is the distributing corporation in the Internal Spin-Off and Controlled 1 is the controlled corporation in the Internal Spin-Off.

IRS ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Service or any successor thereto, including, but not limited to its agents, representatives, and attorneys.

IRS Ruling ” means the U.S. federal income Tax ruling, and any supplements thereto, issued to Parent by the IRS in connection with the Restructuring and the Distribution.

IRS Ruling Request ” means any letter filed by Parent with the IRS requesting a ruling regarding certain tax consequences of the Transactions and any amendment or supplement to such ruling request letter.

LLC Merger ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

Law ” means any U.S. or non-U.S. federal, national, supranational, state, provincial, local or similar statute, law, ordinance, regulation, rule, code, administrative pronouncement, order, requirement or rule of law (including common law).

Merger ” has the meaning set forth in the Separation Agreement.

Merger Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

Mixed Business Income Tax Return ” means any Income Tax Return (other than a Parent Consolidated Return), including any consolidated, combined or unitary Income Tax Return, that reflects or reports Income Taxes that relate to at least one asset or activity that is part of the Parent Business, on the one hand, and at least one asset or activity that is part of the Spinco Business, on the other hand.

 

-4-


Mixed Business Non-Income Tax Return ” means any Non-Income Tax Return that reflects or reports Non-Income Taxes that relate to at least one asset or activity that is part of the Parent Business, on the one hand, and at least one asset or activity that is part of the Spinco Business, on the other hand.

Mixed Business Non-Income Taxes ” means any U.S. federal, state or local, or foreign Non-Income Taxes attributable to any Mixed Business Non-Income Tax Return.

Mixed Business Non-U.S. Income Tax Return ” means any Mixed Business Income Tax Return on which Mixed Business Non-U.S. Income Taxes are reflected or reported.

Mixed Business Non-U.S. Income Taxes ” means any foreign Income Taxes attributable to any Mixed Business Income Tax Return.

Mixed Business U.S. Income Tax Return ” means any Mixed Business Income Tax Return on which Mixed Business U.S. Income Taxes are reflected or reported.

Mixed Business U.S. Income Taxes ” means any U.S. federal, state or local Income Taxes attributable to any Mixed Business Income Tax Return.

Mixed Return Preparing Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04(a)(iii).

Mixed Return Reviewing Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04(a)(iii).

Non-Income Tax Return ” means any Tax Return relating to Taxes other than Income Taxes.

Non-Income Taxes ” means any Taxes other than Income Taxes.

Notified Action ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.03(a).

Opinion ” means the opinion of Counsel with respect to certain Tax aspects of the Transactions.

Ordinary Course of Business ” means an action taken by a Person only if such action is taken in the ordinary course of the normal day-to-day operations of such Person.

Parent ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Parent Business ” means the Parent Group’s packaging business and any other businesses currently or formerly conducted by any member of the Parent Group, other than the Spinco Business.

Parent Consolidated Return ” means the U.S. federal Income Tax Return required to be filed by Parent as the Common Parent.

Parent Consolidated Taxes ” means any U.S. federal Income Taxes attributable to any Parent Consolidated Return.

 

-5-


Parent Disqualifying Action ” means (a) any action (or the failure to take any action) within its control by Parent or any Parent Entity (including entering into any agreement, understanding or arrangement or any negotiations with respect to any transaction or series of transactions) that, (b) any event (or series of events) involving the capital stock of Parent, any assets of Parent or any assets of any Parent Entity that, or (c) any breach by Parent or any Parent Entity of any representation, warranty or covenant made by them in this Agreement that, in each case, would affect the Tax-Free Status of the Transactions; provided , however , the term “ Parent Disqualifying Action ” shall not include any action described in or contemplated by the Separation Agreement, the Merger Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement or that is undertaken pursuant to the Restructuring or the Distribution.

Parent Entity ” means any Subsidiary of Parent immediately after the Effective Time.

Parent Group ” means, individually or collectively, as the case may be, Parent and any Parent Entity.

Parent Taxes ” means, without duplication, (a) any Taxes (including any Taxes resulting from an Adjustment) of Parent or any Subsidiary or former Subsidiary of Parent for any Pre-Closing Period and, with respect to a Straddle Period, the portion of such period ending at the end of the day on the Closing Date (determined in accordance with Section 2.05), (b) any Taxes attributable to a Parent Disqualifying Action, and (c) any Restructuring/Distribution Taxes, in each case other than Spinco Taxes. For the avoidance of doubt, Parent Taxes include (1) Parent Consolidated Taxes for any Pre-Closing Period and, with respect to a Straddle Period, the portion of such period ending at the end of the day on the Closing Date (determined in accordance with Section 2.05), (2) Mixed Business U.S. Income Taxes for any Pre-Closing Period and, with respect to a Straddle Period, the portion of such period ending at the end of the day on the Closing Date (determined in accordance with Section 2.05), (3) Single Business Taxes that are U.S. Income Taxes (including such Taxes attributable to Tax Items properly attributable to assets or activities of the Spinco Business) for any Pre-Closing Period and, with respect to a Straddle Period, the portion of such period ending at the end of the day on the Closing Date (determined in accordance with Section 2.05), (4) all Taxes attributable to Tax Items that are properly attributable to the assets or activities of the Parent Business for any period and (5) Restructuring/Distribution Taxes, in each case other than any Taxes attributable to a Spinco Disqualifying Action.

Party ” and “ Parties ” have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Past Practice ” means past practices, accounting methods, elections and conventions.

Person ” has the meaning set forth in the Separation Agreement.

Post-Closing Period ” means any taxable period (or portion thereof) beginning after the Closing Date, including for the avoidance of doubt, the portion of any Straddle Period beginning after the Closing Date.

Pre-Closing Period ” means any taxable period (or portion thereof) ending on or before the Closing Date, including for the avoidance of doubt, the portion of any Straddle Period ending at the end of the day on the Closing Date.

 

-6-


Preparing Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04(a)(ii).

Proposed Acquisition Transaction ” means a transaction or series of transactions (or any agreement, understanding or arrangement, within the meaning of Section 355(e) of the Code and Treasury Regulation Section 1.355-7, or any other regulations promulgated thereunder, to enter into a transaction or series of transactions), whether such transaction is supported by Spinco management or shareholders, is a hostile acquisition, or otherwise, as a result of which Spinco or Controlled 1 would merge or consolidate with any other Person or as a result of which one or more Persons would (directly or indirectly) acquire, or have the right to acquire, from Spinco or Controlled 1, and/or one or more holders of outstanding shares of Spinco capital stock or Controlled 1 capital stock, as the case may be, a number of shares of Spinco capital stock or Controlled 1 capital stock, as applicable, that would, when combined with any other direct or indirect changes in ownership of Spinco capital stock or Controlled 1 capital stock, as applicable, pertinent for purposes of Section 355(e) of the Code (including the Merger and the LLC Merger), comprise 50% or more of (a) the value of all outstanding shares of stock of Spinco or Controlled 1, as applicable, as of the date of such transaction, or in the case of a series of transactions, the date of the last transaction of such series, or (b) the total combined voting power of all outstanding shares of voting stock of Spinco or Controlled 1, as applicable, as of the date of such transaction, or in the case of a series of transactions, the date of the last transaction of such series. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Proposed Acquisition Transaction shall not include (i) the adoption by Spinco or Acquirer of, or the issuance of stock pursuant to, a shareholder rights plan or (ii) issuances by Spinco that satisfy Safe Harbor VIII (relating to acquisitions in connection with a person’s performance of services) or Safe Harbor IX (relating to acquisitions by a retirement plan of an employer) of Treasury Regulation Section 1.355-7(d). For purposes of determining whether a transaction constitutes an indirect acquisition, any recapitalization resulting in a shift of voting power or any redemption of shares of stock shall be treated as an indirect acquisition of shares of stock by the non-exchanging shareholders (except to the extent provided otherwise in the IRS Ruling). This definition and the application thereof is intended to monitor compliance with Section 355(e) of the Code and shall be interpreted accordingly. Any clarification of, or change in, the statute or regulations promulgated under Section 355(e) of the Code shall be incorporated in this definition and its interpretation. For the avoidance of doubt, none of the Merger, the LLC Merger or any liquidation, merger or amalgamation of Acquirer LLC or Controlled 1 with and into Acquirer or any Person that is a direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of Acquirer shall constitute a Proposed Acquisition Transaction.

Refund ” means any refund (or credit in lieu thereof) of Taxes (including any overpayment of Taxes that can be refunded or, alternatively, applied to other Taxes payable), including any interest paid on or with respect to such refund of Taxes; provided , however , that for purposes of this Agreement, the amount of any Refund required to be paid to another Party shall be reduced by the net amount of any Income Taxes imposed on, related to, or attributable to, the receipt or accrual of such Refund.

Restriction Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.02(b).

Restructuring ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

-7-


Restructuring/Distribution Taxes ” means (i) any Taxes imposed on or by reason of the Controlled 1 Contribution, the Internal Spin-Off, the Restructuring or the Distribution (including Transfer Taxes), other than any such Taxes caused by a Disqualifying Action and (ii) any Taxes payable by reason of the distribution of cash or any other property from Spinco to Parent (other than Spinco Securities). For the avoidance of doubt, Restructuring/Distribution Taxes include, without limitation, Taxes payable by reason of (1) deferred intercompany transactions or excess loss accounts triggered by the Controlled 1 Contribution, the Internal Spin-Off, the Restructuring or the Distribution and (2) the settlement of intercompany receivables, payables, loans and other accounts between Spinco or any member of the Spinco Group, on the one hand, and Parent and any member of the Parent Group, on the other hand, as contemplated by Section 1.6(c) of the Separation Agreement.

Reviewing Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04(a)(ii).

Separation Agreement ” means the Separation Agreement by and between Parent and Spinco dated as of November 17, 2011, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to the Separation Agreement dated as of March 19, 2012.

Single Business Return ” means any Tax Return including any consolidated, combined or unitary Tax Return, that reflects or reports Tax Items relating only to the Parent Business, on the one hand, or the Spinco Business, on the other (but not both), whether or not the Person charged by Law to file such Tax Return is engaged in the business to which the Tax Return relates.

Single Business Return Preparing Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04(b)(i).

Single Business Return Reviewing Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04(b)(i).

Single Business Taxes ” means any U.S. federal, state or local, or foreign Taxes attributable to any Single Business Return.

Specified Exhibits ” means Exhibits A-2, B-1, B-2, C-1, D-1, E-1 and F to the IRS Ruling Request.

Spinco ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Spinco Business ” has the meaning set forth for “SpinCo Business” in the Separation Agreement.

Spinco Disqualifying Action ” means (a) any action (or the failure to take any action) within its control by Spinco or any Spinco Entity (including entering into any agreement, understanding or arrangement or any negotiations with respect to any transaction or series of transactions) that, (b) any event (or series of events) involving the capital stock of Spinco, the capital stock of Controlled 1, any assets of Spinco or any assets of any Spinco Entity that, or (c) any breach by Spinco or any Spinco Entity of any representation, warranty or covenant made by them in this Agreement that, in each case, would affect the Tax-Free Status of the Transactions; provided , however , that (i) the term “ Spinco Disqualifying Action ” shall not

 

-8-


include any action (including, without limitation, the LLC Merger) described in or contemplated by the Separation Agreement, the Merger Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement or that is undertaken pursuant to the Restructuring or the Distribution, and (ii) in the event that Parent shall have waived the condition set forth in Section 9.2(e) of the Merger Agreement, the term “Spinco Disqualifying Action” shall not include any action taken by Spinco, Acquirer or any Spinco Entity (A) prior to the date of such waiver by Parent or (B) on or after the date of such waiver by Parent unless, prior to consummating the Distribution, Parent shall have received an Unqualified Tax Opinion in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Acquirer, confirming the Tax-Free Status of the Transactions.

Spinco Employee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.04(b).

Spinco Entity ” means any Subsidiary of Spinco immediately after the Effective Time.

Spinco Group ” means, individually or collectively, as the case may be, Spinco and any Spinco Entity.

Spinco Securities ” has the meaning set forth in the Merger Agreement.

Spinco Taxes ” means, without duplication, (a) any Taxes of Parent or any Subsidiary or former Subsidiary of Parent attributable to the Tax Items properly attributable to assets or activities of the Spinco Business (excluding any (i) Parent Consolidated Taxes for any Pre-Closing Period and, with respect to a Straddle Period, the portion of such period ending at the end of the day on the Closing Date (determined in accordance with Section 2.05), (ii) Mixed Business U.S. Income Taxes for any Pre-Closing Period and, with respect to a Straddle Period, the portion of such period ending at the end of the day on the Closing Date (determined in accordance with Section 2.05), (iii) Restructuring/Distribution Taxes, and (iv) Taxes attributable to any discontinued operations of Parent or any Subsidiary or former Subsidiary of Parent (provided that the operations of any entity or business to which Parent or any such Subsidiary or former Subsidiary of Parent is a successor shall not be treated as a discontinued operation), and (b) any Taxes attributable to a Spinco Disqualifying Action, in each case including any Taxes resulting from an Adjustment. For the avoidance of doubt, Spinco Taxes shall (1) include (A) any Mixed Business Non-U.S. Income Taxes, which Taxes shall be computed by including only the Tax Items properly attributable to the Spinco Business and excluding any Tax Items properly attributable to the Parent Business, (B) any Mixed Business Non-Income Taxes and (C) any Single Business Taxes that are not U.S. Income Taxes, in each case attributable to the Tax Items properly attributable to assets or activities of the Spinco Business, and (2) not include (A) any Taxes for any period that are attributable to the Tax Items properly attributable to the assets or activities of the Parent Business, (B) any Mixed Business U.S. Income Taxes, (C) any Single Business Taxes that are U.S. Income Taxes (including such Taxes attributable to Tax Items properly attributable to assets or activities of the Spinco Business) for any Pre-Closing Period and, with respect to a Straddle Period, the portion of such period ending at the end of the day on the Closing Date (determined in accordance with Section 2.05), (D) any Taxes attributable to a Parent Disqualifying Action and (E) any Taxes attributable to a breach or inaccuracy of any representation, warranty or covenant that was included in the Specified Exhibits. For the further avoidance of doubt, (i) any Tax Return for any entity set forth on Schedule 1.01 shall be a Single Business Return, (ii) any such Tax Return shall be treated as including assets or activities relating only to the Spinco Business, and (iii) any Taxes attributable to such Tax Return shall be treated as Spinco Taxes. Parent, Augusta and Spinco shall cooperate in good faith in the preparation of Schedule 1.01.

 

-9-


Straddle Period ” means any taxable period that begins on or before and ends after the Closing Date.

Subsidiary ” has the meaning set forth in the Separation Agreement.

Tax ” means (a) all taxes, charges, fees, duties, levies, imposts, or other similar assessments, imposed by any U.S. federal, state or local or foreign governmental authority, including, but not limited to, net income, gross income, gross receipts, excise, real property, personal property, sales, use, service, service use, license, lease, capital stock, transfer, recording, franchise, business organization, occupation, premium, environmental, windfall profits, profits, customs, duties, payroll, wage, withholding, social security, employment, unemployment, insurance, severance, workers compensation, excise, stamp, alternative minimum, estimated, value added, ad valorem and other taxes, charges, fees, duties, levies, imposts, or other similar assessments, (b) any interest, penalties or additions attributable thereto and (c) all liabilities in respect of any items described in clauses (a) or (b) payable by reason of assumption, transferee or successor liability, operation of Law or Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6(a) (or any predecessor or successor thereof or any analogous or similar provision under Law).

Tax Attributes ” means net operating losses, capital losses, investment tax credit carryovers, earnings and profits, foreign tax credit carryovers, overall foreign losses, previously taxed income, separate limitation losses and any other losses, deductions, credits or other comparable items that could affect a Tax liability for a past or future taxable period.

Tax Benefit ” means any refund, credit, or other reduction in Tax payments otherwise required to be made to a Taxing Authority.

Tax-Free Status of the Transactions ” means the qualification of (A) each of the Controlled 1 Contribution and the Restructuring as a transaction described in Section 1032 of the Code, and (B) the Controlled 1 Contribution and the Internal Spin-Off, taken together, and the Restructuring and the Distribution, taken together, each (a) as a reorganization described in Sections 355(a) and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code, (b) as a transaction in which the stock of Controlled 1, Spinco Common Stock (as defined in the Separation Agreement) or Spinco Securities distributed thereby is property with respect to which no gain is recognized pursuant to Section 361(b) of the Code and is “qualified property” for purposes of Sections 355(d), 355(e) and 361(c) of the Code, and (c) as a transaction in which Parent and the shareholders of Parent, respectively, recognize no income or gain pursuant to Section 355(a) of the Code, other than, in the case of Parent or any Subsidiary of Parent, any income or gain recognized as a result of intercompany items or excess loss accounts being taken into account pursuant to Treasury Regulations promulgated pursuant to Section 1502 of the Code or any Restructuring/Distribution Taxes.

 

-10-


Tax Group ” means any U.S. federal, state, local or foreign affiliated, consolidated, combined, unitary or similar group or fiscal unity that joins in the filing of a single Tax Return.

Tax Item ” means any item of income, gain, loss, deduction, credit, recapture of credit or any other item which increases or decreases Taxes paid or payable.

Tax Materials ” means (i) the IRS Ruling, (ii) the Opinion, (iii) each submission to the IRS in connection with the IRS Ruling Request, (iv) the representation letter from Parent and Spinco addressed to Counsel supporting the Opinion, (v) the representation letter from Acquirer, Merger Sub and Acquirer LLC addressed to Counsel supporting the Opinion and (vi) any other materials delivered or deliverable by Parent or Spinco in connection with the rendering by Counsel of the Opinion and the issuance by the IRS of the IRS Ruling.

Tax Matter ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.01(a).

Tax Package ” means all relevant Tax-related information relating to the operations of the Parent Business or the Spinco Business, as applicable, that is reasonably necessary to prepare and file the applicable Tax Return.

Tax Proceeding ” means any audit, assessment of Taxes, pre-filing agreement, other examination by any Taxing Authority, proceeding, appeal of a proceeding or litigation relating to Taxes, whether administrative or judicial, including proceedings relating to competent authority determinations.

Tax Return ” means any return, report, certificate, form or similar statement or document (including any related or supporting information or schedule attached thereto and any information return, or declaration of estimated Tax) required to be supplied to, or filed with, a Taxing Authority in connection with the payment, determination, assessment or collection of any Tax or the administration of any Laws relating to any Tax and any amended Tax return or claim for refund.

Taxing Authority ” means any governmental authority or any subdivision, agency, commission or entity thereof or any quasi-governmental or private body having jurisdiction over the assessment, determination, collection or imposition of any Tax (including the IRS).

Transaction Agreement ” means this Agreement, the Merger Agreement, the Separation Agreement, the Employee Benefits Agreement and the Transition Services Agreement (as defined in the Merger Agreement).

Transactions ” means the Restructuring, the Distribution and the other transactions contemplated by the Separation Agreement, the Merger Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements.

Transfer Taxes ” means all sales, use, transfer, real property transfer, intangible, recordation, registration, documentary, stamp or similar Taxes imposed on the Restructuring or the Distribution.

 

-11-


Treasury Regulations ” means the final and temporary (but not proposed) income Tax regulations promulgated under the Code, as such regulations may be amended from time to time (including corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations).

Unqualified Tax Opinion ” means a “will” opinion, without substantive qualifications, of a nationally recognized law or accounting firm, which firm is reasonably acceptable to Parent, to the effect that a transaction will not affect the Tax-Free Status of the Transactions.

U.S. ” means the United States of America.

U.S. Income Taxes ” means any Income Taxes imposed by or payable to the United States, any State or any political subdivision of the United States or any State.

Section 1.02 Additional Definitions . Capitalized terms not defined in this Agreement shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Separation Agreement.

ARTICLE II

PREPARATION, FILING AND PAYMENT OF TAXES SHOWN DUE ON TAX RETURNS

Section 2.01 U.S. Income Tax Returns .

(a) Parent Consolidated Returns . Parent shall prepare and file all Parent Consolidated Returns for a Pre-Closing Period or a Straddle Period, and shall pay all Taxes shown to be due and payable on such Tax Returns; provided that Spinco shall reimburse Parent for any such Taxes attributable to a Spinco Disqualifying Action.

(b) Extraordinary Transactions . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, for all Tax purposes, the Parties shall report any Extraordinary Transactions that are caused or permitted by Spinco or any Spinco Entity on the Closing Date after the Effective Time as occurring on the day after the Closing Date pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-76(b)(1)(ii)(B) or any similar or analogous provision of state, local or foreign Law.

(c) Mixed Business U.S. Income Tax Returns .

(i) Parent shall prepare and file (or cause a Parent Entity to prepare and file) any Mixed Business U.S. Income Tax Return for a Pre-Closing Period or a Straddle Period required to be filed by Parent or a Parent Entity and shall pay, or cause such Parent Entity to pay, all Taxes shown to be due and payable on such Tax Return; provided that Spinco shall reimburse Parent for any Taxes attributable to a Spinco Disqualifying Action.

(ii) Spinco shall prepare and file (or cause a Spinco Entity to prepare and file) any Mixed Business U.S. Income Tax Return for a Pre-Closing Period or a Straddle Period required to be filed by Spinco or a Spinco Entity after the Closing Date, if any, and shall pay, or cause such Spinco Entity to pay, all Taxes shown to be due and payable on such Tax Return; provided that Parent shall reimburse Spinco for all such Taxes that are Parent Taxes.

 

-12-


(d) Single Business U.S. Income Tax Returns .

(i) Parent shall prepare and file (or cause a Parent Entity to prepare and file) any Single Business Return that relates to U.S. Income Taxes for a Pre-Closing Period or a Straddle Period required to be filed by Parent or a Parent Entity, if any, and shall pay, or cause such Parent Entity to pay, all Taxes shown to be due and payable on such Tax Return; provided that Spinco shall reimburse Parent for any Taxes attributable to a Spinco Disqualifying Action.

(ii) Spinco shall prepare and file (or cause a Spinco Entity to prepare and file) any Single Business Return that relates to U.S. Income Taxes for a Pre-Closing Period or a Straddle Period required to be filed by Spinco or a Spinco Entity after the Closing Date, if any, and shall pay, or cause such Spinco Entity to pay, all Taxes shown to be due and payable on such Tax Return; provided that Parent shall reimburse Spinco for all such Taxes that are Parent Taxes.

Section 2.02 Mixed Business Non-U.S. Income Tax Returns and Mixed Business Non-Income Tax Returns .

(a) Parent shall prepare and file (or cause a Parent Entity to prepare and file) any Mixed Business Non-U.S. Income Tax Return and any Mixed Business Non-Income Tax Return for a Pre-Closing Period or a Straddle Period required to be filed by Parent or a Parent Entity and shall pay, or cause such Parent Entity to pay, all Taxes shown to be due and payable on such Tax Return; provided that Spinco shall reimburse Parent for any such Taxes that are Spinco Taxes (for the avoidance of doubt taking into account those payments (if any) of Taxes with respect to such Tax Return made on or prior to the Closing Date).

(b) Spinco shall prepare and file (or cause a Spinco Entity to prepare and file) any Mixed Business Non-U.S. Income Tax Return and any Mixed Business Non-Income Tax Returns, in each case for a Pre-Closing Period or a Straddle Period required to be filed by Spinco or a Spinco Entity after the Closing Date, and Spinco shall pay, or cause such Spinco Entity to pay, all Taxes shown to be due and payable on such Tax Return; provided that Parent shall reimburse Spinco for all such Taxes that are Parent Taxes (for the avoidance of doubt taking into account those payments (if any) of Taxes with respect to such Tax Return made on or prior to the Closing Date).

Section 2.03 Single Business Returns . Except as set forth in Section 2.01(d), (a) Parent shall prepare and file (or cause a Parent Entity to prepare and file) any Single Business Return for a Pre-Closing Period or a Straddle Period required to be filed by Parent or a Parent Entity and shall pay, or cause such Parent Entity to pay, all Taxes shown to be due and payable on such Tax Return; provided that Spinco shall reimburse Parent for any such Taxes that are Spinco Taxes (for the avoidance of doubt taking into account those payments (if any) of Taxes with respect to such Tax Return made on or prior to the Closing Date), and (b) Spinco shall prepare and file (or cause a Spinco Entity to prepare and file) any Single Business Return for a Pre-Closing Period or

 

-13-


a Straddle Period required to be filed by Spinco or a Spinco Entity and shall pay, or cause such Spinco Entity to pay, all Taxes shown to be due and payable on such Tax Return; provided that Parent shall reimburse Spinco for any such Taxes that are Parent Taxes (for the avoidance of doubt taking into account those payments (if any) of Taxes with respect to such Tax Returns made on or prior to the Closing Date).

Section 2.04 Tax Return Procedures .

(a) Procedures relating to Tax Returns other than Single Business Returns .

(i) Parent Consolidated Returns . With respect to all Parent Consolidated Returns, Parent shall determine in its sole discretion whether to elect ratable allocation under Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-76. To the extent that the positions taken on any Parent Consolidated Return would reasonably be expected to materially adversely affect the Tax position of Spinco or any Spinco Entity for any period after the Closing, Parent shall prepare the portions of such Parent Consolidated Returns that relate to the Spinco Business in a manner that is consistent with Past Practice unless otherwise required by applicable Law and shall provide a draft of such portions of such Parent Consolidated Return to Spinco for its review and comment at least thirty (30) days prior to the Due Date for such Parent Consolidated Return, provided, however, that nothing herein shall prevent Parent from timely filing any such Parent Consolidated Return. The Parties shall negotiate in good faith to resolve all disputed issues. Any disputes that the Parties are unable to resolve shall be resolved by the Accounting Firm pursuant to Section 8.01. In the event that any dispute is not resolved (whether pursuant to good faith negotiations among the Parties or by the Accounting Firm) prior to the Due Date for the filing of any Parent Consolidated Return, such Parent Consolidated Return shall be timely filed by Parent and the Parties agree to amend such Parent Consolidated Return as necessary to reflect the resolution of such dispute in a manner consistent with such resolution.

(ii) Mixed Business U.S. Income Tax Returns . To the extent that the positions taken on any Mixed Business U.S. Income Tax Return would reasonably be expected to materially adversely affect the Tax position of the party other than the party that is required to prepare and file any such Tax Return pursuant to Section 2.01 (the “ Reviewing Party ”) for any period after the Closing, the party required to prepare and file such Tax Return (the “ Preparing Party ”) shall prepare the portions of such Mixed Business U.S. Income Tax Return that relates to the business of the Reviewing Party (the Spinco Business or the Parent Business, as the case may be) in a manner that is consistent with Past Practice unless otherwise required by applicable Law and shall provide a draft of such portion of such Mixed Business U.S. Income Tax Return to the Reviewing Party for its review and comment at least thirty (30) days prior to the Due Date for such Mixed Business U.S. Income Tax Return, provided, however, that nothing herein shall prevent the Preparing Party from timely filing any such Mixed Business U.S. Income Tax Return. In the event that Past Practice is not applicable to a particular item or matter, the Preparing Party shall determine the reporting of such item or matter in good faith. The Parties shall negotiate in good faith to resolve all disputed issues. Any disputes that the Parties are unable to resolve shall be resolved by the Accounting Firm pursuant to

 

-14-


Section 8.01. In the event that any dispute is not resolved (whether pursuant to good faith negotiations among the Parties or by the Accounting Firm) prior to the Due Date for the filing of any Mixed Business U.S. Income Tax Return, such Mixed Business U.S. Income Tax Return shall be timely filed by the Preparing Party and the Parties agree to amend such Mixed Business U.S. Income Tax Return as necessary to reflect the resolution of such dispute in a manner consistent with such resolution.

(iii) Mixed Business Tax Returns . The party that is required to prepare and file any Mixed Business Non-U.S. Income Tax Return or Mixed Business Non-Income Tax Return pursuant to Section 2.02 (the “ Mixed Return Preparing Party ”) shall prepare any such Tax Returns consistent with Past Practice unless otherwise required by Law. In the event that Past Practice is not applicable to a particular item or matter, the Mixed Return Preparing Party shall determine the reporting of such item or matter in good faith. The Mixed Return Preparing Party shall submit to the other party (the “ Mixed Return Reviewing Party ”) a draft of any such Tax Return (or to the extent practicable the portion of such Tax Return that relates to Taxes for which the Mixed Return Reviewing Party is responsible pursuant to this Agreement) along with a statement setting forth the calculation of the Tax shown due and payable on such Tax Return reimbursable by the Mixed Return Reviewing Party under Section 2.02 at least thirty (30) days prior to the Due Date for such Tax Return, provided, however, that nothing herein shall prevent the Mixed Return Preparing Party from timely filing any such Mixed Business Non-U.S. Income Tax Return or Mixed Business Non-Income Tax Return. The Parties shall negotiate in good faith to resolve all disputed issues. Any disputes that the Parties are unable to resolve shall be resolved by the Accounting Firm pursuant to Section 8.01. In the event that any dispute is not resolved (whether pursuant to good faith negotiations among the Parties or by the Accounting Firm) prior to the Due Date for the filing of any Mixed Business Non-U.S. Income Tax Return or Mixed Business Non-Income Tax Return, such Mixed Business Non-U.S. Income Tax Return or Mixed Business Non-Income Tax Return, as applicable, shall be timely filed by the Mixed Return Preparing Party and the Parties agree to amend such Mixed Business Non-U.S. Income Tax Return or Mixed Business Non-Income Tax Return, as applicable, as necessary to reflect the resolution of such dispute in a manner consistent with such resolution.

(b) Procedures relating to Single Business Returns . The Party that is required to prepare and file any Single Business Return pursuant to Section 2.01(d) or 2.03 (the “ Single Business Return Preparing Party ”) which reflects Taxes which are reimbursable by the other Party (the “ Single Business Return Reviewing Party ”), in whole or in part, shall (x) unless otherwise required by Law or agreed to in writing by the Single Business Return Reviewing Party, prepare such Tax Return in a manner consistent with Past Practice to the extent such items affect the Taxes for which the Single Business Return Reviewing Party is responsible pursuant to this Agreement, and (y) submit to the Single Business Return Reviewing Party a draft of any such Tax Return (or to the extent practicable the portion of such Tax Return that relates to Taxes for which the Single Business Return Reviewing Party is responsible pursuant to this Agreement) along with a statement setting forth the calculation of the Tax shown due and payable on such Tax Return reimbursable by the Single Business Return Reviewing Party under Section 2.01(d) or 2.03 at least thirty (30) days prior to the Due Date for such Tax Return

 

-15-


provided, however, that nothing herein shall prevent the Single Business Return Preparing Party from timely filing any such Single Business Return. The Parties shall negotiate in good faith to resolve all disputed issues. Any disputes that the Parties are unable to resolve shall be resolved by the Accounting Firm pursuant to Section 8.01. In the event that any dispute is not resolved (whether pursuant to good faith negotiations among the Parties or by the Accounting Firm) prior to the Due Date for the filing of any Single Business Return, such Single Business Return shall be timely filed by the Single Business Return Preparing Party and the Parties agree to amend such Single Business Return as necessary to reflect the resolution of such dispute in a manner consistent with such resolution.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article II, the portion of any Tax Return that relates to any Restructuring/Distribution Taxes or any Taxes attributable to a Parent Disqualifying Action shall be prepared by Parent in the manner determined by Parent in its sole discretion (or, if such Tax Return is required to be prepared by Spinco, be prepared by Spinco in the manner determined by Parent in its sole discretion), provided , however , that to the extent such Tax Return relates to any Taxes other than U.S. federal, state or local Taxes, Parent shall provide a draft of such portion of any such Tax Return to Spinco for its review and comment at least thirty (30) days prior to the Due Date for such Tax Return provided, however, that nothing herein shall prevent Parent from timely filing any such Tax Return. The Parties shall negotiate in good faith to resolve all disputed issues. Any disputes that the Parties are unable to resolve shall be resolved by the Accounting Firm pursuant to Section 8.01. In the event that any dispute is not resolved (whether pursuant to good faith negotiations among the Parties or by the Accounting Firm) prior to the Due Date for the filing of any such Tax Return, such Tax Return shall be timely filed by Parent and the Parties agree to amend such Tax Return as necessary to reflect the resolution of such dispute in a manner consistent with such resolution.

Section 2.05 Straddle Period Tax Allocation . Parent and Spinco shall take all actions necessary or appropriate to close the taxable year of Spinco and each Spinco Entity for all Tax purposes as of the close of the Closing Date to the extent required by applicable Law. If applicable Law does not require Spinco or a Spinco Entity, as the case may be, to close its taxable year on the Closing Date, then the allocation of income or deductions required to determine any Taxes or other amounts attributable to the portion of the Straddle Period ending on, or beginning after, the Closing Date shall be made by means of a closing of the books and records of Spinco or such Spinco Entity as of the close of the Closing Date; provided that exemptions, allowances or deductions that are calculated on an annual or periodic basis shall be allocated between such portions in proportion to the number of days in each such portion.

Section 2.06 Timing of Payments . All Taxes required to be paid or caused to be paid pursuant to this Article II by either Parent or a Parent Entity or Spinco or a Spinco Entity, as the case may be, to an applicable Taxing Authority or reimbursed by Parent or Spinco to the other Party pursuant to this Agreement, shall, in the case of a payment to a Taxing Authority, be paid on or before the Due Date for the payment of such Taxes and, in the case of a reimbursement to the other Party, be paid at least two (2) business days before the Due Date for the payment of such Taxes by the other Party.

 

-16-


Section 2.07 Expenses . Except as provided in Section 8.01 in respect of the Accounting Firm, each Party shall bear its own expenses incurred in connection with this Article II.

Section 2.08 Apportionment of Spinco Taxes . For all purposes of this Agreement, but subject to Section 4.03, Parent, on the one hand, and Spinco and Acquirer, on the other hand, shall jointly determine in good faith which Tax Items are properly attributable to assets or activities of the Spinco Business (and in the case of a Tax Item that is properly attributable to both the Spinco Business and the Parent Business, the allocation of such Tax Item between the Spinco Business and the Parent Business) in a manner consistent with the provisions hereof and any disputes shall be resolved by the Accounting Firm in accordance with Section 8.01.

ARTICLE III

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 3.01 Indemnification by Parent . Parent shall pay, and shall indemnify and hold Spinco harmless from and against, without duplication, (a) all Parent Taxes, (b) all Taxes incurred by Spinco or any Spinco Entity by reason of the breach by Parent of any of its representations, warranties or covenants hereunder, and (c) any costs and expenses related to the foregoing (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses).

Section 3.02 Indemnification by Spinco . Spinco shall pay, and shall indemnify and hold the Parent harmless from and against, without duplication, (a) all Spinco Taxes, (b) all Taxes incurred by Parent or any Parent Entity by reason of the breach by Spinco of any of its representations, warranties or covenants hereunder, and (c) any costs and expenses related to the foregoing (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses).

Section 3.03 Characterization of and Adjustments to Payments .

(a) For all Tax purposes, Parent and Spinco agree to treat (i) any payment required by this Agreement (other than payments with respect to interest accruing after the Closing Date) as either a contribution by Parent to Spinco or a distribution by Spinco to Parent, as the case may be, occurring immediately prior to the Closing Date and (ii) any payment of non-federal Taxes by or to a Taxing Authority or any payment of interest as taxable or deductible, as the case may be, to the Party entitled under this Agreement to retain such payment or required under this Agreement to make such payment, in either case except as otherwise required by applicable Law.

(b) Any indemnity payment under this Article III shall be decreased to take into account an amount equal to the present value of any Tax Benefit made allowable to the Indemnified Party (which Tax Benefit would not have arisen or been allowable but for such indemnified liability). If Spinco makes an indemnity payment to Parent for Spinco Taxes attributable to a Spinco Disqualifying Action, such indemnity payment shall be increased to take into account any inclusion in income of Parent arising from the receipt of such indemnity payment. For purposes hereof, any inclusion, reduction or Tax Benefit shall be determined (i) using the highest marginal rate in effect at the time of the determination, (ii) assuming that the

 

-17-


Indemnified Party will be liable for Taxes at such rate and has no Tax Attributes at the time of the determination, and (iii) assuming that any Tax Benefit is used at the earliest date allowable by applicable Law. The present value referred to in the preceding sentence shall be determined using a discount rate equal to the mid term applicable federal rate in effect at the time of the payment of the relevant indemnity payment.

Section 3.04 Timing of Indemnification Payments . Indemnification payments in respect of any liabilities for which an Indemnified Party is entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Article III shall be paid by the Indemnifying Party to the Indemnified Party within ten (10) days after written notification thereof by the Indemnified Party, including reasonably satisfactory documentation setting forth the basis for, and calculation of, the amount of such indemnification payment.

ARTICLE IV

REFUNDS, CARRYBACKS, TIMING DIFFERENCE AND TAX ATTRIBUTES

Section 4.01 Refunds .

(a) Except as provided in Section 4.02, Parent shall be entitled to all Refunds of Taxes for which Parent is responsible pursuant to Article III, and Spinco shall be entitled to all Refunds of Taxes for which Spinco is responsible pursuant to Article III. A Party receiving a Refund to which the other Party is entitled pursuant to this Agreement shall pay the amount to which such other Party is entitled within ten (10) days after the receipt of the Refund.

(b) In the event of an Adjustment relating to Taxes for which one Party is responsible pursuant to Article III which would have given rise to a Refund but for an offset against the Taxes for which the other Party is or may be responsible pursuant to Article III (the “ Benefited Party ”), then the Benefited Party shall pay to the other Party, within ten (10) days of the Final Determination of such Adjustment an amount equal to the amount of such reduction in the Taxes of the Benefited Party plus interest at the rate set forth in Section 6621(a)(1) on such amount for the period from the filing date of the Tax Return that would have given rise to such Refund to the payment date.

(c) Notwithstanding Section 4.01(a), to the extent that a Party applies or causes to be applied an overpayment of Taxes as a credit toward or a reduction in Taxes otherwise payable (or a Taxing Authority requires such application in lieu of a Refund) and such overpayment of Taxes, if received as a Refund, would have been payable by such Party to the other Party pursuant to this Section 4.01, such Party shall pay such amount to the other Party no later than the Due Date of the Tax Return for which such overpayment is applied to reduce Taxes otherwise payable.

(d) To the extent that the amount of any Refund under this Section 4.01 is later reduced by a Taxing Authority or in a Tax Proceeding, such reduction shall be allocated to the Party to which such Refund was allocated pursuant to this Section 4.01 and an appropriate adjusting payment shall be made.

 

-18-


Section 4.02 Carrybacks .

(a) The carryback of any loss, credit or other Tax Attribute from any Post-Closing Period shall be in accordance with the provisions of the Code and Treasury Regulations (and any applicable state, local or foreign Laws).

(b) Except to the extent otherwise consented to by Parent or prohibited by applicable Law, Spinco shall elect to relinquish, waive or otherwise forgo the carryback of any loss, credit or other Tax Attribute from any Post-Closing Period to any Pre-Closing Period or Straddle Period (a “ Carryback ”). In the event that Spinco (or the appropriate member of the Spinco Group) is prohibited by applicable Law to relinquish, waive or otherwise forgo a Carryback (or Parent consents to a Carryback), Parent shall cooperate with Spinco, at Spinco’s expense, in seeking from the appropriate Taxing Authority such Refund as reasonably would result from such Carryback, to the extent that such Refund is directly attributable to such Carryback, and shall pay over to Spinco the amount of such Refund within ten (10) days after such Refund is received; provided , however , that Spinco shall indemnify and hold the members of the Parent Group harmless from and against any and all collateral Tax consequences resulting from or caused by any such Carryback, including, without limitation, the loss or postponement of any benefit from the use of Tax Attributes generated by a member of the Parent Group if (i) such Tax Attributes expire unutilized, but would have been utilized but for such Carryback, or (ii) the use of such Tax Attributes is postponed to a later taxable period than the taxable period in which such Tax Attributes would have been utilized but for such Carryback.

Section 4.03 Tax Attributes .

(a) Parent, on the one hand, and Spinco and Acquirer, on the other hand, shall jointly determine in good faith the allocation of Tax Attributes arising in a Pre-Closing Period to the Parent Group and the Spinco Group in accordance with the Code and Treasury Regulations, including Treasury Regulations Sections 1.1502-9T(c), 1.1502-21, 1.1502-21T, 1.1502-22, 1.1502-79 and, if applicable, 1.1502-79A (and any applicable state, local and foreign Laws), provided , that (i) earnings and profits will be allocated in accordance with Code Section 312(h) and Treasury Regulations Section 1.312-10(a), (ii) the earnings and profits that will be allocated to Spinco will all be non-previously taxed income within the meaning of Code Section 959(c)(3) and any previously taxed income (as defined in Code Section 959(a)) will be retained by Parent, (iii) Parent shall be entitled to make any determination as to (A) basis, and (B) valuation, and shall make such determination consistent with Past Practice, where applicable. For the avoidance of doubt, the allocation of previously taxed income (as defined in Code Section 959(a)) shall not be subject to the joint determination of the parties and Parent shall be entitled to determine the allocation of any previously taxed income. Parent and Spinco hereby agree to compute all Taxes for Post-Closing Periods consistently with the determination of the allocation of Tax Attributes pursuant to this Section 4.03(a) unless otherwise required by a Final Determination.

(b) To the extent that the amount of any Tax Attribute is later reduced or increased by a Taxing Authority or Tax Proceeding, such reduction or increase shall be allocated to the Party to which such Tax Attribute was allocated pursuant to Section 4.03(a).

 

-19-


Section 4.04 Treatment of Deductions Associated with Equity-Related Compensation .

(a) Unless otherwise prohibited by applicable Law, from and after the Closing Date, solely Parent or any member of the Parent Group, as the case may be, shall be entitled to claim any Tax deduction associated with the exercise in any taxable period of any Parent stock options or stock appreciation rights by any Spinco Employee.

(b) “ Spinco Employee ” means any person employed or formerly employed by any member of the Spinco Group at the time of the exercise, vesting, settlement disqualifying disposition or payment, as appropriate, unless, at such time, such person is employed by a member of the Parent Group or was more recently employed by a member of the Parent Group than by a member of the Spinco Group.

Section 4.05 Timing Differences . If pursuant to a Final Determination any Tax Benefit is made allowable to a member of the Spinco Group as a result of an Adjustment to any Taxes for which a member of the Parent Group is responsible hereunder (or Tax Attribute of a member of the Parent Group) and such Tax Benefit would not have arisen or been allowable but for such Adjustment, or if pursuant to a Final Determination any Tax Benefit is made allowable to a member of the Parent Group as a result of an Adjustment to any Taxes for which a member of the Spinco Group is responsible hereunder (or Tax Attribute of a member of the Spinco Group) and such Tax Benefit would not have arisen or been allowable but for such Adjustment, Spinco or Parent, as the case may be, shall make a payment to either Parent or Spinco, as appropriate, within thirty (30) days following such Final Determination, in an amount equal to the present value of such Tax Benefit (including any Tax Benefit made allowable as a result of the payment) determined (i) using the highest marginal statutory rate applicable to the party receiving the Tax Benefit at the time of the Final Determination and an assumed state income Tax rate of 5% (or the highest applicable provincial rate in Canada), (ii) assuming that the party to which such Tax Benefit is made allowable is liable for Taxes at such rate and has no Tax Attributes at the time of the determination, and (iii) assuming that the Tax Benefit is used at the earliest date allowable by applicable Law. The present value referred to in the preceding sentence shall be determined using a discount rate equal to the mid term applicable federal rate in effect at the time of the Final Determination.

ARTICLE V

TAX PROCEEDINGS

Section 5.01 Notification of Tax Proceedings . Within ten (10) days after an Indemnified Party becomes aware of the commencement of a Tax Proceeding that may give rise to Taxes for which an Indemnifying Party is responsible pursuant to Article III, such Indemnified Party shall notify the Indemnifying Party of such Tax Proceeding, and thereafter shall promptly forward or make available to the Indemnifying Party copies of notices and communications relating to such Tax Proceeding. The failure of the Indemnified Party to notify the Indemnifying Party of the commencement of any such Tax Proceeding within such ten (10) day period or promptly forward any further notices or communications shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of any obligation which it may have to the Indemnified Party under this Agreement except to the extent that the Indemnifying Party is actually prejudiced by such failure.

 

-20-


Section 5.02 Tax Proceeding Procedures Generally .

(a) Tax Proceedings relating to Parent Consolidated Returns, Mixed Business U.S. Income Tax Returns and Single Business U.S. Income Tax Returns .

(i) Except as provided in Section 5.03, Parent shall be entitled to contest, compromise and settle any Adjustment proposed, asserted or assessed pursuant to any Tax Proceeding with respect to any Parent Consolidated Return, Mixed Business U.S. Income Tax Return, or Single Business Return required to be prepared by Parent or a Parent Entity pursuant to Section 2.01, and any such defense shall be made diligently and in good faith; provided that to the extent that such Tax Proceeding could materially affect the amount of Taxes for which Spinco is responsible pursuant to Article III, Parent (A) shall keep Spinco informed in a timely manner of all actions proposed to be taken by Parent with respect to such Tax Proceeding (or to the extent practicable the portion of such Tax Proceeding that relates to Taxes for which Spinco is responsible pursuant to Article III) and (B), shall permit Spinco to participate in all proceedings with respect to such Tax Proceeding (or to the extent practicable the portion of such Tax Proceeding that relates to Taxes for which Spinco is responsible pursuant to Article III) and shall not settle any such Tax Proceeding without the prior written consent of Spinco, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.

(ii) Except as provided in Section 5.03, Spinco shall be entitled to contest, compromise and settle any Adjustment proposed, asserted or assessed pursuant to any Tax Proceeding with respect to any Mixed Business U.S. Income Tax Return or Single Business Return required to be prepared by Spinco or a Spinco Entity pursuant to Section 2.01, and any such defense shall be made diligently and in good faith; provided that to the extent that such Tax Proceeding could materially affect the amount of Taxes for which Parent is responsible pursuant to Article III, Spinco (A) shall keep Parent informed in a timely manner of all actions proposed to be taken by Spinco with respect to such Tax Proceeding (or to the extent practicable the portion of such Tax Proceeding that relates to Taxes for which Parent is responsible pursuant to Article III) and (B) shall permit Parent to participate in all proceedings with respect to such Tax Proceeding (or to the extent practicable the portion of such Tax Proceeding that relates to Taxes for which Parent is responsible pursuant to Article III) and shall not settle any such Tax Proceeding without the prior written consent of Parent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.

(b) Tax Proceedings relating to Mixed Business Non-U.S. Income Tax Returns and Mixed Business Non-Income Tax Returns . The Mixed Return Preparing Party with respect to any Mixed Business Non-U.S. Income Tax Return or Mixed Business Non-Income Tax Return shall be entitled to contest, compromise and settle any Adjustment proposed, asserted or assessed pursuant to any Tax Proceeding with respect to such Tax Return and any such defense shall be made diligently and in good faith; provided that the Mixed Return Preparing Party shall (i) keep the Mixed Return Reviewing Party informed in a timely manner of all actions proposed to be taken by the Mixed Return Preparing Party with respect to such Tax Proceeding and, (ii) to the extent such Tax Proceeding could materially affect the amount of Taxes for which the Mixed Return Reviewing Party is responsible pursuant to Article III, shall permit the Mixed

 

-21-


Return Reviewing Party to participate in all proceedings with respect to such Tax Proceeding (or to the extent practicable the portion of such Tax Proceeding that relates to Taxes for which the Mixed Return Reviewing Party is responsible pursuant to Article III) and shall not settle any such Tax Proceeding without the prior written consent of the Mixed Return Reviewing Party, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.

(c) Tax Proceedings relating to Single Business Returns . Except as provided in Sections 5.02(a) and 5.03, the Indemnifying Party shall be entitled to contest, compromise and settle any Adjustment proposed, asserted or assessed pursuant to any Tax Proceeding with respect to any Single Business Return for which the Indemnifying Party is responsible pursuant to Article III and any such defense shall be made diligently and in good faith; provided , that the Indemnifying Party shall keep the Indemnified Party informed in a timely manner of all actions proposed to be taken by the Indemnifying Party and shall permit the Indemnified Party to participate in all proceedings with respect to such Tax Proceeding.

Section 5.03 Tax Proceedings in respect of Restructuring/Distribution Taxes and Disqualifying Actions .

(a) Parent and Spinco shall be entitled to jointly contest, compromise and settle any Adjustment proposed, asserted or assessed pursuant to any Tax Proceeding relating to (i) Restructuring/Distribution Taxes (to the extent reflected on a Tax Return of Spinco or a Spinco Entity) and (ii) any Taxes attributable to a Spinco Disqualifying Action.

(b) Parent shall be entitled to contest, compromise and settle any Adjustment proposed, asserted or assessed pursuant to any Tax Proceeding relating to (i) Restructuring/Distribution Taxes (to the extent reflected on a Tax Return of Parent or a Parent Entity) and (ii) any Taxes attributable to a Parent Disqualifying Action, and shall defend such Adjustment diligently and in good faith; provided that unless waived by the Parties in writing, Parent shall (1) keep Spinco informed in a timely manner of all actions taken or proposed to be taken by Parent, (2) provide copies of all correspondence or filings to be submitted to any Taxing Authority or judicial authority to Spinco for its prior review and consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned and (3) provide Spinco with written notice reasonably in advance of, and Spinco shall have the right to attend, any formally scheduled meetings with any Taxing Authority or hearings or proceedings before any judicial authority.

Section 5.04 Tax Proceedings in respect of Transfer Pricing Matters . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article V, if (a) a Tax Proceeding that relates to transfer pricing matters (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any proceeding that is part of a competent authority process) would reasonably be expected to give rise to an Adjustment of Taxes for which one party is responsible pursuant to Article III, and (b) such responsible party is not the party entitled to control such Tax Proceeding pursuant to this Article V, then the party entitled to control such Tax Proceeding shall permit such responsible party to participate in all proceedings with respect to such Tax Proceeding (or, if Spinco is such responsible party, to the extent practicable the portion of such Tax Proceeding that relates to Taxes for which Spinco is responsible pursuant to Article III), and shall not agree to any settlement or compromise of such Tax Proceeding without the consent of such responsible party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.

 

-22-


ARTICLE VI

TAX-FREE STATUS OF THE DISTRIBUTION

Section 6.01 Representations and Warranties .

(a) Spinco . Spinco hereby represents and warrants or covenants and agrees, as appropriate, that the facts presented and the representations made in the Tax Materials (other than the Specified Exhibits or any Tax Materials that Parent failed to deliver to Spinco or Acquirer in breach of Section 6.01(b)(i)), to the extent they both (A) are descriptive of the Spinco Group (including the business purposes for each of the distributions described in the IRS Ruling Request and the other Tax Materials to the extent that they relate to the Spinco Group and the plans, proposals, intentions and policies of the Spinco Group after the Effective Time), and (B) relate to the actions or non-actions of the Spinco Group to be taken (or not taken, as the case may be) after the Effective Time, are, or will be from the time presented or made through and including the Effective Time (and thereafter as relevant) true, correct and complete in all respects.

(b) Parent . Parent hereby represents and warrants or covenants and agrees, as appropriate, that (i) it has delivered complete and accurate copies of the Tax Materials to Spinco and Acquirer (other than the Specified Exhibits) and (ii) the facts presented and the representations made therein, to the extent descriptive of (A) the Parent Group at any time or (B) the Spinco Group at any time at or prior to the Effective Time (including, in each case, (x) the business purposes for each of the distributions described in the IRS Ruling Request and the other Tax Materials to the extent that they relate to the Parent Group at any time or the Spinco Group at any time at or prior to the Effective Time, and (y) the plans, proposals, intentions and policies of the Parent Group at any time or the Spinco Group at any time at or prior to the Effective Time), are, or will be from the time presented or made through and including the Effective Time (and thereafter as relevant) true, correct and complete in all respects.

(c) No Contrary Knowledge . Each of Parent and Spinco represents and warrants that it knows of no fact (after due inquiry) that may cause the Tax treatment of the Restructuring or the Distribution to be other than the Tax-Free Status of the Transactions.

(d) No Contrary Plan . Each of Parent and Spinco represents and warrants that neither it, nor any of its Affiliates, has any plan or intent to take any action which is inconsistent with any statements or representations made in the Tax Materials.

Section 6.02 Restrictions Relating to the Distribution .

(a) General . Neither Parent nor Spinco shall, nor shall Parent or Spinco permit, any Parent Entity or any Spinco Entity, respectively, to take or fail to take, as applicable, any action that constitutes a Disqualifying Action described in the definitions of Parent Disqualifying Action and Spinco Disqualifying Action, respectively.

(b) Restrictions . Prior to the first day following the second anniversary of the Distribution (the “ Restriction Period ”), Spinco:

 

-23-


(i) shall, and shall cause Controlled 1 to, continue and cause to be continued the active conduct of the Spinco Business and the foreign Spinco Business, respectively, and in each case taking into account Section 355(b)(3) of the Code, in all cases as conducted immediately prior to the Distribution;

(ii) shall not, and shall not permit Controlled 1 to, voluntarily dissolve or liquidate (including any action that is a liquidation for federal income tax purposes);

(iii) shall not, and shall not permit Controlled 1 to, (1) enter into any Proposed Acquisition Transaction or, to the extent Spinco has the right to prohibit any Proposed Acquisition Transaction, permit any Proposed Acquisition Transaction to occur, (2) redeem or otherwise repurchase (directly or through an Affiliate) any stock, or rights to acquire stock, (3) amend its certificate of incorporation (or other organizational documents), or take any other action, whether through a stockholder vote or otherwise, affecting the relative voting rights of its capital stock (including through the conversion of any capital stock into another class of capital stock), (4) merge, consolidate or amalgamate with any other Person (other than pursuant to the Merger, the LLC Merger and any other merger, consolidation or amalgamation with Acquirer or any other Person that is a direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of Acquirer) or (5) take any other action or actions (including any action or transaction that would be reasonably likely to be inconsistent with any representation made in the Tax Materials (other than the Specified Exhibits or any Tax Materials that Parent failed to deliver to Spinco or Acquirer in breach of Section 6.01(b)(i)) which in the aggregate (and taking into account the Merger, the LLC Merger and any other transactions described in this Section 6.02(b)(iii)) would, when combined with any other direct or indirect changes in ownership of Spinco capital stock or Controlled 1 capital stock pertinent for purposes of Section 355(e) of the Code (including the Merger and the LLC Merger), have the effect of causing or permitting one or more Persons (whether or not acting in concert) to acquire directly or indirectly stock representing a Fifty-Percent or Greater Interest in Spinco or Controlled 1, as applicable, or would reasonably be expected to result in a failure to preserve the Tax-Free Status of the Transactions; and

(iv) shall not, and shall not permit Controlled 1 or any other member of the Spinco Group, to sell, transfer, or otherwise dispose of or agree to, sell, transfer or otherwise dispose (including in any transaction treated for federal income tax purposes as a sale, transfer or disposition) of assets (including, any shares of capital stock of a Subsidiary) that, in the aggregate, constitute more than 30% of the consolidated gross assets of Spinco, Controlled 1 or the Spinco Group. The foregoing sentence shall not apply to (1) sales, transfers, or dispositions of assets in the Ordinary Course of Business, (2) any cash paid to acquire assets from an unrelated Person in an arm’s-length transaction, (3) any assets transferred to a Person that is disregarded as an entity separate from the transferor for federal income tax purposes, (4) any mandatory or optional repayment (or pre-payment) of any indebtedness of Spinco or any member of the Spinco Group or (5) any merger, consolidation or amalgamation of Spinco or any of its Subsidiaries (including Controlled 1) with any Person that is a direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of Spinco or Acquirer . The percentages of gross assets or consolidated gross assets of Spinco, Controlled 1 or the Spinco Group, as the case may

 

-24-


be, sold, transferred, or otherwise disposed of, shall be based on the fair market value of the gross assets of Spinco, Controlled 1 and the members of the Spinco Group as of the Closing Date. For purposes of this Section 6.02(b)(iv), a merger of Spinco or one of its Subsidiaries with and into any Person that is not a wholly owned Subsidiary of Spinco or Acquirer shall constitute a disposition of all of the assets of Spinco or such Subsidiary.

(c) Notwithstanding the restrictions imposed by Section 6.02(b), during the Restriction Period, Spinco may proceed with any of the actions or transactions described therein, if (i) Spinco shall first have requested Parent to obtain a supplemental ruling in accordance with Section 6.03(a) to the effect that such action or transaction will not affect the Tax-Free Status of the Transactions and Parent shall have received such a supplemental ruling in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to it, (ii) Spinco shall have provided to Parent an Unqualified Tax Opinion in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Parent, or (iii) Parent shall have waived in writing the requirement to obtain such ruling or opinion. In determining whether a ruling or opinion is satisfactory, Parent may consider, among other factors, the appropriateness of any underlying assumptions or representations used as a basis for the ruling or opinion and the views on the substantive merits.

(d) Tax Reporting . Each of Parent and Spinco covenants and agrees that it will not take, and will cause its respective Affiliates to refrain from taking, any position on any Income Tax Return that is inconsistent with the Tax-Free Status of the Transactions.

(e) For the avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding the restrictions set forth in this Section 6.02, (i) Spinco shall be permitted to enter into the Merger and the LLC Merger, (ii) Acquirer LLC shall be permitted to liquidate or merge with and into Acquirer or any Person that is a direct wholly owned Subsidiary of Acquirer and that is disregarded as an entity separate from Acquirer for federal income tax purposes and (iii) Spinco or Acquirer may adopt or modify a shareholder rights plan (and issue stock in accordance therewith) that is described in or is similar to the shareholder rights plan described in Revenue Ruling 90-11, 1990-1 C.B. 10.

Section 6.03 Procedures Regarding Opinions and Rulings .

(a) If Spinco notifies Parent that it desires to take one of the actions described in Section 6.02(b) (a “ Notified Action ”), Parent shall cooperate with Spinco and use its reasonable best efforts to seek to obtain a supplemental ruling from the IRS or an Unqualified Tax Opinion for the purpose of permitting Spinco to take the Notified Action unless Parent shall have waived the requirement to obtain such ruling or opinion. If such a ruling is to be sought, Parent shall apply for such ruling and Parent and Spinco shall jointly control the process of obtaining such ruling. In no event shall Parent be required to file any ruling request under this Section 6.03(a) unless Spinco represents that (i) it has read such ruling request, and (ii) all information and representations, if any, relating to any member of the Spinco Group, contained in such ruling request documents are (subject to any qualifications therein) true, correct and complete. Spinco shall reimburse Parent for all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the Parent Group in obtaining a ruling or Unqualified Tax Opinion requested by Spinco within ten (10) days after receiving an invoice from Parent therefor.

 

-25-


(b) Parent shall have the right to obtain a supplemental ruling or an Unqualified Tax Opinion at any time in its sole and absolute discretion. If Parent determines to obtain such ruling or opinion, Spinco shall (and shall cause each Spinco Entity to) cooperate with Parent and take any and all actions reasonably requested by Parent in connection with obtaining such ruling or opinion (including by making any representation or reasonable covenant or providing any materials requested by the IRS or the law firm issuing such opinion); provided , that Spinco shall not be required to make (or cause a Spinco Entity to make) any representation or covenant that is untrue or inconsistent with historical facts, or as to future matters or events over which it has no control. In connection with obtaining such ruling, Parent shall apply for such ruling and shall have sole and exclusive control over the process of obtaining such ruling. Parent shall reimburse Spinco for all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the Spinco Group in cooperating with Parent’s efforts to obtain a supplemental ruling or Unqualified Tax Opinion within ten (10) days after receiving an invoice from Spinco therefor.

(c) Except as provided in Sections 6.03(a) and (b), following the Effective Time, neither Spinco nor any Spinco Affiliate shall seek any guidance from the IRS or any other Taxing Authority (whether written, verbal or otherwise) at any time concerning the Restructuring or the Distribution (including the impact of any transaction on the Restructuring or Distribution).

ARTICLE VII

COOPERATION

Section 7.01 General Cooperation .

(a) The Parties shall each cooperate fully (and each shall cause its respective Subsidiaries to cooperate fully) with all reasonable requests in writing (“ Information Request ”) from another Party hereto, or from an agent, representative or advisor to such Party, in connection with the preparation and filing of Tax Returns (including the preparation of Tax Packages), claims for Refunds, Tax Proceedings, and calculations of amounts required to be paid pursuant to this Agreement, in each case, related or attributable to or arising in connection with Taxes of any of the Parties or their respective Subsidiaries covered by this Agreement and the establishment of any reserve required in connection with any financial reporting (a “ Tax Matter ”). Such cooperation shall include the provision of any information reasonably necessary or helpful in connection with a Tax Matter (“ Information ”) and shall include, without limitation, at each Party’s own cost:

(i) the provision of any Tax Returns of the Parties and their respective Subsidiaries, books, records (including information regarding ownership and Tax basis of property), documentation and other information relating to such Tax Returns, including accompanying schedules, related work papers, and documents relating to rulings or other determinations by Taxing Authorities (or, in the case of any Parent Consolidated Return or Mixed Business Income Tax Return to the extent practicable, the portion of such Tax Return that relates to Taxes for which Spinco is responsible pursuant to this Agreement);

(ii) the execution of any document (including any power of attorney) in connection with any Tax Proceedings of any of the Parties or their respective Subsidiaries, or the filing of a Tax Return or a Refund claim of the Parties or any of their respective Subsidiaries;

 

-26-


(iii) the use of the Party’s reasonable best efforts to obtain any documentation in connection with a Tax Matter; and

(iv) the use of the Party’s reasonable best efforts to obtain any Tax Returns (including accompanying schedules, related work papers, and documents), documents, books, records or other information in connection with the filing of any Tax Returns of any of the Parties or their Subsidiaries (or, in the case of any Parent Consolidated Return or Mixed Business Income Tax Return to the extent practicable, the portion of such Tax Return, documents, books, records or other information that relates to Taxes for which Spinco is responsible pursuant to this Agreement).

Each Party shall make its employees, advisors, and facilities available, without charge, on a reasonable and mutually convenient basis in connection with the foregoing matters.

Section 7.02 Retention of Records . Parent and Spinco shall retain or cause to be retained all Tax Returns, schedules and work papers, and all material records or other documents relating thereto in their possession, until sixty (60) days after the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations (including any waivers or extensions thereof) of the taxable periods to which such Tax Returns and other documents relate or until the expiration of any additional period that any Party reasonably requests, in writing, with respect to specific material records and documents. A Party intending to destroy any material records or documents shall provide the other Party with reasonable advance notice and the opportunity to copy or take possession of such records and documents. The Parties hereto will notify each other in writing of any waivers or extensions of the applicable statute of limitations that may affect the period for which the foregoing records or other documents must be retained.

ARTICLE VIII

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 8.01 Dispute Resolution . In the event of any dispute between the Parties as to any matter covered by this Agreement, the parties shall appoint a nationally recognized independent public accounting firm (the “ Accounting Firm ”) to resolve such dispute. In this regard, the Accounting Firm shall make determinations with respect to the disputed items based solely on representations made by Parent and Spinco and their respective representatives, and not by independent review, and shall function only as an expert and not as an arbitrator and shall be required to make a determination in favor of one Party only. The Parties shall require the Accounting Firm to resolve all disputes no later than thirty (30) days after the submission of such dispute to the Accounting Firm, but in no event later than the Due Date for the payment of Taxes or the filing of the applicable Tax Return, if applicable, and agree that all decisions by the Accounting Firm with respect thereto shall be final and conclusive and binding on the Parties. The Accounting Firm shall resolve all disputes in a manner consistent with this Agreement and, to the extent not inconsistent with this Agreement, in a manner consistent with the Past Practices of Parent and its Subsidiaries, except as otherwise required by applicable Law. The Parties shall require the Accounting Firm to render all determinations in writing and to set forth, in reasonable detail, the basis for such determination. The fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne equally by the Parties.

 

-27-


Section 8.02 Tax Sharing Agreements . All Tax sharing, indemnification and similar agreements, written or unwritten, as between Parent or a Parent Entity, on the one hand, and Spinco or a Spinco Entity, on the other (other than this Agreement or any other Transaction Agreement), shall be or shall have been terminated no later than the Effective Time and, after the Effective Time, none of Parent or a Parent Entity, or Spinco or a Spinco Entity shall have any further rights or obligations under any such Tax sharing, indemnification or similar agreement.

Section 8.03 Interest on Late Payments . With respect to any payment between the Parties pursuant to this Agreement not made by the due date set forth in this Agreement for such payment, the outstanding amount will accrue interest at a rate per annum equal to the rate in effect for underpayments under Section 6621 of the Code from such due date to and including the payment date.

Section 8.04 Survival of Covenants . Except as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement, all covenants and agreements of the Parties contained in this Agreement shall survive the Effective Time and remain in full force and effect in accordance with their applicable terms.

Section 8.05 Successors . This Agreement shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of any successor by merger, acquisition of assets, or otherwise, to Controlled 1 and to any of the parties hereto (including without limitation any successor of Parent or Spinco succeeding to the Tax Attributes of either under Section 381 of the Code), to the same extent as if such successor had been an original party to this Agreement. As of the Effective Time, this Agreement shall be binding on Acquirer and Acquirer shall be subject to the obligations and restrictions imposed on Spinco hereunder, including, without limitation, with respect to the restrictions imposed on Spinco under Section 6.02.

Section 8.06 Severability . If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced under any Law or as a matter of public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the Parties to this Agreement shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the Parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner.

Section 8.07 Entire Agreement . Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the Parties hereto with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and undertakings, both written and oral, between or on behalf of the Parties hereto with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

-28-


Section 8.08 Assignment; No Third-Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement shall not be assigned by any Party without the prior written consent of the other Party hereto, except that each Party may assign (a) any or all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any of its Affiliates and (b) any or all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement in connection with a sale or disposition of any of its assets or entities or lines of business; provided , however , that, in each case, no such assignment shall release such Party from any liability or obligation under this Agreement nor change any of the steps in the Plan of Reorganization (as such term is defined in the Separation Agreement). Except as provided in Article III with respect to indemnified Parties, this Agreement is for the sole benefit of the Parties to this Agreement and their respective Subsidiaries and their permitted successors and assigns and nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.

Section 8.09 Specific Performance . In the event of any actual or threatened default in, or breach of, any of the terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement, the Party who is or is to be thereby aggrieved shall have the right to specific performance and injunctive or other equitable relief of its rights under this Agreement, in addition to any and all other rights and remedies at law or in equity, and all such rights and remedies shall be cumulative. The Parties agree that the remedies at law for any breach or threatened breach, including monetary damages, may be inadequate compensation for any loss and that any defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate is waived. Any requirements for the securing or posting of any bond with such remedy are waived by the Parties to this Agreement.

Section 8.10 Amendment . No provision of this Agreement may be amended or modified except by a written instrument signed by the Parties to this Agreement. No waiver by any Party of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective unless explicitly set forth in writing and executed by the Party so waiving. The waiver by any Party of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other subsequent breach.

Section 8.11 Rules of Construction . Interpretation of this Agreement shall be governed by the following rules of construction: (a) words in the singular shall be held to include the plural and vice versa and words of one gender shall be held to include the other gender as the context requires; (b) references to the terms Article, Section, paragraph, clause, Exhibit and Schedule are references to the Articles, Sections, paragraphs, clauses, exhibits and schedules of this Agreement unless otherwise specified; (c) the terms “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby,” “hereto,” and derivative or similar words refer to this entire Agreement, including the Schedules and Exhibits hereto; (d) references to “$” shall mean U.S. dollars; (e) the word “including” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall mean “including without limitation,” unless otherwise specified; (f) the word “or” shall not be exclusive; (g) references to “written” or “in writing” include in electronic form; (h) provisions shall apply, when appropriate, to successive events and transactions; (i) the headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement; (j) Parent and Spinco have each participated in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement and if an ambiguity or question of interpretation should arise, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or burdening either Party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions in this Agreement or any interim drafts of this Agreement; and (k) a reference to any Person includes such Person’s successors and permitted assigns.

 

-29-


Section 8.12 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts each of which when executed shall be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by facsimile or portable document format (PDF) shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of any such Agreement.

Section 8.13 Coordination with the Employee Benefits Agreement . To the extent any covenants or agreements between the Parties with respect to employee withholding Taxes are set forth in the Employee Benefits Agreement, such Taxes shall be governed exclusively by the Employee Benefits Agreement and not by this Agreement.

Section 8.14 Confidentiality . The parties hereby agree that the provisions of the Confidentiality Agreement (as defined in the Merger Agreement) shall apply to all information and material furnished by any party or its representatives hereunder (including any Information and any Tax Returns).

Section 8.15 Notices . Any notice, demand, claim or other communication under this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed to have been given (a) on delivery if delivered personally; (b) on the date on which delivery thereof is guaranteed by the carrier if delivered by a national courier guaranteeing delivery with an fixed number of days of sending; or (c) on the date of facsimile transmission thereof if delivery is confirmed, but, in each case, only if addressed to the Parties in the following manner at the following addresses or facsimile numbers (or at the other address or other number as a Party may specify by notice to the others):

If to: Parent, to:

MeadWestvaco Corporation

501 South 5th Street

Richmond, Virginia 23219-0501

Fax:                     (804) 444-1000

Attention:             General Counsel

with a copy to:

Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz

51 West 52nd Street

New York, NY 10019

Fax:                 (212) 403-2000

Attention:         Elliott V. Stein

                          Gregory E. Ostling

If to: Acquirer or Spinco, to:

ACCO Brands Corporation

300 Tower Parkway

Lincolnshire, IL 60049

Fax:                (847) 484-4144

Attention:         General Counsel

 

-30-


with a copy to:

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP

155 North Wacker Drive

Chicago, IL 60606

Fax:             (312) 407-8514

Attention:     William R. Kunkel

Any notice to Parent will be deemed notice to all members of the Parent Group, and any notice to Spinco will be deemed notice to all members of the Spinco Group.

Section 8.16 Effective Date . This Agreement shall become effective only upon the occurrence of the Distribution.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]

 

-31-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

MeadWestvaco Corporation
By   /s/ E. Mark Rajkowski
Name:   E. Mark Rajkowski
Title:   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

Monaco SpinCo Inc.
By   /s/ Neil A. McLachlan
Name:   Neil A. McLachlan
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

 

ACCO Brands Corporation
By   /s/ Boris Elisman        
Name:   Boris Elisman
Title:   President and Chief Operating Officer

Exhibit 10.3

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

 

MONACO SPINCO INC.

as Issuer,

and the Guarantors named herein

6.75% Senior Notes due 2020

 

 

INDENTURE

Dated as of April 30, 2012

 

 

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association,

as Trustee

 

 

 


CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*

 

Trust Indenture Act Section    Indenture Section
310(a)    7.10
      (a)(1)    7.10
      (a)(2)    7.10
      (a)(3)    N.A.
      (a)(4)    N.A.
      (a)(5)    7.10
      (b)    7.08(e); 7.10
      (c)    N.A.
311(a)    7.11
      (b)    7.11
      (c)    N.A.
312(a)    2.06
      (b)    13.03
      (c)    13.03
313(a)    7.06
      (b)    7.06
      (b)(1)    N.A.
      (b)(2)    7.06
      (c)    7.06; 13.02(b)
      (d)    7.06
314(a)(4)    4.09(a); 13.05
      (b)    N.A.
      (b)(2)    N.A.
      (c)(1)    13.04
      (c)(2)    13.04
      (c)(3)    N.A.
      (d)    N.A.
      (e)    13.05
      (f)    N.A.
315(a)    N.A.
      (b)    7.05
      (c)    7.01(a)
      (d)    7.01(c)
      (e)    6.11
316(a)    N.A.
      (a)(1)(A)    6.05
      (a)(1)(B)    6.04
      (a)(2)    N.A.
      (b)    6.07
      (c)    13.18(d)
317(a)(1)    6.08
      (a)(2)    6.09
      (b)    2.05
318(a)    13.01
      (b)    N.A.
      (c)    13.01

 

* N.A. means not applicable.

This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purposes, be deemed to be part of this Indenture.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

           Page  
ARTICLE ONE   
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION   
BY REFERENCE   

Section 1.01

 

Definitions

     1   

Section 1.02

 

Other Definitions

     35   

Section 1.03

 

Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act

     36   

Section 1.04

 

Rules of Construction

     36   
ARTICLE TWO   
THE NOTES   

Section 2.01

 

Amount of Notes; Additional Notes

     37   

Section 2.02

 

Form and Dating

     38   

Section 2.03

 

Execution and Authentication

     39   

Section 2.04

 

Registrar and Paying Agent

     39   

Section 2.05

 

Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust

     40   

Section 2.06

 

Holder Lists

     41   

Section 2.07

 

Transfer and Exchange

     41   

Section 2.08

 

Replacement Notes

     42   

Section 2.09

 

Outstanding Notes

     42   

Section 2.10

 

Temporary Notes

     43   

Section 2.11

 

Cancellation

     43   

Section 2.12

 

Defaulted Interest

     43   

Section 2.13

 

CUSIP Numbers, ISINs, etc

     43   

Section 2.14

 

Calculation of Principal Amount of Notes Outstanding

     44   

Section 2.15

 

Methods of Receiving Payments on the Notes

     44   

Section 2.16

 

Payments in Respect of Global Notes

     44   
ARTICLE THREE   
REDEMPTION   

Section 3.01

 

Optional Redemption

     45   

Section 3.02

 

Applicability of Article

     45   

Section 3.03

 

Notices to Trustee

     45   

Section 3.04

 

Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed

     46   

Section 3.05

 

Notice of Optional Redemption

     46   

Section 3.06

 

Effect of Notice of Redemption

     47   

Section 3.07

 

Deposit of Redemption Price

     47   

Section 3.08

 

Notes Redeemed in Part

     48   

Section 3.09

 

Repurchase Offers

     48   

 

i


ARTICLE FOUR

COVENANTS

  

  

Section 4.01

 

Payment of Notes

     50   

Section 4.02

 

Reports

     51   

Section 4.03

 

Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock

     52   

Section 4.04

 

Limitation on Restricted Payments

     57   

Section 4.05

 

Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries

     64   

Section 4.06

 

Asset Sales

     66   

Section 4.07

 

Transactions with Affiliates

     69   

Section 4.08

 

Change of Control

     71   

Section 4.09

 

Compliance Certificate

     73   

Section 4.10

 

Further Instruments and Acts

     73   

Section 4.11

 

Note Guarantees

     74   

Section 4.12

 

[Intentionally Omitted].

     74   

Section 4.13

 

Liens

     74   

Section 4.14

 

Maintenance of Office or Agency

     75   

Section 4.15

 

Limitation on Business Activities

     75   

Section 4.16

 

[Intentionally Omitted]

     75   

Section 4.17

 

Taxes

     75   

Section 4.18

 

Covenant Suspension

     76   

ARTICLE FIVE

SUCCESSORS

  

  

Section 5.01

 

Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets

     77   

Section 5.02

 

Successor Corporation Substituted

     78   

ARTICLE SIX

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

  

  

Section 6.01

 

Events of Default

     79   

Section 6.02

 

Acceleration

     81   

Section 6.03

 

Other Remedies

     81   

Section 6.04

 

Waiver of Past Defaults

     82   

Section 6.05

 

Control by Majority

     82   

Section 6.06

 

Limitation on Suits

     82   

Section 6.07

 

Rights of the Holders to Receive Payment

     83   

Section 6.08

 

Collection Suit by Trustee

     83   

Section 6.09

 

Trustee May File Proofs of Claim

     83   

Section 6.10

 

Priorities

     84   

Section 6.11

 

Undertaking for Costs

     84   

Section 6.12

 

Waiver of Stay, Extension and Usury Laws

     84   

Section 6.13

 

Delay or Omission Not Waiver

     84   

 

ii


ARTICLE SEVEN

TRUSTEE

  

  

Section 7.01

 

Duties of Trustee

     85   

Section 7.02

 

Rights of Trustee

     86   

Section 7.03

 

Individual Rights of Trustee

     87   

Section 7.04

 

Trustee’s Disclaimer

     87   

Section 7.05

 

Notice of Defaults

     88   

Section 7.06

 

Reports by Trustee to the Holders

     88   

Section 7.07

 

Compensation and Indemnity

     88   

Section 7.08

 

Replacement of Trustee

     89   

Section 7.09

 

Successor Trustee by Merger

     90   

Section 7.10

 

Eligibility; Disqualification

     90   

Section 7.11

 

Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer

     91   

ARTICLE EIGHT

DEFEASANCE

  

  

Section 8.01

 

Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance

     91   

Section 8.02

 

Legal Defeasance and Discharge

     91   

Section 8.03

 

Covenant Defeasance

     92   

Section 8.04

 

Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance

     92   

Section 8.05

 

Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions

     93   

Section 8.06

 

Repayment to Issuer

     94   

Section 8.07

 

Reinstatement

     94   

ARTICLE NINE

AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS

  

  

Section 9.01

 

Without Consent of the Holders

     94   

Section 9.02

 

With Consent of the Holders

     96   

Section 9.03

 

Compliance with Trust Indenture Act

     98   

Section 9.04

 

Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers

     98   

Section 9.05

 

Notation on or Exchange of Notes

     98   

Section 9.06

 

Trustee to Sign Amendments

     98   

Section 9.07

 

Additional Voting Terms; Calculation of Principal Amount

     99   

ARTICLE TEN

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

  

  

Section 10.01

 

Satisfaction and Discharge

     99   

Section 10.02

 

Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions

     100   

Section 10.03

 

Repayment to the Company

     100   

 

iii


ARTICLE ELEVEN

[INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

 

ARTICLE TWELVE

NOTE GUARANTEES

  

  

  

  

Section 12.01  

Guarantees

     101   
Section 12.02  

Limitation on Guarantor Liability

     103   
Section 12.03  

Successors and Assigns

     103   
Section 12.04  

No Waiver

     103   
Section 12.05  

Modification

     103   
Section 12.06  

Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantees and Supplemental Indentures

     104   
Section 12.07  

Merger and Consolidation of Guarantors

     104   
Section 12.08  

Release of Guarantor

     105   

ARTICLE THIRTEEN

MISCELLANEOUS

  

  

Section 13.01  

Trust Indenture Act Controls

     106   
Section 13.02  

Notices

     106   
Section 13.03  

Communication by the Holders with Other Holders

     108   
Section 13.04  

Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent

     108   
Section 13.05  

Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion

     108   
Section 13.06  

Treasury Notes Disregarded

     108   
Section 13.07  

Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar

     109   
Section 13.08  

Legal Holidays

     109   
Section 13.09  

GOVERNING LAW

     109   
Section 13.10  

Consent to Jurisdiction

     109   
Section 13.11  

No Recourse Against Others

     109   
Section 13.12  

Successors

     109   
Section 13.13  

Multiple Originals

     110   
Section 13.14  

Table of Contents; Headings

     110   
Section 13.15  

Indenture Controls

     110   
Section 13.16  

Severability

     110   
Section 13.17  

Benefit of Indenture

     110   
Section 13.18  

Acts of Holders

     110   
Section 13.19  

No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements

     111   
Section 13.20  

USA Patriot Act

     111   
Section 13.21  

Force Majeure

     112   

 

iv


Appendix A

          Provisions Relating to Initial Notes, Additional Notes and Exchange Notes

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit A

          Form of Initial Note

Exhibit B

          Form of Exchange Note

Exhibit C

          [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

Exhibit D-1

          Form of Supplemental Indenture

Exhibit E

          Form of Notation of Note Guarantee

Exhibit F

          Form of Certificate of Transfer

Exhibit G

          Form of Certificate of Exchange

 

v


INDENTURE dated as of April 30, 2012 among MONACO SPINCO INC., a Delaware corporation (“ SpinCo ” or the “ Issuer ”), the Guarantors (as defined herein) and Wells Fargo Bank National Association, a national banking association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).

Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of (a) $270,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 6.75% Senior Notes due 2020 issued on the date hereof in the form of Exhibit A (the “ Original Notes ”), (b) any Additional Notes (as defined herein) that may be issued after the date hereof in the form of Exhibit A (all such securities in clauses (a)  and (b)  being referred to collectively as the “ Initial Notes ”) and (c) if and when issued as provided in the Registration Rights Agreement (as defined in Appendix A hereto (the “ Appendix ”)) or otherwise registered under the Securities Act and issued, $270,000,000 (or an amount equal to the Initial Notes) aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 6.75% Senior Notes due 2020 (the “ Exchange Notes ”) issued in a Registered Exchange Offer (as defined in the Appendix) in exchange for any Initial Notes or otherwise registered under the Securities Act and issued in the form of Exhibit B . The Initial Notes and the Exchange Notes are referred to collectively as the “ Notes ” (and constitute a single series hereunder).

ARTICLE ONE

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION

BY REFERENCE

Section 1.01 Definitions .

ACCO ” means ACCO Brands Corporation and not any of its Subsidiaries.

Acquired Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any specified Person:

 

  (1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and

 

  (2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

Additional Notes ” means an unlimited maximum aggregate principal amount of Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued under this Indenture in accordance with Section 2.01 as part of the same series as the Initial Notes.

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with” shall have correlative meanings.


Applicable Premium ” means, with respect to any Note on any redemption date, the greater of:

 

  (1) 1.0% of the principal amount of the Note; or

 

  (2) the excess of:

 

  (a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of the Note at April 30, 2017, (such redemption price being set forth in the table in Section 3.01 hereof) plus (ii) all required interest payments due on the Note through April 30, 2017 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over

 

  (b) the principal amount of the Note.

Applicable Procedures ” means, with respect to any payment, tender, redemption, transfer or transaction involving a Global Note or beneficial interest therein, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, in each case to the extent applicable to such transaction and as in effect from time to time.

Asset Sale ” means:

 

  (1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction) outside the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (each referred to in this definition as a “ disposition ”); or

 

  (2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests (other than directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals or other third parties to the extent required by applicable law) of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions),

in each case other than:

 

  (a) a disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or obsolete or worn out property or equipment in the ordinary course of business or any disposition of inventory or goods (or other assets) no longer used in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (b) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or the Issuer in a manner permitted pursuant to the provisions described in Section 5.01 or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control;

 

  (c) any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under the covenant described in Section 4.04 ;

 

2


  (d) any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, which assets or Equity Interests so disposed or issued have an aggregate Fair Market Value of less than $10.0 million;

 

  (e) any disposition of property or assets by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

 

  (f) sales of assets received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries upon the foreclosure on a Lien;

 

  (g) foreclosure, condemnation, casualty or any similar action with respect to property or other asset of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (h) sales, discounts or leases of inventory, equipment, accounts receivable or other current assets in the ordinary course of business or the conversion of accounts receivable to notes receivable;

 

  (i) any disposition deemed to occur with creating or granting a Lien not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture;

 

  (j) the surrender or waiver of contract rights or settlement, release or surrender of a contract, tort or other litigation claim in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (k) any issuance of employee stock options or stock awards pursuant to benefit plans of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (l) the licensing or sublicensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (m) terminations of obligations under Hedging Obligations;

 

  (n) dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to customary buy/sell arrangements between, the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements permitted to be entered into under the terms of this Indenture;

 

  (o) any sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

  (p) a transfer of accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Receivables Financing” (or a fractional undivided interest therein) by a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Financing; and

 

  (q) the lease, assignment or sublease of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business.

 

3


Bankruptcy Code ” means Title 11 of the United States Code.

Bankruptcy Law ” means the Bankruptcy Code or any similar U.S. federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

beneficial owner ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition. The terms “ beneficially owns ” and “ beneficially owned ” shall have a corresponding meaning.

Board of Directors ” means:

 

  (1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation;

 

  (2) with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of the partnership;

 

  (3) with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members or any controlling committee of managing members thereof; and

 

  (4) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

Board Resolution means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification.

Borrowing Base ” means as of any date, an amount, determined on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP, equal to the sum of (1) 70% of the aggregate book value of inventory plus (2) 85% of the aggregate book value of all accounts receivable (net of bad debt reserves) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, after giving pro forma effect for acquisitions, investments or dispositions (as determined in accordance with GAAP) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries that had occurred on or prior to such date of determination. To the extent that information is not available as to the amount of inventory or accounts receivable as of a specific date, the Company shall use the most recent available information for purposes of calculating the Borrowing Base then available, after giving pro forma effect for acquisitions, investments or dispositions (as determined in accordance with GAAP) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries that had occurred on or after such date and on or prior to such date of determination.

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York or at a place of payment are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed.

 

4


Calculation Date ” has the meaning set forth below in the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.”

Capital Lease Obligation ” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP.

Capital Stock ” means:

 

  (1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

 

  (2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

 

  (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

 

  (4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

Cash Dividend ” means the distribution by the Issuer to the Seller and/or one or more of its Affiliates, directly or indirectly, of approximately $460,000,000 in cash or a combination of cash and the Notes.

Cash Equivalents ” means:

 

  (1) U.S. Dollars, pounds sterling, euros, any national currency of any participating member state of the EMU or, in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition;

 

  (3) certificates of deposit, time deposits, money market deposits, demand deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year from the date of acquisition and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million and whose long-term debt is rated at least “A” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P;

 

  (4) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) , (3)  and (7)  of this definition entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3)  of this definition;

 

5


  (5) commercial paper issued by a Person (other than an Affiliate of the Company) rated at least “A-1” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P and in each case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition;

 

  (6) investment funds investing at least 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1)  through (5)  of this definition;

 

  (7) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision thereof having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition;

 

  (8) Indebtedness issued by Persons with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A-2” or higher from Moody’s, in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition; and

 

  (9) in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary:

 

  (a) direct obligations of the sovereign nation, or any agency thereof, in which such Foreign Subsidiary is organized and is conducting business or obligations fully and unconditionally guaranteed by such sovereign nation, or any agency thereof;

 

  (b) investments of the type and maturity described in clauses (1)  through (8)  of this definition of foreign obligors, which investments or obligors, or the direct or indirect parents of such obligors, have ratings described in such clauses or equivalent ratings from comparable foreign rating agencies; or

 

  (c) investments of the type and maturity described in clauses (1)  through (8)  of this definition of foreign obligors, or the direct or indirect parent of such obligors, which investments or obligors, or the direct or indirect parent companies of such obligors, are not rated as provided in such clauses or in clause (b)  above but which are, in the reasonable judgment of the Company, comparable in investment quality to such investments and obligors, or the direct or indirect parent of such obligors.

CFC Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary of ACCO that is a controlled foreign corporation for purposes of Section 957 of the Internal Revenue Code.

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following:

 

  (1) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person; or

 

  (2)

the Company becomes aware (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) of the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or

 

6


  Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) other than ACCO, including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase, of beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company; or

 

  (3) individuals who on the Issue Date constituted the Board of Directors of ACCO (together with any new directors whose election by such Board of Directors of ACCO or whose nomination for election by the stockholders of ACCO, as the case may be, was approved by a vote of a majority of the directors of ACCO then still in office who were either directors on the Issue Date or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of ACCO then in office; or

 

  (4) after the consummation of the Merger and the execution of the supplemental indenture by ACCO, the first day on which ACCO ceases to own 100% of the outstanding Equity Interests of the Issuer.

For purposes of this definition, any direct or indirect holding company of the Company (including ACCO) shall not itself be considered a Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) for purposes of clause (2) above, provided that no Person or group (other than ACCO) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the Voting Stock of such holding company.

Clearstream ” means Clearstream Banking S.A. and any successor thereto.

Company ” means (1) the Issuer prior to the consummation of the Merger and the execution of a supplemental indenture by ACCO and (2) ACCO, upon consummation of the Merger and the execution of a supplemental indenture by ACCO, until a successor replaces it pursuant to a transaction permitted by Section 5.01 and thereafter means the successor.

Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense ” means with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

 

  (1)

consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income (including amortization of original issue discount, the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and net payments and receipts (if any) pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations and excluding (a) any expenses resulting from the discounting of Indebtedness in connection with the application of purchase accounting in connection with the Transactions or any acquisition,

 

7


  (b) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, (c) any expensing of any bridge, commitment or other financing fees and (d) penalties and interest related to taxes; plus

 

  (2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; plus

 

  (3) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges Incurred in connection with any Receivables Financing which are payable to Persons other than the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; minus

 

  (4) interest income for such period.

Consolidated Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis; provided , however , that, without duplication:

 

  (1) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary of such Person, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period;

 

  (2) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3)(A)  of Section 4.04(a) , the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other any Note Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restrictions with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions have been legally waived; provided that the Net Income of the Company will be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein;

 

  (3) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles and changes as a result of the adoption or modification of accounting principles during such period shall be excluded;

 

  (4) any net after-tax extraordinary, nonrecurring or unusual gains or losses or income, expenses or charges (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) (including such fees, expenses or charges in connection with the Transactions), severance, relocation costs and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit-plans, including, without limitation, any fees, expenses or charges related to any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred under this Indenture (in each case, whether or not successful), shall be excluded;

 

8


  (5) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to business dispositions or asset dispositions or abandonments or the sale or other disposition of any Capital Stock of any Person other than in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company) shall be excluded;

 

  (6) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness, Hedging Obligation or other derivative instruments shall be excluded;

 

  (7) any other non-cash items (including, without limitation, equity based compensation expense) which would otherwise increase or decrease Consolidated Net Income for such period (excluding any items which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges in any prior period or an accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges in a future period) shall be excluded;

 

  (8) effects of adjustments in the inventory, property and equipment, software, goodwill, other intangible assets, in-process research and development, deferred revenue and debt line items in such Person’s consolidated financial statements pursuant to GAAP resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to the Transactions or any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded;

 

  (9) any fees and expenses incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, Investment, Asset Sale, issuance or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction shall be excluded;

 

  (10) any currency translation gains and losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness shall be excluded, until such gains or losses are actually realized;

 

  (11) any expenses or reserves for liabilities to the extent that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is entitled to indemnification or reimbursement thereof under binding agreements or an insurance claim therefore shall be excluded; provided that any liabilities for which the company or such Restricted Subsidiary is not actually indemnified or covered by insurance shall reduce Net Income in the period in which it is determined that the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary will not be indemnified or that the applicable insurer will not pay such insurance claim; and

 

  (12)

any impairment charge or asset write-off, including impairment charges or asset write-offs or write-downs related to intangible assets, long-lived assets,

 

9


  investments in debt and equity securities (including any losses with respect to the foregoing in bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceedings) or as a result of a change in law or regulation, in each case pursuant to GAAP, shall be excluded.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 4.04 only (other than clause (3)(D) of Section 4.04(a)(iv) ), there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments from the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under Section 4.04(a)(iv)(3)(D) .

Consolidated Taxes ” means provision for taxes based on income, profits or capital, including, without limitation, state, franchise and similar taxes taken into account in calculating Consolidated Net Income.

Contingent Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“ primary obligations ”) of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent:

 

  (1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor,

 

  (2) to advance or supply funds:

 

  (a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation; or

 

  (b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor; or

 

  (3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

Corporate Trust Office ” means the office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business in relation to this Indenture shall be principally administered, which office at the date of execution of this Indenture is located at Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, 230 W. Monroe Street, Suite 2900, Chicago, IL 60606, Attn: Corporate Trust Services, and for purposes of Section 2.04 and Section 4.14(a) such office shall also mean the office or agency of the Trustee located at 608 Second Avenue South, N9303-121, Minneapolis, MN 55479, Attn: Corporate Trust Operations.

Credit Agreement ” means that certain credit agreement, dated as of March 26, 2012, by and among the Issuer, the Guarantors, certain subsidiaries of ACCO, and the lenders

 

10


party thereto, providing for up to $1,270.0 million of revolving credit and term loan borrowings, including any related notes, Guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced in any manner (whether upon or after termination or otherwise) or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities to institutional investors) in whole or in part from time to time.

Credit Facilities ” means one or more debt facilities (including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement), commercial paper facilities, note purchase agreements or indentures, in each case with banks, other lenders or trustees, providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables), letters of credit, notes or other borrowings, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, restated, restructured, increased, supplemented, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time.

Default ” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

Depositary ” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.04(a) as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture.

Designated Non-cash Consideration ” means the Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate at the time of such Asset Sale. Any particular item of Designated Non-cash Consideration will cease to be considered to be outstanding once it has been sold for cash or Cash Equivalents (which shall be considered Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale when received).

Disqualified Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is redeemable or exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event:

 

  (1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise,

 

  (2) is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of such Person, or

 

  (3) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part,

in each case prior to 91 days after the maturity date of the Notes; provided , however , that only the portion of Capital Stock which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date shall be deemed to be Disqualified Stock; provided , further , however , that if such Capital Stock is issued to any employee or

 

11


to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of such employee’s termination, death or disability; provided , further , that any class of Capital Stock of such Person that by its terms authorizes such Person to satisfy its obligations thereunder by delivery of Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Stock shall not be deemed to be Disqualified Stock. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require the issuer to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale will not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the issuer may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with the covenant described in Section 4.04 .

Domestic Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary of ACCO other than a Restricted Subsidiary that is (1) a CFC Subsidiary or (2) a Subsidiary of any such CFC Subsidiary.

DRE ” means any Person who is “disregarded” as an entity separate from its owner under Section 7701 of the Internal Revenue Code and the U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.

DTC ” means the Depository Trust Company, its nominees and their respective successors.

EBITDA ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus, without duplication, to the extent the same was deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income:

(1) Consolidated Taxes; plus

(2) Fixed Charges; plus

(3) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense; plus

(4) the amount of any restructuring charges, integration costs or other business optimization expenses, including any one-time costs incurred in connection with the Transactions, other acquisition or related to closure and/or consolidation of facilities; plus

(5) the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary interest attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary deducted (less the amount of any cash dividends paid to the holders of such minority interests); plus

(6) the amount of loss on sale of receivables and related assets to a Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing; plus

 

12


(7) any costs or expense incurred pursuant to any management equity plan, restricted stock plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement; plus

(8) any net loss from disposed or discontinued operations; plus

(9) any other non-cash charges, including any write-offs or write-downs ( provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period); less

(10) (a) any non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, excluding any non-cash items to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced EBITDA in any prior period and (b) any net income from disposed or discontinued operations.

Equity Interests ” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

Equity Offering ” means any public or private sale of Capital Stock of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company, as applicable, other than Disqualified Stock, and other than public offerings with respect to the Company’s or such direct or indirect parent company’s common stock registered on Form S-8.

Euroclear ” means Euroclear Bank, S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system, and any successor thereto.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Exchange Offer Registration Statement ” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

Excluded Subsidiary ” means:

 

  (1) ACCO Brands Receivables Funding LLC;

 

  (2) any CFC Subsidiary;

 

  (3)

any Subsidiary of ACCO other than a CFC Subsidiary, but only if (i) it is a direct or indirect owner of more than 65% of the voting equity interests of one or more CFC Subsidiaries, (ii) it and all other entities (if any) through which it owns (directly or indirectly) more than 65% of the voting equity interests of such CFC Subsidiaries are DREs or partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (iii) all or substantially all of its assets and each such DRE’s or partnership’s assets are interests in such CFC Subsidiaries (and cash and Cash Equivalents incidental

 

13


  thereto and Capital Stock, other equity interests or Indebtedness of such CFC Subsidiaries) and (iv) it and each such DRE or partnership does not directly hold an equity interest in a Domestic Subsidiary other than a DRE or partnership described in this clause (3);

 

  (4) any domestic corporate (for U.S. federal income tax purposes) Subsidiary if all or substantially all of its assets consist of (i) more than 65% of the voting equity interests of one or more CFC Subsidiaries (and cash and Cash Equivalents incidental thereto and Capital Stock, other equity interests or Indebtedness of such CFC Subsidiaries held directly or indirectly solely through one or more DREs) and/or (ii) interests in one or more DREs in each case whose assets consist solely of more than 65% of the voting equity interests of such CFC Subsidiaries (and cash and Cash Equivalents incidental thereto and Capital Stock, other equity interests or Indebtedness of such CFC Subsidiaries and other immaterial assets) that are held directly or indirectly solely through one or more DREs; and

 

  (5) any Subsidiary of an Excluded Subsidiary described in clause (2), (3) or (4) to the extent not treating such Subsidiary as an Excluded Subsidiary creates a substantial risk of a material adverse tax consequence to the Company;

provided that to the extent that any Subsidiary of the Company would be deemed to be an Excluded Subsidiary pursuant to clause (2), (3), (4) or (5) of this definition, but such Subsidiary Guarantees Obligations under the Senior Subordinated Notes, then, for so long as at least $25.0 million of Senior Subordinated Notes remain outstanding, such Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be an Excluded Subsidiary unless and until such time as the respective Subsidiary is released from all of its Guarantee Obligations under the Senior Subordinated Notes.

Existing Indebtedness ” means the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement) outstanding on the date of this Indenture, until such amounts are repaid.

Fair Market Value ” means, with respect to any asset or property, the price which could be negotiated in an arm’s–length, free market transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction, determined in good faith by the Company; provided that such determination of Fair Market Value shall be determined in good faith by the chief financial officer, chief accounting officer, or controller of the Company with respect to valuations in excess of $1.0 million, but not in excess of $50.0 million or determined by the Board of Directors of the Company with respect to valuations equal to or in excess of $50.0 million, as applicable, which determination will be conclusive (unless otherwise provided in this Indenture).

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries Incurs, repays, repurchases or redeems any Indebtedness (other than in the case of ordinary working capital borrowings or revolving advances under any Qualified Receivables Financing, in which case interest expense shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness

 

14


during the applicable period) or issues, repurchases or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “ Calculation Date ”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence, repayment, repurchase or redemption of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) that have been made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Calculation Date (each, for purposes of this definition, a “ pro forma event”) shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations or discontinued operations (and the change of any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four–quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or discontinued operation, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, discontinued operation, merger or consolidation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any pro forma event (including the Transactions), the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company. Any such pro forma calculation may include, without duplication, (1) cost savings and operating expense reductions and other operating improvements or synergies that have been or are expected, in the reasonable judgment of such financial or accounting officer as set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, to be realized within 12 months (or, with respect to any operating expense reductions and other operating improvements or synergies expected to be realized in connection with the Transactions, 18 months) from the effective date of the applicable pro forma event which is being given pro forma effect (in each case as though such operating expense reductions and other operating improvements or synergies had been realized on the first day of the applicable four-quarter period) and (2) all adjustments of the nature used in connection with the calculation of “Adjusted EBITDA” as described under “Summary Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Condensed Financial Data” under “Summary” in the Offering Memorandum to the extent such adjustments, without duplication, continue to be applicable to such four-quarter period.

If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness if such Hedging Obligation has a remaining term in excess of twelve months). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of

 

15


the Company to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Company may designate.

Fixed Charges ” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the sum of:

 

  (1) Consolidated Interest Expense, and

 

  (2) all cash dividend payments (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary of ACCO other than a Domestic Subsidiary.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession which are in effect on the Issue Date. For the purposes of this Indenture, the term “consolidated” with respect to any Person shall mean such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries, and shall not include any Unrestricted Subsidiary, but the interest of such Person in an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be accounted for as an Investment.

Global Notes Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.2(g)(iii) of the Appendix, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

Global Notes ” means, individually and collectively, Notes sold to QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A (the “ Rule 144A Global Note ”) or Notes sold in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S (the “ Regulation S Global Note ”), deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A and that bear the Global Note Legend.

Government Securities means securities that are:

 

  (1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged, or

 

  (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America, the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America,

 

16


which, in each case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act) as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.

Guarantee ” means, as to any Person, a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness of another Person.

Guarantors ” means:

 

  (1) each direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary of the Issuer on the date of this Indenture (other than any Excluded Subsidiary);

 

  (2) any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer that executes a Note Guarantee from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture;

 

  (3) upon consummation of the Merger and the execution of the supplemental indenture by ACCO, ACCO and any other Restricted Subsidiary of ACCO (other than the Issuer) that executes a Note Guarantee from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture; and

 

  (4) their respective successors and assigns until released from their obligations under their Note Guarantees and this Indenture in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

Hedging Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under:

 

  (1) currency exchange, interest rate or commodity swap agreements, currency exchange, interest rate or commodity cap agreements and currency exchange, interest rate or commodity collar agreements: and

 

  (2) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange, interest rates and/or commodity prices.

 

17


Holder ” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books.

Incur ” means issue, assume, guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for; provided, however, that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger, amalgamation, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Person at the time it becomes a Subsidiary.

Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any specified Person, without duplication:

 

  (1) any indebtedness of such Person, without duplication, whether or not contingent, (a) in respect of borrowed money, (b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), excluding letters of credit securing obligations other than obligations described in subclauses (a) , (b) , (e)  and (f)  of this clause (1)  and entered into in the ordinary course of business of such Person, to the extent such letters of credit are not drawn upon, or, if drawn upon, to the extent such drawing is reimbursed no later than the fifth (5th) Business Day following receipt by such Person of a demand for reimbursement, (c) in respect of bankers’ acceptances, (d) representing the deferred balance and unpaid purchase price of any property, except (i) any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, (ii) any earn-out obligations until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP and if not paid after becoming due and payable and (iii) any such balance or unpaid purchase price to the extent that it is either required to be or at the option of such Person may be satisfied solely through the issuance of Equity Interests of the Company that are not Disqualified Stock, (e) in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations, or (f) representing any Hedging Obligations, other than Hedging Obligations that are incurred in the normal course of business and not for speculative purposes, and that do not increase the Indebtedness of the obligor outstanding at any time other than as a result of fluctuations in interest rates, commodity prices or foreign currency exchange rates or by reason of fees, indemnities and compensation payable thereunder, if and to the extent that any of the foregoing indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP;

 

  (2) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation of such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the Indebtedness of the type referred to in clause (1) of another Person (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business); and

 

  (3) to the extent not otherwise included, Indebtedness of the type referred to in clause (1) of another Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person); provided, however, that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of: (a) the Fair Market Value of such asset at such date of determination, and (b) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Person;

 

18


provided , however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, the Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include (1) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business or (2) Obligations under or in respect of Qualified Receivables Financing.

Indenture ” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

Indirect Participant ” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant, including through Clearstream and Euroclear.

Initial Purchasers ” means, collectively, Barclays Capital Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, BMO Capital Markets Corp., SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A, PNC Capital Markets LLC, Scotia Capital (USA) Inc., Barrington Research Associates, Inc. and CJS Securities, Inc.

Investment Grade Rating ” means, a debt rating of the Notes of BBB- or higher by S&P and Baa3 or higher by Moody’s or the equivalent of such ratings by S&P and Moody’s or, in the event S&P or Moody’s shall cease rating the Notes and the Company shall select any other Rating Agency, the equivalent of such ratings by such other Rating Agency.

Investment Grade Securities ” means:

 

  (1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents),

 

  (2) debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Company and its Subsidiaries;

 

  (3) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2), which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment and/or distribution, and

 

  (4) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments.

Investments ” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit and advances to customers and commission, payroll, travel and similar advances to officers, employees and consultants made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person, together with all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such items involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 4.04 :

 

19


  (1) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary equal to an amount (if positive) to:

 

  (a) the Company’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less

 

  (b) the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and

 

  (2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its Fair Market Value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.

The amount of any Investment outstanding at any time shall be the original cost of such Investment, reduced by any dividend, distribution, interest payment, return of capital, repayment or other amount received in cash by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of such Investment.

Issue Date ” means April 30, 2012.

Letter of Transmittal ” means the letter of transmittal to be prepared by the Company and sent to all Holders of the Notes for use by such Holders in connection with the Registered Exchange Offer.

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction); provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

Merger ” means the merger of Merger Sub with and into the Issuer pursuant to the Transaction Agreement, with the Issuer surviving the merger as a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of ACCO.

Merger Sub ” means Augusta Acquisition Sub, Inc., a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of ACCO.

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

 

20


Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.

Net Proceeds ” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash payments received (1) upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale or any cash received in connection with a Permitted Asset Swap and (2) by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received, but excluding the assumption by the acquiring Person of Indebtedness relating to the disposed assets or other consideration received in any other non-cash form), net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale or the sale or disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions), and any severance, restructuring, retention, relocation and integration expenses Incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements related thereto), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium (if any), and interest on Indebtedness required (other than pursuant to Section 4.06(b) ) to be paid as a result of such transaction, and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after such sale or other disposition thereof, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.

New York Uniform Commercial Code ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York.

Note Guarantee ” means a Guarantee of the Notes pursuant to this Indenture.

Obligations ” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, expenses, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities (including all interest accruing after the commencement of any insolvency or liquidation proceeding, even if such interest is not enforceable, allowable or allowed as a claim in such proceeding) under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

Offering Memorandum ” means the final offering memorandum, dated April 20, 2012, relating to the offering of the Notes.

Officer ” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President or any Assistant Vice President of such Person.

Officers Certificate ” means a certificate signed on behalf of a Person by at least two Officers of such Person, one of whom must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer or the principal accounting officer of such Person that meets the requirements of this Indenture.

 

21


Opinion of Counsel ” means an opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee (who may be counsel to or an employee of ACCO, the Issuer or the Trustee) that meets the requirements of this Indenture.

Participant ” means, with respect to the Depositary, a Person who has an account with the Depositary (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream).

Permitted Asset Swap ” means any transfer of properties or assets by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in which the consideration received by the transferor consists primarily of properties or assets to be used in a Similar Business; provided that the fair market value (determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company if such amount is reasonably likely to exceed $50.0 million) of properties or assets received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such Permitted Asset Swap is at least equal to the fair market value (determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company if such amount is reasonably likely to exceed $50.0 million) of properties or assets transferred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such Permitted Asset Swap.

Permitted Investments ” means:

 

  (1) any Investment in the Company or in a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

 

  (2) any Investment in cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

 

  (3) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a Person, if as a result of such Investment:

 

  (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or

 

  (b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

 

  (4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.06 or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

 

  (5) any Investment existing on the Issue Date and any amendment, modification, restatement, supplement, extension, renewal, refunding, replacement or refinancing, in whole or in part thereof; provided, that such amendment, modification, restatement, supplement, extension, renewal, refunding, replacement or refinancing does not increase the aggregate principal amount thereof;

 

22


  (6) advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees not in excess of $10.0 million outstanding at any one time in the aggregate;

 

  (7) any Investment acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in satisfaction of judgments, settlements of debt or compromises of obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (8) any Investment acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the Issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable, or (b) as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

 

  (9) Hedging Obligations permitted under Section 4.03(b)(ix) ;

 

  (10) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees for business-related travel expenses, moving and relocation expenses, commission and payroll advances and other similar expenses or advances, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business or to fund such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests in the Company or any direct or indirect parent company thereof;

 

  (11) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or any direct or indirect parent of the Company, as applicable; provided , however , that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.04(a)(3) ;

 

  (12) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted by and made in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.07(b) (except transactions described in clauses (ii) , (v) , and (viii)  of such Section);

 

  (13) Guarantees issued in accordance with Section 4.03 and Section 4.11 ;

 

  (14) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, materials and equipment or purchases of contract rights or licenses or leases of intellectual property, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (15) Investments deemed to have been made as a result of the acquisition of a Person that at the time of such acquisition held instruments constituting Investments that were not acquired in contemplation of the acquisition of such Person;

 

  (16) any Investment by Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company or by the Company in other Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company or in the Company and Investments by Subsidiaries that are not Restricted Subsidiaries in other Subsidiaries that are not Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company;

 

23


  (17) Investments in prepaid expenses and lease, utility and workers’ compensation performance and other similar deposits;

 

  (18) Investments consisting of intercompany Indebtedness between the Issuer and the Guarantors or between Guarantors and permitted by Section 4.03 ;

 

  (19) any Investment in a Receivables Subsidiary or any Investment by a Receivables Subsidiary in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing, including Investments of funds held in accounts permitted or required by the arrangements governing such Qualified Receivables Financing or any related Indebtedness;

 

  (20) advances, loans or extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (21) any Investment in a Similar Business having an aggregate Fair Market Value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (21) since the Issue Date that are at any time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (a) $50.0 million or (b) 2.00% of Total Assets (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); and

 

  (22) additional Investments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (22)  since the Issue Date that are at any time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (a) $50.0 million or (b) 2.00% of Total Assets (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value).

Permitted Liens ” means:

 

  (1) Liens on assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries securing Indebtedness and other Obligations under Credit Facilities that was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(b)(1) and/or securing Hedging Obligations related thereto;

 

  (2) Liens on assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries securing Indebtedness and other Obligations under Credit Facilities that was permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03 hereof; provided that immediately after giving effect to the creation or Incurrence of any such Lien pursuant to this clause (2), the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio of the Company would be equal to or less than 2.50 to 1.00;

 

  (3) Liens in favor of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (4)

Liens on property, assets or shares of Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such Person is acquired by, merged with or into or consolidated, combined or

 

24


  amalgamated with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to, and were not incurred in connection with or in contemplation of, such merger, acquisition, consolidation, combination or amalgamation and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person acquired by or merged into or consolidated, combined or amalgamated with the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (5) Liens on property existing at the time of acquisition thereof by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to, and were not incurred in connection with or in contemplation of, such acquisition and do not extend to any property other than the property so acquired by the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (6) Liens existing on the date of this Indenture (other than Liens securing the Obligations under the Credit Agreement outstanding on the date of this Indenture);

 

  (7) Liens to secure any Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under this Indenture; provided that (a) the new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property and assets that secured the original Lien, and (b) the Indebtedness secured by the new Lien is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount, or if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged with such Refinancing Indebtedness, and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such renewal, refunding, refinancing, replacement, defeasance or discharge;

 

  (8) Liens to secure Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) permitted by Section 4.03(b)(xiv) ; provided that any such Lien (a) covers only the assets acquired, constructed or improved with such Indebtedness and (b) is created within 180 days of such acquisition, construction or improvement;

 

  (9) Liens incurred or pledges or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security and employee health and disability benefits;

 

  (10) Liens to secure the performance of tenders, completion guarantees, statutory obligations, judgments, bids, contracts, surety or appeal bonds, bid leases, performance bonds, reimbursement obligations under letters of credit that do not constitute Indebtedness or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (11) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent for a period of more than 30 days or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted; provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision required under GAAP has been made therefor;

 

25


  (12) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’ warehousemen’s, landlords’ mechanics’, suppliers’, materialmen’s and repairmen’s Liens, or in favor of customs or revenue authorities or freight forwarders or handlers to secure payment of custom duties, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (13) licenses, entitlements, servitudes, encumbrances, easements, rights-of-way, restrictions, reservations, covenants, conditions, utility agreements, minor imperfections of title, minor survey defects or other similar restrictions on the use of any real property that were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and do not, in the aggregate, materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially interfere with their use in the operation of the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (14) leases, subleases, licenses, sublicenses or other occupancy agreements granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not secure any Indebtedness and which do not materially interfere with the ordinary course of business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (15) with respect to any leasehold interest where the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company is a lessee, tenant, subtenant or other occupant, mortgages, obligations, liens and other encumbrances incurred, created, assumed or permitted to exist and arising by, through or under a landlord or sublandlord of such leased real property encumbering such landlord’s or sublandlord’s interest in such leased real property;

 

  (16) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (17) Liens (a) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (b) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and (c) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) within general parameters customary in the banking industry;

 

  (18) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under this Indenture, so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment shall not have been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated shall not have expired;

 

  (19) deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers;

 

  (20) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements, or that are contractual rights of set-off, relating to the sale or purchase of goods entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

26


  (21) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to Capital Stock of any non-majority-owned joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement permitted under this Indenture;

 

  (22) any extension, renewal or replacement, in whole or in part of any Lien described in clauses (4) , (5) , (6)  and (8)  of this definition of “Permitted Liens;” provided that any such extension, renewal or replacement is no more restrictive in any material respect than any Lien so extended, renewed or replaced and does not extend to any additional property or assets;

 

  (23) Liens on cash or Cash Equivalents securing Hedging Obligations in existence on the date of this Indenture, or permitted to be incurred under, this Indenture;

 

  (24) Liens on accounts receivable, chattel paper and other related assets of a Receivables Subsidiary incurred in connection with Indebtedness Incurred by such Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Financing that is without recourse to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other than a Receivables Subsidiary (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings);

 

  (25) Liens under licensing agreements for use of intellectual property entered into in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice, including, without limitation, the licensing of any intellectual property that the Company or any of its Subsidiaries determine to no longer utilize;

 

  (26) Liens to secure Indebtedness permitted by Section 4.03(b)(xix) ; provided , that Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(b)(xix) extend only to assets of Foreign Subsidiaries;

 

  (27) Liens incurred in connection with insurance premium financing;

 

  (28) Liens securing Indebtedness or other Obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company owing to the Company or a Guarantor permitted to be incurred in accordance with Section 4.03 hereof;

 

  (29) Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as the related Indebtedness is, and is permitted under this Indenture, secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligations;

 

  (30) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company securing the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

 

27


  (31) Liens securing obligations owed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities arising from treasury, depository and cash management services or any automated clearing house transfer of funds; and

 

  (32) Liens other than any of the foregoing incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company with respect to Indebtedness or other Obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness and that do not, in the aggregate, exceed the greater of (a) $50.0 million or (b) 2.00% of the Total Assets (determined as of the date of any Incurrence).

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

Preferred Stock ” means any Equity Interest with preferential right of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.

Purchase Money Note ” means a promissory note of a Receivables Subsidiary evidencing a line of credit, which may be irrevocable, from the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company to a Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing, which note is intended to finance that portion of the purchase price that is not paid by cash or a contribution of equity.

QIB ” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

Qualified Receivables Financing ” means any Receivables Financing of a Receivables Subsidiary that meets the following conditions:

 

  (1) the Board of Directors of the Company shall have determined in good faith that such Qualified Receivables Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Company and the Receivables Subsidiary;

 

  (2) all sales and/or contributions of accounts receivable and related assets to the Receivables Subsidiary are made at Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Company); and

 

  (3) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by the Company) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings.

Rating Agency ” means each of S&P and Moody’s, or if S&P or Moody’s or both shall not make a rating on the Notes publicly available (for reasons outside the control of the Company), a statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, nationally recognized in the United States and selected by the Company (as certified by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company) which shall be substituted for S&P’s or Moody’s, or both, as the case may be.

 

28


Receivables Financing ” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (a) a Receivables Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) and (b) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Receivables Subsidiary), or may grant a security interest in, any accounts receivable (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and all Guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving accounts receivable and any Hedging Obligations entered into by the Company or any such Subsidiary in connection with such accounts receivable.

Receivables Repurchase Obligation ” means any obligation of a seller of receivables in a Qualified Receivables Financing to repurchase receivables arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, off-set or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.

Receivables Subsidiary ” means a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (or another Person formed for the purposes of engaging in Qualified Receivables Financing with the Company in which the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company makes an Investment and to which the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company transfers accounts receivable and related assets) which engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of accounts receivable of the Company and its Subsidiaries, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contractual or other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and which is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company (as provided below) as a Receivables Subsidiary and:

 

  (1) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (a) is Guaranteed by the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company (excluding Guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (b) is recourse to or obligates the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, or (c) subjects any property or asset of the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings;

 

  (2) with which neither the Company nor any other Subsidiary of the Company has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which the Company reasonably believes to be no less favorable to the Company or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Company; and

 

29


  (3) to which neither the Company nor any other Subsidiary of the Company has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results.

Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

Registered Exchange Offer ” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

Registration Rights Agreement ” means a registration rights agreement with respect to the Notes dated as of the Issue Date, among the Issuer, the Guarantors and Barclays Capital Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, BMO Capital Markets Corp. and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc. as representatives of the Initial Purchasers.

Responsible Officer ” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by such officers who at the time shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture, or any officer of the Trustee to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such Person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

Restricted Investment ” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of such Person. Unless otherwise indicated in this Indenture, all references to Restricted Subsidiaries shall mean any Subsidiary of the Company other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company.

Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 903 ” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 904 ” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 144A Global Notes ” means one or more global notes substantially in the form of Exhibit A bearing the Global Note Legend and the Restricted Note Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee, that collectively shall be issued in a total aggregate denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

Sale and Leaseback Transaction ” means an arrangement relating to property now owned or hereafter acquired by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary whereby the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary transfers such property to a Person and the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary leases it from such Person, other than leases between the Company and a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or between Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company.

 

30


S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Second Merger ” means the merger of the Issuer with and into Mead Products LLC, with Mead Products LLC surviving the merger as a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of ACCO.

Secured Debt ” means funded Indebtedness that is secured by a Lien.

Seller ” means MeadWestvaco Corporation.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Senior Secured Leverage Ratio ” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (1) Secured Debt of such Person as of the last day of the most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of determination to (2) EBITDA of such Person for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of determination, with such adjustments to the amount of Secured Debt and EBITDA as are consistent with the adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.”

Senior Secured Notes ” means the senior secured notes due 2015 of ACCO issued under an indenture dated September 30, 2009 in an original principal amount of $460,000,000.

Senior Subordinated Notes ” means the senior subordinated notes due 2015 of ACCO issued under the Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture.

Senior Subordinated Notes Documents ” means the Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture, the Senior Subordinated Notes and each other document or agreement relating to the issuance of the Senior Subordinated Notes.

Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture ” means the indenture, dated as of August 5, 2005, among ACCO Finance I, Inc., as issuer, the guarantors party thereto and Wachovia Bank, National Association, as trustee thereunder, and the supplemental indenture, dated as of August 17, 2005, among ACCO, as successor issuer to ACCO Finance I, Inc., the guarantors party thereto and Wachovia Bank, National Association, as trustee thereunder.

Shelf Registration Statement ” means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement.

Significant Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that would constitute a “significant subsidiary” within the meaning of Article 1 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act.

 

31


Similar Business ” means a business, the majority of whose revenues are derived from the type of activities conducted by the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the Issue Date, or any business or activity that is reasonably similar thereto or a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof or ancillary thereto.

Special Interest ” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

Standard Securitization Undertakings ” means representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities and guarantees of performance entered into by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company which the Company has determined in good faith to be customary in a Receivables Financing including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Receivables Subsidiary, it being understood that any Receivables Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking.

Stated Maturity ” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the final payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of such security at the option of the holder thereof upon the happening of any contingency beyond the control of the Company unless such contingency has occurred).

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any specified Person:

 

  (1) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

 

  (2) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are such Person or one or more subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof).

Subsidiary Guarantors ” means any Subsidiary of the Company that executes a Note Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, and their respective successors and assigns, in each case, until the Note Guarantee of such Person has been released in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

TIA ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. Sections 77aaa-77bbbb), as in effect on the date of this Indenture.

Total Assets ” means the total consolidated assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Company then available, after giving pro forma effect for acquisitions or dispositions of Persons, divisions or lines of business that had occurred on or after such balance sheet date and on or prior to such date of determination.

 

32


Transaction Agreement ” means the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of November 17, 2011, among the Seller, the Issuer, ACCO and Merger Sub, as the same may be amended prior to the Issue Date.

Transactions ” means, collectively, the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement, the consummation of the Cash Dividend, the issuance of the Notes, the Second Merger, the tender offer and consent solicitation relating to the Senior Secured Notes, the redemption of the Senior Subordinated Notes and the borrowings under the Credit Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date.

Treasury Rate ” means, as of any redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to April 30, 2017; provided, however , that if the period from the redemption date to April 30, 2017, is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

Trustee ” means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a nationally chartered banking association, as trustee hereunder, until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving as trustee hereunder.

Uniform Commercial Code ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in any applicable jurisdiction.

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means

 

  (1) any Subsidiary of the Company that at the time of determination shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors of the Company in the manner provided below; and

 

  (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary of the Company) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated; provided , however , that the Subsidiary to be so designated and its Subsidiaries do not at the time of designation have and do not thereafter Incur any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided , further , however , that either:

 

  (a) the Subsidiary to be so designated has total consolidated assets of $1,000 or less; or

 

33


  (b) if such Subsidiary has consolidated assets greater than $1,000, then such designation would be permitted under the covenant described in Section 4.034 .

The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided , however, that immediately after giving effect to such designation:

 

  (1) (a) the Company could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.03(a) or (b) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation, and

 

  (2) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be evidenced to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

U.S. Dollar Equivalent ” means, with respect to any monetary amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars, at any time for determination thereof, the amount of U.S. dollars obtained by converting such foreign currency involved in such computation into U.S. dollars at the spot rate for the purpose of U.S. dollars with the applicable foreign currency as published in The Wall Street Journal in the “Exchange Rates” column under the heading “Currency Trading” on the date two Business Days prior to such determination.

Voting Equity Interests ” of any Person as of any date means the Equity Interests of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

Voting Stock ” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing:

 

  (1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment, by

 

  (2) the sum of all such payments.

Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary ” means any Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

34


Wholly Owned Subsidiary ” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

Section 1.02 Other Definitions .

 

Term

  

Defined

in Section

 

Act

     Section 13.18(a)   

Affiliate Transaction

     Section 4.07(a)   

Appendix

     Preamble   

Asset Sale Offer

     Section 4.06(c)   

Asset Sale Offer Period

     Section 4.06(d)   

Change of Control Offer

     Section 4.08(b)   

Covenant Defeasance

     Section 8.03   

Covenant Suspension Event

     Section 4.18(a)   

Custodian

     Section 6.01   

Declaration

     Section 6.02   

Definitive Note

     Appendix A   

Event of Default

     Section 6.01   

Excess Proceeds

     Section 4.06(c)   

Exchange Notes

     Preamble   

Guaranteed Obligations

     Section 12.01(a)   

Initial Notes

     Preamble   

Legal Defeasance

     Section 8.02   

Majority Holders

     Section 6.02   

Notes

     Preamble   

Notes Custodian

     Appendix A   

Notice of Default

     Section 6.01   

Offer Amount

     Section 3.09(a)   

Offer Period

     Section 3.09(a)   

Original Notes

     Preamble   

Paying Agent

     Section 2.04(a)   

protected purchaser

     Section 2.08   

Purchase Agreement

     Appendix A   

Purchase Date

     Section 3.09(a)   

Refinancing Indebtedness

     Section 4.03(b)(xiii)   

Refunding Capital Stock

     Section 4.04(b)(ii)   

Registrar

     Section 2.04(a)   

Registration Rights Agreement

     Appendix A   

Regulation S

     Appendix A   

Regulation S Legend

     Appendix A   

Repurchase Offer

     Section 3.09   

Restricted Definitive Note

     Appendix A   

Restricted Global Note

     Appendix A   

 

35


Term

  

Defined

in Section

 

Restricted Note

     Appendix A   

Restricted Notes Legend

     Appendix A   

Restricted Payments

     Section 4.04(a)(iv)   

Restricted Period

     Appendix A   

Retired Capital Stock

     Section 4.04(b)(ii)   

Specified Courts

     Section 13.10   

Suspended Covenants

     Section 4.18(a)   

Suspension Period

     Section 4.18(a)   

Unrestricted Global Note

     Appendix A   

Unrestricted Note

     Appendix A   

Section 1.03 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act . Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The following TIA terms have the following meanings:

Commission ” means the SEC;

indenture securities ” means the Notes and the Note Guarantees;

indenture security holder ” means a Holder;

indenture to be qualified ” means this Indenture;

indenture trustee ” or “ institutional trustee ” means the Trustee; and

obligor ” on the indenture securities means the Company, the Guarantors and any other successor obligor on the indenture securities.

All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule have the meanings assigned to them by such definitions.

Section 1.04 Rules of Construction . Unless the context otherwise requires:

(a) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

(b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

(c) “or” is not exclusive;

(d) “including” means including without limitation;

(e) words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular;

 

36


(f) no Indebtedness of any Person will be deemed to be contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of such Person solely by virtue of being unsecured or by virtue of being secured on a junior priority basis.

(g) “herein,” “hereof” and other word of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Section, Article or other subdivision;

(h) the principal amount of any non-interest bearing or other discount security at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the issuer dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(i) the principal amount of any Preferred Stock shall be (i) the maximum liquidation value of such Preferred Stock or (ii) the maximum mandatory redemption or mandatory repurchase price with respect to such Preferred Stock, whichever is greater;

(j) unless otherwise specified herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be interpreted, all accounting determinations hereunder shall be made, and all financial statements required to be delivered hereunder shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(k) “$” and “U.S. Dollars” each refer to United States dollars, or such other money of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts;

(l) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command;

(m) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement of successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time.

(n) all references to Sections or Articles or Exhibits refer to Sections or Articles or Exhibits of, or to, this Indenture unless otherwise indicated; and

(o) whenever in this Indenture or the Notes there is mentioned, in any context, principal, interest or any other amount payable under or with respect to any Notes, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Special Interest, to the extent that, in such context, Special Interest is, was or would be payable in respect thereof.

ARTICLE TWO

THE NOTES

Section 2.01 Amount of Notes; Additional Notes . The aggregate principal amount of Original Notes which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture as Definitive Notes on the Issue Date is $270,000,000. All Notes shall be substantially identical except as to denomination.

The Issuer may from time to time after the Issue Date issue Additional Notes under this Indenture in an unlimited principal amount, so long as (i) the Incurrence of the Indebtedness represented by such Additional Notes is at such time permitted by Section 4.03 and Section 4.13 and (ii) such Additional Notes are issued in compliance with the other applicable provisions of this Indenture.

 

37


With respect to any Additional Notes issued after the Issue Date (except for Notes authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Notes pursuant to Section 2.07 , Section 2.08 , Section 2.10 , Section 3.08 , Section 3.09(d) , Section 4.06(g) and Section 4.08(c) or the Appendix), there shall be (a) established in or pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors and (b) set forth or determined in the manner provided in an Officers’ Certificate or established in one or more indentures supplemental hereto, prior to the issuance of such Additional Notes:

(i) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to be authenticated and delivered pursuant to, and under the terms of, this Indenture;

(ii) the issue price and issuance date of such Additional Notes, including the date from which interest on such Additional Notes shall accrue;

(iii) if applicable, that such Additional Notes shall be issuable in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Notes and, in such case, the Depositary for such Global Notes, the form of legend or legends which shall be borne by such Global Notes in addition to or in lieu of those set forth in Exhibit A hereto and any circumstances in addition to or in lieu of those set forth in Section 2.2 of the Appendix in which any such Global Notes may be exchanged in whole or in part for Additional Notes registered, or any transfer of such Global Notes in whole or in part may be registered, in the name or names of Persons other than the Depositary for such Global Notes or a nominee thereof; and

(iv) if applicable, that such Additional Notes that are not Restricted Notes shall not be issued in the form of Initial Notes as set forth in Exhibit A , but shall be issued in the form of Exchange Notes as set forth in Exhibit B .

If any of the terms of any Additional Notes are established by action taken pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors, a copy of an appropriate record of such action shall be certified by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Issuer and delivered to the Trustee at the time of or prior to the delivery of the Officers’ Certificate or the indenture supplemental hereto setting forth the terms of the Additional Notes.

Section 2.02 Form and Dating . Provisions relating to the Notes are set forth in the Appendix, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Initial Notes (including any Additional Notes if issued as Restricted Notes) and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Exchange Notes (and any Additional Notes issued other than as Restricted Notes) and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule, agreements to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is subject, if any, or usage. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes (other than the Definitive Notes issued in connection with the Transactions) shall be

 

38


issuable only in registered, global form without interest coupons and in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. Notes will be issued at the closing of the offering described in the Offering Memorandum only against payment to the Issuer in immediately available funds.

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture, and the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

Section 2.03 Execution and Authentication . The Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery upon a written order of the Issuer signed by one Officer and an Opinion of Counsel (a) Original Notes for original issue on the date hereof in an aggregate principal amount of $270,000,000, (b) subject to the terms of this Indenture, Additional Notes in an aggregate principal amount to be determined at the time of issuance and specified therein and (c) the Exchange Notes for issue in a Registered Exchange Offer pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement for a like principal amount of Initial Notes exchanged pursuant thereto or otherwise pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act. Such order shall specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated, the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated and whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes or Exchange Notes.

At least one Officer shall sign the Notes for the Issuer by manual or facsimile signature.

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless.

A Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Note. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.

The Trustee may appoint one or more authenticating agents reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate the Notes. Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument signed by a Responsible Officer, a copy of which shall be furnished to the Issuer. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as any Registrar, Paying Agent or agent for service of notices and demands.

Section 2.04 Registrar and Paying Agent . (a) The Issuer shall maintain (i) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the “Registrar” ) and (ii) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (the “Paying Agent” ). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuer may have one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “ Registrar ” includes any co-registrars. The term “ Paying Agent ” includes the Paying Agent and any additional paying agents. The Issuer initially appoints (i) the Trustee as Registrar, Paying Agent and also, with respect to the Global Notes, as the Notes Custodiam, and (ii) DTC to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes. The Issuer may change the Paying Agent or Registrar without prior notice to any Holder.

 

39


(b) The Issuer may enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar or Paying Agent not a party to this Indenture, which shall incorporate the terms of the TIA. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of any such agent. If the Issuer fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.07 . The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

(c) The Issuer may remove any Registrar or Paying Agent upon written notice to such Registrar or Paying Agent and to the Trustee; provided , however , that no such removal shall become effective until (i) if applicable, acceptance of an appointment by a successor as evidenced by an appropriate agreement entered into by the Issuer and such successor Registrar or Paying Agent, as the case may be, and delivered to the Trustee or (ii) notification to the Trustee that the Trustee shall serve as Registrar or Paying Agent until the appointment of a successor in accordance with clause (i) above. The Registrar or Paying Agent may resign at any time upon written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee; provided , however , that the Trustee may resign as Paying Agent or Registrar only if the Trustee also resigns as Trustee in accordance with Section 7.08 .

(d) Special Interest will be payable in arrears on each interest payment date following accrual in the same manner as regular interest on the Notes. If Special Interest is payable on the Notes, the Issuer shall provide an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee on or before the record date for each interest payment date stating that such Special Interest is payable setting forth the accrual period and the amount of such Special Interest in reasonable detail. The Trustee may provide a copy of such Officers’ Certificate or other notice received from the Issuer relating to Special Interest to any Holder upon request. Unless and until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee receives at the Corporate Trust Office such a certificate, the Trustee may assume without inquiry that no such Special Interest is payable. If the Issuer has paid Special Interest directly to the Persons entitled to it, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the particulars of such payment.

Section 2.05 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust . On or prior to 12 p.m. New York City time on each due date of the principal of, premium (if any), interest and Special Interest (if any) on any Note, the Issuer shall deposit with each Paying Agent (or if the Issuer or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Issuer is acting as Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto) a sum sufficient to pay such amounts when so becoming due. The Issuer shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, premium (if any), interest and Special Interest (if any) on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuer in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. If the Issuer or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Issuer acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it in trust for the

 

40


benefit of Holders. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed by such Paying Agent. Upon complying with this Section, a Paying Agent (if other than the Issuer or one of its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries) shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Issuer, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

Section 2.06 Holder Lists . The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish, or cause the Registrar to furnish, to the Trustee, in writing at least five Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Holders as of such date.

Section 2.07 Transfer and Exchange . The Notes shall be issued in registered form and shall be transferable only upon the surrender of a Note for registration of transfer and in compliance with the Appendix. When a Note is presented to the Registrar with a request to register a transfer, the Registrar shall register the transfer as requested if its requirements therefor are met. When Notes are presented to the Registrar with a request to exchange them for an equal principal amount of Notes of other authorized denominations, the Registrar shall make the exchange as requested if the same requirements are met. To permit registration of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Notes at the Registrar’s request. The Issuer shall not be required to make, and the Registrar need not register, transfers or exchanges of Notes (i) selected for redemption (except, in the case of Notes to be redeemed in part, the portion thereof not to be redeemed) or of any Notes for a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption and ending at the close of business on the day of selection or (ii) tendered and not withdrawn in connection with a Change of Control Offer or an Asset Sale Offer.

Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Registrar may deem and treat the Person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of, premium (if any), interest and Special Interest (if any) on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Issuer, any Guarantor, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

Any Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall, by acceptance of such beneficial interest, agree that transfers of beneficial interests in such Global Note may be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by (a) the Holder of such Global Note (or its agent) or (b) any Holder of a beneficial interest in such Global Note, and that ownership of a beneficial interest in such Global Note shall be required to be reflected in a book entry.

All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

 

41


No service charge shall be made to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessments, stamp or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments, stamp or similar governmental charge payable upon exchanges pursuant to Section 2.10 , Section 3.08 , Section 3.09 , Section 4.06 , Section 4.08 and Section 9.05 of this Indenture).

Section 2.08 Replacement Notes . If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar or the Trustee or if the Holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Issuer shall issue and, upon a written order of the Issuer signed by at least one Officer, the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are met, such that the Holder (a) satisfies the Issuer or the Trustee within a reasonable time after such Holder has notice of such loss, destruction or wrongful taking and the Registrar does not register a transfer prior to receiving such notification, (b) makes such request to the Issuer or the Trustee prior to the Note being acquired by a protected purchaser as defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code (a “ protected purchaser ”) and (c) and the Holder satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Trustee. If required by the Trustee or the Issuer, such Holder shall furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee to protect the Trustee, a Paying Agent and the Registrar, and sufficient in the judgment of the Issuer to protect the Issuer, from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuer and the Trustee may charge the Holder for their expenses in replacing a Note (including without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements in replacing such Note). In the event any such mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Note has become or is about to become due and payable, the Issuer in its discretion may pay such Note instead of issuing a new Note in replacement thereof.

Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Issuer and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

The provisions of this Section 2.08 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Notes.

Section 2.09 Outstanding Notes . Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section as not outstanding. Subject to Section 13.06 , a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer holds the Note.

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.08 (other than a mutilated Note surrendered for replacement), it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee and the Issuer receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser. A mutilated Note ceases to be outstanding upon surrender of such Note and replacement thereof pursuant to Section 2.08 .

If a Paying Agent (other than the Issuer, a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Issuer or an Affiliate of any of the foregoing) segregates and holds in trust, in accordance with this

 

42


Indenture, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay all amounts due and payable on that date with respect to the Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed or maturing, as the case may be, and no Paying Agent is prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then on and after that date such Notes (or portions thereof) shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest. If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 , it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

Section 2.10 Temporary Notes . In the event that Definitive Notes are to be issued under the terms of this Indenture, until such Definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and, upon a written order of the Issuer signed by an Officer, the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of Definitive Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare, and upon a written order of the Issuer signed by an Officer, the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes and make them available for delivery in exchange for temporary Notes upon surrender of such temporary Notes at the office or agency of the Issuer, without charge to the Holder. Until such exchange, temporary Notes shall be entitled to the same rights, benefits and privileges as Definitive Notes.

Section 2.11 Cancellation . The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and each Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation and shall dispose of canceled Notes in accordance with its customary procedures. The Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes it has redeemed, paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (except the Definitive Notes or Global Notes issued in connection with the Transactions). Certification of the disposition of all canceled Notes shall be delivered to the Issuer upon request. The Trustee shall not authenticate Notes in place of canceled Notes other than pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest . If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, the Issuer shall pay the defaulted interest then borne by the Notes (plus interest on such defaulted interest to the extent lawful) in any lawful manner to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 . The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Issuer shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date, provided that no such special record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Issuer (or, upon the written request of the Issuer, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer) shall mail or cause to be mailed to each affected Holder a notice stating the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.

Section 2.13 CUSIP Numbers, ISINs, etc . The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP numbers, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP numbers, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers in notices as a convenience to Holders; provided , however , that any such notice may state that (x) no

 

43


representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers, either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes and (y) any such notice shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Issuer shall advise the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP numbers, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers.

Section 2.14 Calculation of Principal Amount of Notes Outstanding . With respect to any matter requiring consent, waiver, approval or other action of the Holders of a specified percentage of the principal amount of all the Notes, such percentage shall be calculated, on the relevant date of determination, by dividing (a) the principal amount, as of such date of determination, of Notes, the Holders of which have so consented, by (b) the aggregate principal amount, as of such date of determination, of the Notes then outstanding, in each case, as determined in accordance with the preceding sentence, Section 2.09 and Section 13.06 of this Indenture. Any such calculation made pursuant to this Section 2.14 shall be made by the Issuer and delivered to the Trustee pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate.

Section 2.15 Methods of Receiving Payments on the Notes . The Issuer and the Trustee will treat the Persons in whose names the Notes, including the Global Notes, are registered as the owners of the Notes for the purpose of receiving payments and for all other purposes. The Issuer will make payments in respect of the Notes represented by the Global Notes, including principal, premium, if any, and interest (including Special Interest, if any), by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Depositary, as registered Holder of the Global Notes under this Indenture. The Issuer will make all payments of principal, interest (including Special Interest, if any) and premium, if any, with respect to Definitive Notes by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holders of the Definitive Notes or, if no such account is specified, by mailing a check to each such Holder’s registered address. All other payments on Notes shall be made at the office or agency of the Paying Agent and Registrar within the City and State of New York unless the Issuer elects to make interest payments by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders. The Issuer shall inform each Paying Agent of such election.

Section 2.16 Payments in Respect of Global Notes . Upon receipt by the Depositary of any payment of principal of, premium on, if any, and interest (including Special Interest, if any) on any Global Note, the Depositary will immediately credit, on its book-entry registration and transfer system, the accounts of Participants with payments in amounts proportionate to their respective beneficial interests in the principal or face amount of such Global Note as shown on the records of the Depositary. Payments by Participants and Indirect Participants to owners of beneficial interests in a Global Note held through such Participants or Indirect Participants will be (i) governed by standing instructions and customary practices as is now the case with securities held for customer accounts registered in “street name” and (ii) the sole responsibility of the Participants or the Indirect Participants and not the responsibility of the Depositary, the Trustee or the Issuer. Neither the Issuer nor the Trustee will be liable for any delay by the Depositary or any of the Participants or the Indirect Participants in identifying the owners of beneficial interests in the Notes, and the Issuer and the Trustee may conclusively rely on and will be protected in relying on instructions from the Depositary or its nominee for all purposes.

 

44


ARTICLE THREE

REDEMPTION

Section 3.01 Optional Redemption .

(a) Except as set forth in paragraph (b) of this Section 3.01, the Issuer shall not have the option to redeem the Notes pursuant to this Section prior to April 30, 2017. On or after April 30, 2017, the Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest (if any) thereon, to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning on April 30 of the years indicated below, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date:

 

Year

   Percentage  

April 30, 2017

     103.3750

April 30, 2018

     101.6875

April 30, 2019 and thereafter

     100.0000

(b) At any time prior to April 30, 2017, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to, the date of redemption, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date.

Section 3.02 Applicability of Article . Redemption of Notes at the election of the Issuer or otherwise, as permitted or required by any provision of this Indenture, shall be made in accordance with such provision and this ARTICLE Three .

Section 3.03 Notices to Trustee . If the Issuer elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.01 , the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, a notice in writing setting forth (a) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur; (b) the redemption date; (c) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed; and (d) the redemption price. Such notice shall be accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel from the Issuer to the effect that such redemption will comply with the conditions herein. If fewer than all the Notes are to be redeemed, the record date relating to such redemption shall be selected by the Issuer and given to the Trustee, which record date shall be not fewer than 15 days after the date of notice to the Trustee. Any such notice may be canceled at any time prior to notice of such redemption being mailed to any Holder and shall thereby be void and of no effect. If the redemption price is not known at the time such notice is to be given, the actual redemption price, calculated as described in the terms of the Notes, will be set forth in an Officers’ Certificate of the Issuer delivered to the Trustee no later than two Business Days prior to the redemption date.

 

45


Section 3.04 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed .

(a) If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, and the Notes are Global Notes, the Notes to be redeemed will be selected by DTC in accordance with Applicable Procedures. If the Notes to be redeemed are not Global Notes, the Trustee shall select Notes for redemption on a pro rata basis unless otherwise required by law or applicable stock exchange or depositary requirements. The Trustee shall make the selection from outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption.

(b) The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. Notes and portions of Notes selected will be in amounts of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, and no Notes of $2,000 or less shall be redeemed in part; provided that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not $2,000 or a multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof, shall be redeemed. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption.

Section 3.05 Notice of Optional Redemption . (a) At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Issuer shall send to the Depositary in accordance with Applicable Procedures or mail or cause to be mailed by first class mail a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at such Holder’s registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

Any such notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:

(i) the redemption date;

(ii) the redemption price (or manner of calculation if not then known) and the amount of accrued interest to the redemption date;

(iii) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note shall be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note;

(iv) the name, telephone number and address of the Paying Agent;

(v) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price, plus accrued interest;

(vi) if fewer than all the outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the certificate numbers and principal amounts of the particular Notes to be redeemed, the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be outstanding after such partial redemption;

 

46


(vii) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment or any Paying Agent is prohibited from making such payment pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, interest on Notes (or portion thereof) called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;

(viii) the paragraph of the Notes and or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed;

(ix) the CUSIP number and ISIN and/or “Common Code” number, if any, printed on the Notes; and

(x) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number or ISIN and/or “Common Code” number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

(b) At the Issuer’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at the Issuer’s expense. In such event, the Issuer shall provide the Trustee with the information required by this Section at least five Business Days prior to the date of giving such notice of redemption. The notice, if mailed in the manner provided herein shall be presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. If any of the Notes are in the form of a Global Note, then the Issuer, or the Trustee at the Issuer’s request, shall modify the notice to be given pursuant to Section 3.05 and the method of delivery of such notice to the extent necessary to accord with the Applicable Procedures that apply to the redemption of Global Notes and beneficial interests in Global Notes.

(c) Any redemption of Notes at the Issuer’s option may, if so provided in the applicable redemption notice, be made subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent.

Section 3.06 Effect of Notice of Redemption . Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.05 , Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption, unless any conditions precedent have not been satisfied or waived. On and after the redemption date, unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the redemption price or any Paying Agent is prohibited from making such payment pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption. Upon surrender to the Paying Agent, such Notes shall be paid at the redemption price stated in the notice, plus accrued and unpaid interest, to the redemption date; provided , however , that if the redemption date is after a regular record date and on or prior to the interest payment date, the accrued interest shall be payable to the Holder of the redeemed Notes registered on the relevant record date. Failure to give notice or any defect in the notice to any Holder shall not affect the validity of the notice to any other Holder.

Section 3.07 Deposit of Redemption Price .

(a) With respect to any Notes, on or prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the redemption date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if the Issuer or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Issuer is the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust) in immediately available funds money sufficient to pay the redemption price of, and accrued and

 

47


unpaid interest and Special Interest (if any) on, all Notes or portions thereof to be redeemed on that date other than Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption that have been delivered by the Issuer to the Trustee for cancellation. The Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuer any money deposited with the Paying Agent by the Issuer in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, all Notes to be redeemed.

(b) If the Issuer complies with the provisions of Section 3.07(a) , on and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption. If a Note is redeemed on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with Section 3.07(a) , interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal from the redemption date until such principal is paid and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 .

Section 3.08 Notes Redeemed in Part . Upon surrender and cancellation of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Issuer shall execute and, upon a written order of the Issuer signed by an Officer, the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder (at the Issuer’s expense) a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered.

Section 3.09 Repurchase Offers . In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.06 or Section 4.08 , the Issuer shall be required to commence an offer to all Holders to purchase all or a portion of their respective Notes (a “ Repurchase Offer ”), the Issuer shall follow the procedures specified in Section 4.06 or Section 4.08 , as applicable, and, to the extent not inconsistent therewith, the procedures specified in this Section 3.09 .

(a) The Repurchase Offer shall remain open for a period of no less than 30 days and no more than 60 days following its commencement, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “ Offer Period ”). No later than three Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “ Purchase Date ”), the Issuer shall purchase the principal amount of Notes required to be purchased pursuant to Section 4.06 or Section 4.08 (the “ Offer Amount ”) or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered in response to the Repurchase Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made.

(b) If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Repurchase Offer.

(c) Upon the commencement of a Repurchase Offer, the Issuer shall send, by first class mail, a notice to the Trustee and each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Repurchase Offer. The Repurchase Offer shall be made to all Holders. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Repurchase Offer, shall state:

(i) that the Repurchase Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and either Section 4.06 or Section 4.08, and the length of time the Repurchase Offer shall remain open;

 

48


(ii) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date;

(iii) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue interest and Special Interest (if any);

(iv) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such payment, any Note (or portion thereof) accepted for payment pursuant to the Repurchase Offer shall cease to accrue interest and Special Interest (if any) after the Purchase Date;

(v) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to a Repurchase Offer may elect to have Notes purchased only in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof;

(vi) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Repurchase Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Issuer, a depositary, if appointed by the Issuer, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date;

(vii) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;

(viii) that, if the aggregate amount of Notes surrendered by Holders exceeds the Offer Amount, the Trustee shall, subject in the case of a Repurchase Offer made pursuant to Section 4.06 to the provisions of Section 4.06, select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Trustee so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000, or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, shall be purchased); and

(ix) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer).

(d) On the Purchase Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent lawful, subject in the case of a Repurchase Offer made pursuant to Section 4.06 to the provisions of Section 4.06 , accept for payment on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes (or portions thereof) tendered pursuant to the Repurchase Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered, and shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes (or portions thereof) were accepted for payment by the Issuer in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09 . The Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be,

 

49


shall promptly (but in any case not later than three days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Issuer for purchase, and, if necessary, the Issuer shall promptly issue a new Note or Notes representing any unpurchased portion of the Note or Notes tendered. The Trustee, upon written request from the Issuer shall authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note or Notes to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note or Notes surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Issuer to the respective Holder thereof. The Issuer shall publicly announce the results of the Repurchase Offer on the Purchase Date.

(e) The Issuer shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to a Repurchase Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with Section 3.09 , Section 4.06 or Section 4.08 , the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached their obligations under Section 3.09 , Section 4.06 or Section 4.08 by virtue of such compliance.

(f) If any of the Notes are in the form of a Global Note, then the Issuer shall modify the notice set forth in Section 3.09(c) and the method of delivery of such notice to the extent necessary to accord with the Applicable Procedures that apply to the repurchase of Global Notes and beneficial interests in Global Notes.

ARTICLE FOUR

COVENANTS

Section 4.01 Payment of Notes . The Issuer agrees that it shall promptly pay or cause to be paid, on or prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, the principal of, premium (if any) and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and in this Indenture. An installment of principal, premium (if any) and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if on such date the Paying Agent, if other than the Issuer or one of its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries, holds as of 12:00 p.m. New York City time money deposited by the Issuer in immediately available funds sufficient to pay all principal, premium (if any) and interest then due and the Paying Agent is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. The Issuer shall pay all Special Interest (if any) in the same manner on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

The Issuer shall pay interest (including post petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal of the Notes at the rate specified therefor in the Notes, and shall pay interest on the Notes at the rate on overdue installments of interest and Special Interest (if any) (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate borne by the Notes to the extent lawful.

The Issuer will be responsible for making calculations called for under the Notes, including but not limited to determination of redemption price, premium, if any, and any additional amounts or other amounts payable on the Notes. The Issuer will make the calculations in good faith and, absent manifest error, its calculations will be final and binding on the Holders. The Issuer will provide a schedule of its calculations to the Trustee when requested by the Trustee, and the Trustee is entitled to rely conclusively on the accuracy of the Issuer’s calculations without independent verification.

 

50


Section 4.02 Reports . (a) Notwithstanding that the Issuer may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise report on an annual and quarterly basis on forms provided for such annual and quarterly reporting pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, the Issuer shall file with the SEC (and provide the Trustee and Holders with copies thereof, without cost to the Trustee and each Holder, within 15 days after it files them with the SEC),

(i) within the time period specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations, annual reports on Form 10-K (or any successor or comparable form) containing the information required to be contained therein (or required in such successor or comparable form),

(ii) within the time period specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations, reports on Form 10-Q (or any successor or comparable form) containing the information required to be contained therein (or required in such successor or comparable form),

(iii) promptly from time to time after the occurrence of an event required to be therein reported (and in any event within the time period specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations), such other reports on Form 8-K (or any successor or comparable form), and

(iv) any other information, documents and other reports which the Issuer would be required to file with the SEC if it were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

provided , however , that the Issuer shall not be so obligated to file such reports with the SEC if the SEC does not permit such filing, in which event the Issuer will put such information on its website, in addition to providing such information to the Trustee and the Holders, in each case within 15 days after the time the Issuer would be required to file such information with the SEC if it were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

(b) The Issuer shall make the information specified in this Section 4.02 available to prospective investors in the Notes upon request. In addition, the Issuer shall, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding during any period when it is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, furnish to the Holders of the Notes and to prospective investors in the Notes, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act until such time as the Notes are freely tradeable under Rule 144.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer will be deemed to have furnished such documents and reports referred to in this Section 4.02 to the Trustee and the Holders if the Company has filed such reports with the SEC via the EDGAR filing system and such reports are publicly available. The Trustee shall have no obligation to determine whether or not such information, documents or reports have been filed through the EDGAR filing system (or such successor thereto) or posted on the Issuer’s website.

 

51


In the event that any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer is or becomes a Guarantor of the Notes, the Issuer may satisfy its obligations under this Section 4.02 with respect to financial information relating to the Issuer by furnishing financial information relating to such direct or indirect parent; provided that if required by Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X of the Securities Act, the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such direct or indirect parent and any of its Subsidiaries other than the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Issuer, the Guarantors and the other Subsidiaries of the Company on a standalone basis, on the other hand.

Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for information purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Issuer’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively (subject to ARTICLE Seven ) on Officers’ Certificates).

Section 4.03 Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock . (a) (i) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue any shares of Disqualified Stock; and (ii) the Company shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of Preferred Stock; provided , however , that the Company, the Issuer and any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor may Incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock and the Issuer and any Restricted Subsidiary may issue shares of Preferred Stock, in each case if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is Incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been Incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period.

(b) The limitations set forth in Section 4.03(a) shall not apply to:

(i) the Incurrence by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness under Credit Facilities and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof) up to an aggregate principal amount at any one time not to exceed the greater of (a) $1,270.0 million or (b) the Borrowing Base;

(ii) the Incurrence by the Issuer and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Notes and the related Note Guarantees to be Incurred on or prior to May 1, 2012 and the Exchange Notes and the related Note Guarantees to be issued pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement;

 

52


(iii) the Existing Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(iv) Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including without limitation letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided, however , that upon the drawing of such letters of credit (other than letters of credit issued under the Credit Agreement), such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing;

(v) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, non-competes or similar obligations, in each case, Incurred in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary of the Company;

(vi) Indebtedness of the Company to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any such Indebtedness owed to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor or the Issuer is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations with respect to the Notes and the Note Guarantees; provided , further, that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness;

(vii) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary that holds such shares of Preferred Stock of another Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an issuance of shares of Preferred Stock;

(viii) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if a Guarantor or the Issuer incurs such Indebtedness to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor or the Issuer, such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations with respect to the Notes and the related Note Guarantee; provided , further, that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary holding such Indebtedness ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness;

 

53


(ix) Hedging Obligations of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that are Incurred in the ordinary course of business and not Incurred for speculative purposes;

(x) obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal, custom and surety bonds and completion guarantees provided by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business or in connection with the enforcement of rights or claims of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(xi) any Guarantee by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries so long as the Incurrence of such Indebtedness is permitted under the terms of this Indenture; provided that if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor, as applicable, any such Guarantee of the Company, the Issuer or such Subsidiary Guarantor with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Note Guarantee with respect to the Notes, as applicable, to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor, as applicable;

(xii) Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five (5) Business Days of its Incurrence;

(xiii) the Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness or the issuance of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company which serves to extend, refund, refinance, renew, replace or defease any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries Incurred or issued as permitted in Section 4.03(a) and clauses (ii), (iii), (xiv), (xvi), (xviii) and (xix) of this Section 4.03(b) or any Indebtedness Incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock Incurred or issued pursuant to this clause (xiii) to so refund or refinance such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (subject to the following proviso, “Refinancing Indebtedness”) prior to its respective maturity; provided, however , that such Refinancing Indebtedness:

(1) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred which is not less than the shorter of (x) the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being refunded or refinanced and (y) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity that would result if all payments of principal on the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being refunded or refinanced that were due on or after the date one year following the last maturity date of the Notes then outstanding were instead due on such date one year following the last date of maturity of the Notes;

(2) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances (a) Indebtedness subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated

 

54


in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantees of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable; provided that, the provisions of this clause (2)(a) will not apply to any Refinancing Indebtedness of the Senior Subordinated Notes, or (b) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, if such Refinancing Indebtedness is Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock;

(3) is Incurred in an aggregate principal amount or face or liquidation amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate accreted price) that is equal to or less than the aggregate principal amount or face or liquidation amount (or if issued with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being refunded, refinanced, renewed, replaced or defeased plus all accrued interest and premium, fees and expenses Incurred in connection with such refinancing, refunding, renewing, replacement or defeasance; and

(4) shall not include (x) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Guarantor or the Issuer that refinances Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor or the Issuer, or (y) Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(xiv) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case, Incurred on or after the Issue Date and no later than 180 days after the date of purchase or completion of construction, improvement, repair or replacement of property (real or personal), plant or equipment used in the business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost thereof (where, in the case of a purchase, such purchase may be effected directly or through the purchase of the Capital Stock of the Person owning such property, plant and equipment), in the aggregate principal amount, including all Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred under this Indenture to refund, refinance, renew or defease or replace any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to the provision described in this clause (xiv), not to exceed the greater of (a) $50.0 million or (b) 2.00% of Total Assets, as of the date of such incurrence;

(xv) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, to the extent the net proceeds thereof are promptly deposited to defease, redeem or to satisfy and discharge the Notes;

(xvi) the Incurrence of Acquired Indebtedness or other Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, an acquisition (including by way of merger or consolidation) by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, after giving effect to the transactions that result in the Incurrence or issuance thereof, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would be equal to or greater than immediately prior to such transactions and Incurrence;

(xvii) Indebtedness Incurred by a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Financing that is without recourse to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other than a Receivables Subsidiary (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings);

 

55


(xviii) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, including the Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred under this Indenture to refund, refinance, renew, replace or defease any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock Incurred pursuant to this clause (xviii), not to exceed the greater of (a) $50.0 million or (b) 2.00% of the Total Assets, as of the date of such incurrence;

(xix) the Incurrence by any Foreign Subsidiary of Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, including the Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred under this Indenture to refund, refinance, renew, replace or defease any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (xix), not to exceed the greater of (a) $100.0 million or (b) 3.50% of the Total Assets, as of the date of such incurrence;

(xx) Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of obligations to pay insurance premiums or take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(xxi) Indebtedness in respect of overdraft facilities, employee credit card programs and other cash management arrangements Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(xxii) Indebtedness representing deferred compensation or equity-based compensation to current or former officers, directors, consultants, advisors or employees of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries Incurred in the ordinary course of business and Indebtedness issued by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to current or former officers, directors, consultants, advisors or employees thereof (or their spouses or former spouses or heirs, trusts, estates or beneficiaries under their estates) to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company to the extent permitted by Section 4.04(b)(vii) hereof; and

(xxiii) cash management obligations and other Indebtedness in respect of netting services, automatic clearinghouse arrangements, overdraft protections and similar arrangements in each case in connection with deposit accounts.

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.03 , in the event that an item, or a portion of such item, taken by itself, of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness described in clauses (i) through (xxiii) above or such item is (or portion, taken by itself, would be) entitled to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(a) , the Issuer shall, in its sole discretion, classify or reclassify, or later divide, classify or reclassify, such item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with this Section 4.03 ; provided that all Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement outstanding on May 1,

 

56


2012 shall be deemed to have been Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(b)(i) on or prior to May 1, 2012. Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, the payment of dividends on Preferred Stock in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock of the same class, accretion of original issue discount or liquidation preference and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies shall not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 4.03 . Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit relating to, Indebtedness which is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included in the determination of such amount of Indebtedness; provided that the Incurrence of the Indebtedness represented by such Guarantee or letter of credit, as the case may be, was in compliance with this Section 4.03 .

For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness where the Indebtedness Incurred, or any Indebtedness outstanding pursuant to the clause or clauses of the categories of permitted Indebtedness described in clauses (i) through (xxiii) of Section 4.03(b) under which such Indebtedness is being Incurred, is denominated in a different currency, the amount of any such Indebtedness being Incurred and such outstanding Indebtedness, if any, will in each case be the U.S. Dollar Equivalent determined on the date any such Indebtedness was Incurred, in the case of term Indebtedness, or first committed or first Incurred (whichever yields the lower U.S. Dollar Equivalent), in the case of revolving credit Indebtedness, which U.S. Dollar Equivalent will be reduced by any repayment on such Indebtedness in proportion to the reduction in principal amount; provided, however , that if any such Indebtedness denominated in a different currency is subject to a Currency Protection Agreement with respect to U.S. dollars covering all principal, premium, if any, and interest payable on such Indebtedness, the amount of such Indebtedness expressed in U.S. dollars will be as provided in such Currency Protection Agreement. The principal amount of any Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in the same currency as the Indebtedness being refinanced will be the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of the Indebtedness refinanced, except to the extent that (1) such U.S. Dollar Equivalent was determined based on a Currency Protection Agreement, in which case the Refinancing Indebtedness will be determined in accordance with the preceding sentence, and (2) if the principal amount of the Refinancing Indebtedness exceeds the principal amount of the Indebtedness being refinanced, the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of such excess, as appropriate, will be determined on the date such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred.

Section 4.04 Limitation on Restricted Payments . (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

(i) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on account of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any payment in connection with any merger, amalgamation or consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than (A) dividends or distributions by the Company payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; or (B) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities);

 

57


(ii) purchase or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary held by Persons other than the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

(iii) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, in each case prior to any scheduled repayment or scheduled maturity, any Indebtedness of the Company, the Issuer or any Guarantor that is contractually subordinated to the Notes or to any Note Guarantee (other than the payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition or retirement of (A) any Indebtedness of the Company, the Issuer or any Guarantor that or contractually subordinated to the Notes or to any Note Guarantee in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of such payment, redemption, repurchase defeasance, acquisition or retirement; or (B) Indebtedness permitted under clauses (vi) and (viii) of Section 4.03(b); or

(iv) make any Restricted Investment

(all such payments and other actions described in clauses (i)  through (iv)  above being collectively referred to as “ Restricted Payments ”), unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

(1) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;

(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Company could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 4.03(a) ; and

(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.04(b)(i) , but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.04(b) ), is less than the sum, without duplication, of:

(A) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) beginning on the first day of the first fiscal quarter commencing in which the Issue Date occurs and ending on the last day of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, less 100% of such deficit), plus

 

58


(B) 100% of the aggregate net proceeds, including cash and the Fair Market Value (as determined in accordance with the next succeeding sentence) of property other than cash, received by the Company since the Issue Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company (excluding Refunding Capital Stock, Disqualified Stock and Equity Interests, the proceeds of which Equity Interests are used in the manner described Section 4.04(b)(ix) ), including Equity Interests issued upon conversion of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or upon exercise of warrants or options (other than an issuance or sale to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company), plus

(C) 100% of the net cash proceeds and the Fair Market Value (as determined in accordance with the next succeeding sentence) of property other than cash received by the Company as a contribution to its common equity since the Issue Date (other than Refunding Capital Stock), plus

(D) to the extent not otherwise included in the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for such period, 100% of the aggregate amount received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in cash and the Fair Market Value (as determined in accordance with the next succeeding sentence) of property other than cash received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from:

(I) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries) of Restricted Investments made by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and from repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries by any Person (other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) and from repayments of loans or advances, and releases of Guarantees which constituted Restricted Investments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, or

(II) the sale (other than to the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries) of the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than in each case to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, plus

(E) in the event any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company has been redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary or has been merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, the Fair Market Value (as determined in accordance with the next succeeding sentence) of the Investment of the Company in such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation, combination or transfer (or of the assets transferred or conveyed, as applicable) (other than in each case to the extent that the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary constituted a Permitted Investment).

 

59


The Fair Market Value of property other than cash covered by clauses (3)(B) , (C) , (D)  and (E)  above shall be determined in good faith by the Company and

(I) in the event of property with a Fair Market Value in excess of $10.0 million, shall be set forth in an Officers’ Certificate; or

(II) in the event of property with a Fair Market Value in excess of $50.0 million, shall be set forth in a resolution approved by at least a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company.

(b) The provisions of Section 4.04(a) shall not prohibit:

(i) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;

(ii) either of:

(1) the payment, repurchase, retirement, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition of any Equity Interests (“ Retired Capital Stock ”) of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company or any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is contractually subordinated to the Notes or to any Note Guarantee in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company or contributions to the equity capital of the Company, other than Disqualified Stock or any Equity Interests sold to a Restricted Subsidiary (collectively, including such contributions, “ Refunding Capital Stock ”); and

(2) the declaration and payment of accrued dividends on the Retired Capital Stock out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale, other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, of Refunding Capital Stock;

(iii) the payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition of any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is contractually subordinated to the Notes or to any Note Guarantee made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary which is Incurred in accordance with Section 4.03 so long as:

(1) such Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time it is Incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being so repaid, redeemed, repurchased, defeased or acquired,

 

60


(2) such Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity which is no earlier than the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being so repaid, redeemed, repurchased, defeased or acquired,

(3) such new Indebtedness is subordinated (other than with respect to any Refinancing Indebtedness of the Senior Subordinated Notes), at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being so repaid, redeemed, repurchased, defeased or acquired, to the right of payment of the Notes or the Note Guarantees, as applicable, and

(4) such Indebtedness is Incurred in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate accreted value) that is equal to or less than the aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding of the Indebtedness being so repaid, redeemed, repurchased, defeased or acquired plus all accrued interest and premiums, fees, expenses and prepayment penalties Incurred in connection with such repayment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance or acquisition;

(iv) the payment of cash, dividends, distributions or advances to allow the payment in cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares of Capital Stock upon exercise or conversion of securities exercisable or convertible into Capital Stock of the Company;

(v) any purchase or acquisition from, or withholding on issuance to, any employee of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of Equity Interests of the Company, or Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent of the Company in order to satisfy any applicable Federal, state or local tax payments in respect of the receipt of such Equity Interests;

(vi) the repurchase of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the exercise of options or warrants if such Equity Interests represents all or a portion of the exercise price thereof;

(vii) the repurchase, retirement, redemption or other acquisition (or dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of the Company to finance any such repurchase, retirement or other acquisition) for value of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company held by any future, present or former officer, director, consultant, advisor or employee of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or other agreement or arrangement; provided, however , that the aggregate amounts paid under this clause (vii) do not exceed $6.0 million in any calendar year (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years); provided , further, that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed;

 

61


(1) the net cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company and, to the extent contributed to the Company, Equity Interests of any of the Company’s direct or indirect parent companies, in each case, to officers, directors, consultants, advisors or employees of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company that occurs after the Issue Date to the extent the net cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of Section 4.04(a)(iii) or Section 4.04(b)(ii) of this paragraph, plus

(2) the net cash proceeds of “key man” life insurance policies received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date, less

(3) the amount of any Restricted Payments made after the Issue Date with the net cash proceeds described in clauses (1) and (2) of this Section 4.04(b)(vii) ;

(viii) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any class or series of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary Incurred in accordance with Section 4.03 ;

(ix) Restricted Investments acquired in exchange for, or out of the net proceeds of a substantially concurrent issuance of Equity Interests, other than Disqualified Stock, of the Company;

(x) the payment of any dividend by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the holders of its Equity Interests on a pro rata basis;

(xi) upon the occurrence of a Change of Control and after completion of the offer to repurchase Notes pursuant to Section 4.08 (including the purchase of all Notes tendered), any purchase or redemption of any Indebtedness of the Company, the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor that contractually subordinated to the Notes or to any Note Guarantee that is required to be repurchased or redeemed pursuant to the terms thereof as a result of such Change of Control, at a purchase price not greater than 101% of the outstanding principal amount thereof (plus accrued and unpaid interest and liquidated damages, if any);

(xii) after completion of any offer to repurchase Notes pursuant to Section 4.06 (including the purchase of all Notes tendered), any purchase or redemption of any Indebtedness of the Company, the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor that is contractually subordinated to the Notes or to any Note Guarantee that is required to be repurchased or redeemed pursuant to the terms thereof as a result of such Asset Sale, at a purchase price not greater than 100% of the outstanding principal amount thereof (plus accrued and unpaid interest and liquidated damages, if any);

 

62


(xiii) purchases of receivables pursuant to a Receivables Repurchase Obligation in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing;

(xiv) the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition of any Disqualified Stock of the Company in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of a substantially concurrent sale of, Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries Incurred in accordance with Section 4.03 ;

(xv) the payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition of any Senior Subordinated Notes, in each case if the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio would not exceed 2.75 to 1.00 determined on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition of such Senior Subordinated Notes pursuant to this clause (xv);

(xvi) payments or distributions to satisfy dissenters’ rights, pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, merger or transfer of assets that complies with the provisions of this Indenture applicable to consolidations, mergers and transfers of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Company;

(xvii) the purchase, redemption, acquisition, cancellation or other retirement for a nominal value per right of any rights granted to all holders of common stock of the Company pursuant to any shareholders’ rights plan adopted for the purpose of protecting shareholders from unfair takeover tactics;

(xviii) the payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition of any Senior Subordinated Notes in an aggregate amount which, taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to the provision described in this clause (xviii), do not exceed $50.0 million;

(xix) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount which, taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to the provision described in this clause (xix), do not exceed the greater of (a) $50.0 million or (b) 2.00% of the Total Assets (determined as of the date of any Restricted Payment pursuant to this clause (xix)); and

(xx) Restricted Payments made as part of the Transactions;

provided , that in the case of clauses (vii)  and (xix)  of this Section 4.04(b) , no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

(c) In determining the extent to which any Restricted Payment may be limited or prohibited by this Section 4.04 , the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may allocate all or any portion of such Restricted Payment among the categories described in clauses (i)  through (xx)  of Section 4.04(b) or among such categories and the types described in Section 4.04(a) ; provided that, at the time of such allocation, all such Restricted Payments, or allocated portions thereof, would be permitted under the various provisions of this Section 4.04 .

 

63


(d) As of the Issue Date, all of the Company’s Subsidiaries will be Restricted Subsidiaries. The Company will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary.” In the event of any designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the Company will be deemed to have made an Investment in such Subsidiary in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investments.” Such designation will only be permitted if such Investment would be permitted by this Section 4.04 at such time and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Section 4.05 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries . The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

(a) (i) (i) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (1) on its Capital Stock or (2) with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits or (ii) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(b) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(c) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

except in each case for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(i) contractual encumbrances or restrictions as in effect on the Issue Date, including pursuant to the Credit Agreement and Existing Indebtedness, and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, extensions, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings thereof; provided that the encumbrances and restrictions in any such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, extensions, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those in effect on the Issue Date;

(ii)(a) this Indenture, (b) the Notes (and any Exchange Notes related thereto) and (c) Guarantees of the Notes (and any Exchange Notes related thereto);

(iii) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

(iv) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary which was in existence at the time of such acquisition or at the time it merges with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person (but, in any such case, not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired or assets so assumed;

 

64


(v) any restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the Capital Stock or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary pending the closing of such sale or disposition;

(vi) any agreements creating a Lien securing Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.13 , to the extent limiting the right of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens;

(vii) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(viii) customary provisions with respect to dispositions or distributions of assets or property in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(ix) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (c)  above on the property so acquired;

(x) customary provisions contained in leases, licenses and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions of the type described in clause (c)  above on the property subject to such lease;

(xi) other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is (a) Incurred by a Guarantor subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to Section 4.03 or (b) Incurred by a Foreign Subsidiary of the Company subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to Section 4.03 ; provided , in the case of clause (a), (i) such encumbrances or restrictions are ordinary and customary with respect to the type of Indebtedness being Incurred and (ii) such encumbrances or restrictions will not materially affect the Issuer’s ability to make payments of principal or interest payments on the Notes, as determined at the time such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is Incurred in good faith by the chief financial officer, chief accounting officer or treasurer of the Company;

(xii) Refinancing Indebtedness permitted under the terms of this Indenture; provided , that the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Refinancing Indebtedness are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced;

(xiii) any encumbrance or restriction of a Receivables Subsidiary effected in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing; provided , however , that such restrictions apply only to such Receivables Subsidiary; and

(xiv) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (a) , (b)  and (c)  above imposed by any extensions, amendments, modifications,

 

65


restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (i)  through (xiii)  above; provided that such extensions, amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Company, no more restrictive with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in the dividend or other payment restrictions prior to such extension, amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing.

Section 4.06 Asset Sales . (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, cause or make an Asset Sale, unless (1) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Company) of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of and (2) except in the case of Permitted Asset Swaps, at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided that the amount of:

(i) any liabilities (as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto) of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or any Note Guarantee) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a customary novation or indemnity agreement that release the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from or indemnifies against further liability,

(ii) any notes or other obligations or other securities or assets received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of the Company from such transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash within 180 days of the receipt thereof (to the extent of the cash received), and

(iii) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (c) that is at the time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (i) $50.0 million or (ii) 2.00% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value),

shall be deemed to be Cash Equivalents for the purposes of this Section 4.06(a) .

(b) Within 365 days after the receipt of the Net Proceeds of an Asset Sale, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale:

(i) to repay, repurchase or redeem Indebtedness and other Obligations under a Credit Facility that are secured by a Lien and, if the Indebtedness repaid is revolving credit Indebtedness, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;

 

66


(ii) to repay, repurchase or redeem Indebtedness and other Obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary;

(iii) to repay, repurchase or redeem other Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor (other than any Disqualified Stock or any Indebtedness that is contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Notes), other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that the Company shall equally and ratably redeem or repurchase the Notes as described in ARTICLE Three through open market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders to purchase the Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on the amount of Notes that would otherwise be prepaid;

(iv) to make an investment in any one or more businesses ( provided that if such investment is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock of a Person, such acquisition results in such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company), assets, or property or capital expenditures, in each case used or useful in a Similar Business;

(v) to make an investment in any one or more businesses ( provided that if such investment is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock of a Person, such acquisition results in such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company), properties or assets that replace the businesses, properties and/or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale; or

(vi) any combination of the foregoing;

provided that the Company will be deemed to have complied with the provisions described in clauses (iv)  and (v)  above of this Section 4.06(b) , as applicable, if, within 365 days of such Asset Sale, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, shall have entered into a definitive agreement covering such Investment which is thereafter completed within 180 days after the first anniversary of such Asset Sale.

(c) Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as described in Section 4.06(b) will constitute “ Excess Proceeds .” Within 10 days after the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $50.0 million, the Issuer will make an Asset Sale Offer to all holders of Notes and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase with the proceeds of sales of assets to purchase, prepay or redeem the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness (plus all accrued interest on such Indebtedness and the amount of all fees and expenses, including premiums, incurred in connection therewith) that may be purchased, prepaid or redeemed out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale

 

67


Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, on the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness to the date of purchase, prepayment or redemption, subject to the rights of holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, and will be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company may use such Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness tendered in (or required to be prepaid or redeemed in connection with) such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the trustee will select the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis, based on the amounts tendered or required to be prepaid or redeemed (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Issuer so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000, or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof, will be purchased). Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

Pending final application of such Net Proceeds, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may temporarily reduce borrowings under the Credit Facilities or any other revolving credit facility, if any, or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture.

(d) Not later than the date upon which written notice of an Asset Sale Offer is delivered to the Trustee as provided above, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate as to (i) the amount of the Excess Proceeds, (ii) the allocation of the Net Proceeds from the Asset Sales pursuant to which such Asset Sale Offer is being made and (iii) the compliance of such allocation with the provisions of Section 4.06(b) . On such date, the Company shall also irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or with a paying agent (or, if the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company is acting as the Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust) an amount equal to the Excess Proceeds to be invested in Cash Equivalents, as directed in writing by the Company, and to be held for payment in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.06 . Upon the expiration of the period for which the Asset Sale Offer remains open (the “ Asset Sale Offer Period ”), the Company shall deliver to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes or portions thereof that have been properly tendered to and are to be accepted by the Company. The Trustee (or the Paying Agent, if not the Trustee) shall, on the date of purchase, mail or deliver payment to each tendering Holder in the amount of the purchase price. In the event that the Excess Proceeds delivered by the Company to the Trustee are greater than the purchase price of the Notes tendered, the Trustee shall deliver the excess to the Company immediately after the expiration of the Asset Sale Offer Period for application in accordance with Section 4.06 .

(e) Holders electing to have a Note purchased shall be required to surrender the Note, with an appropriate form duly completed, to the Company at the address specified in the notice at least three (3) Business Days prior to the purchase date. Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Trustee or the Company receives not later than one Business Day prior to the Purchase Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note which was delivered by the Holder for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Notes purchased. If at the end of the Asset Sale Offer Period more Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness are tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer than the Company is required to

 

68


purchase, selection of such Notes for purchase shall be made by the Trustee in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which such Notes are listed, or if such Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate (and in such manner as complies with applicable legal requirements and the requirements of the Depositary, if applicable); provided that no Notes of $2,000 or less shall be purchased in part. Selection of such other pari passu Indebtedness shall be made pursuant to the terms of such other pari passu Indebtedness.

(f) Notices of an Asset Sale Offer shall be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the purchase date to each Holder of Notes at such Holder’s registered address. If any Note is to be purchased in part only, any notice of purchase that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof that has been or is to be purchased.

(g) A new Note in principal amount equal to the unpurchased portion of any Note purchased in part shall be issued in the name of the Holder upon cancellation of the original Note. On and after the purchase date, unless the Company defaults in payment of the purchase price, interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof purchased.

Section 4.07 Transactions with Affiliates . (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction or series of transactions, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (each of the foregoing, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $10.0 million, unless:

(i) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not, taken as a whole, materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that could have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with a Person that is not an Affiliate; and

(ii) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $50.0 million, the Company delivers to the Trustee a resolution adopted in good faith by the majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company, approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (i) above.

(b) The provisions of Section 4.07(a) shall not apply to the following:

(i)(a) transactions between or among the Company and/or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and (b) any merger of the Company and any direct parent company of the Company; provided that such parent company shall have no material liabilities and no material assets other than cash, Cash Equivalents and the Capital Stock of the Company and such merger is otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture and effected for a bona fide business purpose;

 

69


(ii) Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.04 and the definition of Permitted Investments;

(iii) the payment of reasonable and customary fees and reimbursement of expenses paid to, and indemnity provided on behalf of, current or former officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company;

(iv) any agreement or arrangement as in effect as of the Issue Date or any amendment, modification or supplement thereto or any replacement thereof so long as any such agreement or arrangement as so amended, modified, supplemented or replaced, taken as a whole, is not more disadvantageous to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date or any transaction contemplated by any of the foregoing agreements or arrangements;

(v) (a) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture, which are fair to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors or the senior management of the Company, and are on terms that, taken as a whole, are not materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that might reasonably have been obtained at such time from a Person that is not an Affiliate, (b) transactions with joint ventures or Unrestricted Subsidiaries for the purchase or sale of chemicals, products, equipment and services entered into in the ordinary course of business and in a manner consistent with past practice or (c) any management services or support agreements entered into on terms consistent with past practice or in the ordinary course of business or approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company;

(vi) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests, other than Disqualified Stock, of the Company to any Affiliate or to any director, officer, employee or consultant of the Company, any direct or indirect parent company of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company;

(vii) the grant of stock options or similar rights to officers, employees, consultants and directors of the Company, any direct or indirect parent company of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, pursuant to plans approved by the Board of Directors of the Company and the issuance of securities pursuant thereto;

(viii) advances to employees for moving, entertainment and travel expenses, drawing accounts and similar expenditures in the ordinary course of business;

(ix) any transactions effected as part of a Qualified Receivables Transaction;

 

70


(x) any employment, consulting, service or termination agreements, or reasonable and customary indemnification arrangements, entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with officers and employees of the Company, any direct or indirect parent company of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and the payment of compensation to officers, employees, consultants and directors of the Company, any direct or indirect parent company of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including amounts paid pursuant to employee benefit plans, employee stock option or similar plans, in each case in the ordinary course of business and approved by the Board of Directors of the Company

(xi) the entering into of customary agreements providing registration rights to the direct or indirect shareholders of the Company and the performance of such agreements;

(xii) transactions between the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and any Person that is an Affiliate solely because one or more of its directors is also a director of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company; provided that such director abstains from voting as a director of the Company or such direct or indirect parent company, as the case may be, on any matter involving such other Person;

(xiii) transactions in which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an independent accounting or appraisal firm or investment bank of national reputation stating that such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that the terms are not materially less favorable to the Company or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with a Person that is not an Affiliate;

(xiv) transactions described in ACCO’s current public filings (limited to its 10-K, 10-Qs, 8-Ks and annual proxy statement) with the SEC on the Issue Date; and

(xv) the Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transactions, in each case as contemplated by the offering memorandum.

Section 4.08 Change of Control . (a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder of Notes shall have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest (if any) thereon, to the date of purchase, subject to the rights of the Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, in accordance with the terms contemplated in this Section 4.08 ; provided , however , that notwithstanding the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company shall not be obligated to purchase Notes pursuant to this Section 4.08 in the event that the the Issuer has exercised its right to redeem such Notes in accordance with ARTICLE Three of this Indenture. In the event that at the time of such Change of Control the terms of other senior Indebtedness restrict or prohibit the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this Section 4.08 , then prior to the mailing of the notice to the Holders provided for in Section 4.08(b) but in any event within 30 days following any Change of

 

71


Control, the Issuer shall (i) repay in full all other senior Indebtedness or, if doing so will allow the purchase of Notes, offer to repay in full all such other senior Indebtedness, as the case may be, and repay such senior Indebtedness of each lender who has accepted such offer, or (ii) obtain the requisite consent under the agreements governing such senior Indebtedness to permit the repurchase of the Notes as provided for in Section 4.08(b) .

(b) Within 30 days following any Change of Control, except to the extent the Issuer has exercised its right to redeem Notes in accordance with ARTICLE Three of this Indenture, the Issuer will mail a notice (a “ Change of Control Offer ”) to each Holder of Notes with a copy to the Trustee stating:

(i) that a Change of Control has occurred and that such Holder has the right to require the Issuer to repurchase such Holder’s Notes at a repurchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of the Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date);

(ii) the circumstances and relevant facts and financial information regarding such Change of Control;

(iii) the repurchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed); and

(iv) the instructions determined by the Issuer, consistent with this Section 4.08, that a Holder must follow in order to have its Notes purchased.

(c) Holders electing to have a Note purchased shall be required to surrender the Note, with an appropriate form duly completed, to the Issuer at the address specified in the notice at least three (3) Business Days prior to the purchase date. The Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Trustee or the Issuer receives not later than one (1) Business Day prior to the purchase date a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note which was delivered for purchase by the Holder and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased. Holders whose Notes are purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered.

(d) On the purchase date, all Notes purchased by the Issuer under this Section shall be delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Issuer shall pay (or cause to be paid) the purchase price plus accrued and unpaid interest, including Special Interest (if any) to the Holders entitled thereto.

(e) A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, and conditioned upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making the Change of Control Offer.

(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section, the Issuer shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in Section 4.08 and elsewhere in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.

 

72


(g) Notes repurchased by the Issuer pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will have the status of Notes issued but not outstanding or will be retired and canceled at the option of the Issuer. Notes purchased by a third party pursuant to the preceding clause (f)  will have the status of Notes issued and outstanding.

(h) At the time the Issuer delivers Notes to the Trustee which are to be accepted for purchase, the Issuer shall also deliver an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes are to be accepted by the Issuer pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Section 4.08 . A Note shall be deemed to have been accepted for purchase at the time the Trustee or Paying Agent, directly or through an agent, mails or delivers payment therefor to the surrendering Holder.

(i) Prior to any Change of Control Offer, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that all conditions precedent contained herein regarding the right or obligation of the Issuer to make such Change of Control Offer have been complied with.

Section 4.09 Compliance Certificate .

(a) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year ending after the Issue Date, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to his or her knowledge, the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture and is not in Default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that to his or her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of or interest (if any) on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. The Company also shall comply with Section 314(a)(4) of the TIA.

(b) The Company shall, so long as any of the Notes are outstanding, deliver to the Trustee, within five Business Days after any Officer becomes aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

Section 4.10 Further Instruments and Acts . Upon request of the Trustee, the Company shall execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture.

 

73


Section 4.11 Note Guarantees . (a) If the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquires or creates any other Domestic Subsidiary or Subsidiaries (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) on or after the date of this Indenture, then each such newly acquired or created Domestic Subsidiary must become a Guarantor and (i) execute a supplemental indenture and (ii) deliver an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee, in each case, within 30 days of the date of such acquisition or creation.

(b) The Company will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the Issuer), directly or indirectly, to Guarantee or pledge any assets to secure the payment of any Indebtedness of the Company, the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor (including, but not limited to, any Indebtedness under any Credit Facility) unless such Restricted Subsidiary is a Guarantor or within 30 days executes and delivers a supplemental indenture providing for the Guarantee of the payment of the Notes by such Restricted Subsidiary, which Guarantee shall be senior in right of payment to such Subsidiary’s Guarantee of such other Indebtedness if such other Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or Note Guarantees, as applicable, or pari passu in right of payment with such Subsidiary’s Guarantee of such other Indebtedness in all other instances. In addition, in the event that any Restricted Subsidiary that is an Excluded Subsidiary ceases to be an Excluded Subsidiary, then such Restricted Subsidiary must become a Guarantor and execute a supplemental indenture and deliver an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee within 30 days of the date of such event. The form of the Supplemental Indenture is attached as Exhibit D and the form of the Note Guarantee is attached as Exhibit E .

(c) Notwithstanding Section 4.11(a) , any Note Guarantee may provide by its terms that it will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged under the circumstances described under Section 12.08 .

Section 4.12 [ Intentionally Omitted ].

Section 4.13 Liens . The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any Lien of any kind securing Indebtedness on any property or assets now owned or hereafter acquired or on any income or profits therefrom other than, in each case, Permitted Liens, unless the Notes and the Note Guarantees, as applicable, are,

(i) in the case of any Lien securing an Obligation that ranks pari passu with the Notes or a Note Guarantee, effective provision is made to secure the Notes or such Note Guarantee, as the case may be, at least equally and ratably with or prior to such Obligation with a Lien on the same properties or assets of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be; and

(ii) in the case of any Lien securing an Obligation that is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or a Note Guarantee, effective provision is made to secure the Notes or such Note Guarantee, as the case may be, with a Lien on the same properties or assets of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that is prior to the Lien securing such subordinated obligation.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Lien securing the Notes granted pursuant to this Section 4.13 shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon (a) the release by the holders of the Indebtedness described above of their Lien on the property or assets of the Company

 

74


or any Restricted Subsidiary (including any deemed release upon payment in full of all obligations under such Indebtedness, except payment in full made with the proceeds from the foreclosure, sale or other realization from an enforcement on the collateral by the holders of the Indebtedness described above of their Lien), (b) any sale, exchange or transfer to any Person other than the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the property or assets secured by such Lien, or of all of the Capital Stock held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in, or all or substantially all the assets of, any Restricted Subsidiary creating such Lien in each case in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, (c) payment in full of the principal of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, on the Notes, or (d) a defeasance or discharge of the Notes in accordance with the procedures of Article Eight or Article Ten .

Section 4.14 Maintenance of Office or Agency . (a) The Company will maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or Registrar or an affiliate of the Trustee or Registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the corporate trust office of the Trustee as set forth in Section 13.02 .

(b) The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided , however , that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency for such purposes. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

(c) The Company hereby designates the corporate trust office of the Trustee or its Paying Agent as such office or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.04 .

Section 4.15 Limitation on Business Activities . The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, engage in any business other than Similar Businesses, except to such extent as would not be material to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

Section 4.16 [ Intentionally Omitted ].

Section 4.17 Taxes . The Company shall pay, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, any taxes, assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes. The obligations in this Section 4.17 shall survive any termination, defeasance or satisfaction and discharge of the Notes.

 

75


Section 4.18 Covenant Suspension . (a) If on any date following the Issue Date (i) the Notes have an Investment Grade Rating from both Rating Agencies and (ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being collectively referred to as a “Covenant Suspension Event”), then beginning on that day and subject to the provisions of the following paragraph, the following covenants will be suspended:

(1) Section 4.03,

(2) Section 4.04,

(3) Section 4.05,

(4) Section 4.06,

(5) Section 4.07 and

(6) Section 5.01(a)(iii)

(collectively, the “ Suspended Covenants ”). The period during which covenants are suspended pursuant to this Section 4.18 is called the “Suspension Period.” The Issuer will promptly notify the Trustee of the continuance and termination of any Suspension Period. The Trustee shall have no obligation to independently determine or verify if such events have occurred or notify the Holders of any Covenant Suspension Event, Suspended Covenants or termination of any Suspension Period. Additionally, upon the occurrence of a Covenant Suspension Event, the amount of Excess Proceeds from Net Proceeds shall be reset to zero.

(b) If and while the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants, the Notes will be entitled to substantially less covenant protection. In the event that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants for any period of time as a result of the first sentence of the preceding paragraph and, subsequently, one of the Rating Agencies withdraws its ratings or downgrades the rating assigned to the Notes so that the Notes no longer have Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies or a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing, then the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries will from such time and thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants; provided that (1) compliance with the Suspended Covenants with respect to Restricted Payments made after the time of such withdrawal, Default or Event of Default will be calculated in accordance with the terms of Section 4.04 as though such covenant had been in effect during the entire period of time from the Issue Date and (2) all Indebtedness incurred, or Disqualified Stock issued, during the Suspension Period will be classified to have been incurred or issued pursuant to Section 4.03(b)(iii) . Notwithstanding the foregoing and any other provision of this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees, no Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to exist under this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees with respect to the Suspended Covenants based on, and none of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall bear any liability with respect to the Suspended Covenants for, (a) any actions taken or events occurring during a Suspension Period (including without limitation any agreements, Liens, preferred stock, obligations (including Indebtedness), or of any other facts or circumstances or obligations that were incurred or otherwise came into existence during a Suspension Period) or (b) any actions required to be taken at any time pursuant to any contractual obligation entered into during a Suspension Period, regardless of whether such actions or events would have been permitted if the applicable Suspended Covenants remained in effect during such period.

 

76


ARTICLE FIVE

SUCCESSORS

Section 5.01 Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets . (a) The Company will not, directly or indirectly: (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation) or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person or Persons, unless:

(i) either: (a) the Company is the surviving corporation; or (b) the Person formed by or surviving such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made (i) is a corporation, limited liability company or partnership organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia ( provided that if such Person is a limited liability company or partnership (A) a corporate Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of such Person organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, or (B) a corporation of which such Person is a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, is a co-issuer of the Notes or becomes a co-issuer of the Notes in connection therewith) and (ii) assumes all the obligations of the Company under the Notes and this Indenture pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

(ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction no Default or Event of Default exists;

(iii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, (a) the Company or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made, will, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.03(a) or (b) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made, as applicable, would be equal to or greater than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction; and

(iv) each Subsidiary Guarantor, unless such Guarantor is the Person with which the Company has entered into a transaction under this Section 5.01, shall have by amendment to its Note Guarantee confirmed that its Note Guarantee shall apply to the obligations of such surviving Person in accordance with the Notes and this Indenture.

 

77


(b) In addition, the Company will not, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, considered as one entity, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person. The provisions described in clauses (ii) and (iii) of Section 5.01(a) will not apply to any merger, consolidation or sale, assignment, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of assets between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and the Issuer or (2) if the sole purpose of the transaction is to change the jurisdiction of incorporation of the Company or to form a holding company for the Company ( provided that such holding company becomes a guarantor).

(c) Upon consummation of the Merger and the execution of the supplemental indenture attached as Exhibit D hereto by ACCO, the Issuer will not, directly or indirectly: (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving corporation) or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person or Persons, unless

(i) either: (a) the Issuer is the surviving corporation; or (b) the Person formed by or surviving such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made (i) is a corporation, limited liability company or partnership organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia ( provided that if such Person is a limited liability company or partnership (A) a corporate Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary of such Person organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, or (B) a corporation of which such Person is a Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, is a co-issuer of the Notes or becomes a co-issuer of the Notes in connection therewith) and (ii) assumes all the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes and this Indenture pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; and

(ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction no Default or Event of Default exists.

In addition, the Issuer will not, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of the properties and assets of it and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person. The provision described in clause (2) of the immediately preceding paragraph will not apply to any merger, consolidation or sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of assets (1) between or among the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and the Issuer (2) if the sole purpose of the transaction is to change the jurisdiction of incorporation of the Issuer or to form a holding company for the Issuer ( provided that such holding company becomes a guarantor).

Section 5.02 Successor Corporation Substituted . Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or

 

78


substantially all of the assets of the Company in accordance with Section 5.01 , the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Company is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to the successor Person and not to the Company), and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein; provided, however , that the Company shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of, and premium (if any), interest and Special Interest (if any) on, the Notes except in the case of a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all of the Company’s assets that meets the requirements of Section 5.01 .

ARTICLE SIX

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 6.01 Events of Default . Each of the following is an event of default (an “ Event of Default ”):

(a) a Default for 30 consecutive days in any payment when due of interest and Special Interest, if any, on the Notes,

(b) a Default in the payment when due (at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise) of principal of, or premium, if any, on, the Notes,

(c) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries fails to comply with its obligations under ARTICLE Five ,

(d) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries fails to comply with any other agreements in this Indenture; provided a default under this clause (4) will not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then-outstanding Notes notify the Issuer of the Default and the such Default is not cured within 60 days of such notice,

(e) Default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Issuer, ACCO or any of its Significant Subsidiaries) whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created after the date of this Indenture (other than Indebtedness owing to the Company or a Significant Subsidiary of the Company), if that Default:

(i) is caused by a failure to make any payment when due at the final maturity, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise (after any applicable grace period) of such Indebtedness; or

(ii) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity,

 

79


and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Default under Section 6.01(e)(i) , or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $25.0 million or more,

(f) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

(i) commences a voluntary case;

(ii) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case;

(iii) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it for any substantial part of its property;

(iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors or takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency; or

(v) admits it is insolvent or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due,

(g) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

(i) is for relief against the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case;

(ii) appoints a Custodian of the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or for any such Restricted Subsidiary; or

(iii) orders the liquidation or winding up of the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary;

or any similar relief is granted under any foreign laws and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days,

(h) failure by the Company, the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $50.0 million or its foreign currency equivalent (net of any amounts which are covered by enforceable insurance policies issued by solvent carriers, and for which the carrier(s) have acknowledged coverage in writing), which judgments are not discharged, waived or stayed for a period of 60 days, and

 

80


(i) any Note Guarantee of ACCO or a Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms thereof) or the Issuer or any Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under this Indenture or any Note Guarantee and such event continues for ten (10) days.

The foregoing shall constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body.

The term “Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

A Default under clause (d)  or (e)  above shall not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee notifies the Company or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes notify the Company and the Trustee of the Default and the Company does not cure such Default within the time specified in clause (d)  and (e)  above after receipt of such notice. Such notice must specify the Default, demand that it be remedied and state that such notice is a “ Notice of Defaul t .” The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof, written notice in the form of an Officers’ Certificate of any event which is, or with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default, its status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

Section 6.02 Acceleration . If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(f) or Section 6.01(g)) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then-outstanding Notes by notice to the Company may declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued but unpaid interest (including Special Interest, if any) on all the Notes to be immediately due and payable (a “ Declaration ”). Upon such a Declaration, such principal and interest shall be due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(f) or Section 6.01(g) occurs, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including Special Interest, if any) on all the Notes will become immediately due and payable without Declaration, Notice of Default or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then-outstanding Notes (the “ Majority Holder s ”) by notice to the Trustee may rescind an acceleration due to a Declaration and its consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal or interest that has become due solely because of acceleration and all amounts owing to the Trustee have been paid. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

Section 6.03 Other Remedies . If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of, or premium (if any), interest, and Special Interest (if any) on, the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the request of any

 

81


Holders, unless each such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee and the Trustee shall have received, if requested, security, pre-funding and/or indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, costs, liability or expense that might be incurred by it in connection with the request or direction.

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. To the extent required by law, all available remedies are cumulative.

Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults . Provided the Notes are not then due and payable by reason of a Declaration, the Majority Holders by written notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes, waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, or premium (if any), interest or Special Interest (if any) on, a Note. The Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the requisite percentage of Holders have consented to such waiver and attaching copies of such consents. In case of any such waiver, the Company, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder and under the Notes, respectively. This Section 6.04 shall be in lieu of TIA § 316(a)(1)(B), and TIA § 316(a)(1)(B) is hereby expressly excluded from this Indenture and the Notes, as permitted by the TIA. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

Section 6.05 Control by Majority . The Majority Holders have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or, subject to Section 7.01 , that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not any such directions are unduly prejudicial to such Holders) or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided , however , that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction. Prior to taking any action under this Indenture in relation to the Notes, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification from the Holders satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.

Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits . (a) Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal of, premium (if any), interest or Special Interest (if any) on any Notes on or after the due date expressed in the Notes or this Indenture (which right shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of the Holder), no Holder may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:

(i) such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing,

 

82


(ii) Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then-outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy,

(iii) such Holder or Holders have offered the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity to it against any loss, liability or expense,

(iv) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of reasonable security or indemnity to it, and

(v) the Majority Holders have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

(b) A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of Notes or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of Notes.

Section 6.07 Rights of the Holders to Receive Payment . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of the principal of, premium (if any), interest and Special Interest (if any) on, such Note or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment, on or after the due date expressed in the Notes shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of the Holder; provided that a Holder shall not have the right to institute any such suit for the enforcement of payment if and to the extent that the institution or prosecution thereof or the entry of judgment therein would, under applicable law, result in the surrender, impairment, waiver or loss of the Lien of this Indenture upon any property subject to such Lien.

Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee . If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a) or Section 6.01(b) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company or any other obligor on the Notes for the whole amount then due and owing (together with interest on overdue principal and premium (if any) and on any unpaid interest (to the extent lawful), including Special Interest (if any) at the rate provided for in Section 4.01 and the Notes) and the amounts provided for in Section 7.07 .

Section 6.09 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim . The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee (including counsel, accountants, experts or such other professionals as the Trustee deems necessary, advisable or appropriate)) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company or any Guarantor (or any other obligor upon the Notes), their creditors or their property, shall be entitled to participate as a member, voting or otherwise, of any official committee of creditors appointed in such matters and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may vote on behalf of the Holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing similar functions, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 .

 

83


Section 6.10 Priorities . If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this ARTICLE Six , or after an Event of Default any moneys or properties that are distributable in respect of the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture, shall be paid out or distributed in the following order::

FIRST: to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.07 ;

SECOND: to the Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, interest and Special Interest, if any, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, interest and Special Interest, if any, respectively; and

THIRD: to the Company or, to the extent the Trustee collects any amount for any Guarantor, to such Guarantor or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct.

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to the Holders pursuant to this Section. At least 15 days before such record date, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder and the Company a notice that states the record date, the payment date and amount to be paid.

Section 6.11 Undertaking for Costs . In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07 or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then-outstanding Notes.

Section 6.12 Waiver of Stay, Extension and Usury Laws . The Company and each Guarantor covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company and each Guarantor (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

Section 6.13 Delay or Omission Not Waiver . No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Note to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this ARTICLE Six or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.

 

84


ARTICLE SEVEN

TRUSTEE

Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee . Except to the extent, if any, provided otherwise in the TIA (as from time to time in effect):

(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(i) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(ii) the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of any mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).

(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of Section 7.01(b);

(ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

(iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee under this Indenture with respect to the Notes.

(d) Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a) , (b)  and (c)  of this Section 7.01 .

(e) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in exercise of any of its rights or powers.

(f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer.

 

85


(g) Money and other property held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

(h) Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section and to the provisions of the TIA and the provisions of this ARTICLE Seven shall apply to the Trustee in its role as Registrar, Paying Agent and Notes Custodian.

Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee . (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely on any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on the Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.

(c) The Trustee may act through agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care.

(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture; provided , however , that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute willful misconduct or negligence.

(e) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its own selection (at the reasonable expense of the Issuer) and the advice or opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this Indenture and the Notes shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.

(f) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond, debenture, note or other paper or document unless requested in writing to do so by the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney, at the expense of the Issuer and shall incur no liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

(g) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee and the Trustee shall have received, if requested, security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

 

86


(h) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

(i) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Issuer shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Issuer.

(j) The permissive rights of the Trustee to do things enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as a duty unless so specified herein.

(k) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

(l) The Trustee shall not be required to take notice or be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default hereunder unless a Responsible Officer has actual knowledge thereof, or the Trustee shall be notified in writing of such Default or Event of Default by the Company or by the Holders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding, at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture.

(m) The Trustee may request that the Company deliver an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture.

Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee . The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may become a creditor of, or otherwise deal with, the Issuer or any of its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest as described in the TIA (as in effect at such time), it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee or resign. Any Paying Agent or Registrar may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is subject to Section 7.10 and Section 7.11 .

Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer . The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture, any Note Guarantee or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or for any funds received and disbursed in accordance with this Indenture, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Issuer or any Guarantor in this Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Notes or in the Notes other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication. The Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of Default (except those Defaults or Events of Default described in Section 6.01(a) or Section 6.01(b) ) or of the identity of any Significant Subsidiary of the Issuer unless either (a) a Responsible Officer shall have actual knowledge thereof or (b) the Trustee shall have received written notice thereof in accordance with Section 13.02 hereof from the Issuer, any Guarantor or any Holder. For purposes of this Indenture and in relation to the Trustee, “actual knowledge” or “actually known” means the receipt of written notice of such Default or Event of Default without any duty to make any investigation with regard thereto.

 

87


Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults . If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is actually known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder notice of the Default or Event of Default within the earlier of 90 days after it occurs or 30 days after it is actually known to a Responsible Officer or written notice of it is received by the Trustee. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or premium (if any), interest or Special Interest (if any) on, any Note, the Trustee may withhold from the Holders of Notes notice of any Default or Event of Default if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders.

Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to the Holders . Within 60 days after each April 15 beginning with the April 15 following the date of this Indenture, and in any event prior to April 15 in each year for so long as the Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder a brief report dated as of such April 15 that complies with TIA § 313(a) if and to the extent required thereby. The Trustee shall also comply with TIA § 313(b)(2). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA § 313(c).

A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders shall be mailed to the Issuer and filed with the SEC and each stock exchange (if any) on which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA § 313(d). The Issuer agrees to notify promptly the Trustee whenever the Notes become listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof.

Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity . The Issuer shall pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder in accordance with a written schedule provided by the Trustee to the Issuer and/or as otherwise agreed from time to time in writing. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred or made by it, including costs of collection, in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee’s agents, counsel, accountants and experts. The Issuer and each Guarantor, jointly and severally, shall indemnify the Trustee against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by or in connection with the acceptance or administration of Indenture, the exercise of its rights and powers, and the performance of its duties hereunder, including the costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) of enforcing this Indenture or Note Guarantee against the Issuer or a Guarantor (including this Section 7.07 ) and defending itself against or investigating any claim (whether asserted by the Issuer, any Guarantor, any Holder or any other Person). The Trustee shall notify the Issuer and/or the Guarantors, as the case may be, promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity promptly upon obtaining actual knowledge thereof; provided , however , that any failure so to notify the Issuer and/or the Guarantors, as the case may be, shall not relieve the Issuer or any such Guarantor of its indemnity obligations hereunder unless and to the extent the failure to notify the Issuer and/or the Guarantors materially impairs the Issuer or any Guarantor’s ability to defend such claim. The Issuer shall defend the claim and the indemnified party shall provide reasonable cooperation at the Issuer’s expense in the defense. Such indemnified parties may have separate

 

88


counsel and the Issuer and the Guarantors, as applicable, shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel; provided , however , that the Issuer shall not be required to pay such fees and expenses if it assumes such indemnified parties’ defense and, in such indemnified parties’ reasonable judgment, there is no conflict of interest between the Issuer and the Guarantors, as applicable, and such parties in connection with such defense; provided , further , that the Trustee may elect to defend such claim itself and any commercially reasonable costs incurred shall be for the account of the Issuer. The Issuer or and the Guarantors need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by an indemnified party through such party’s own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith. The Issuer and the Guarantors need not pay for any settlement made without their consent. All indemnifications and releases from liability granted hereunder to the Trustee shall extend to its officers, directors, employees, agents, successors and assigns.

To secure the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee other than money or property held in trust to pay principal of and interest on particular Notes.

The Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ payment and indemnification obligations pursuant to this Section shall survive the satisfaction or discharge of this Indenture, any rejection or termination of this Indenture under any bankruptcy law or the resignation or removal of the Trustee. Without prejudice to any other rights available to the Trustee under applicable law, when the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after the occurrence of a Default or Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(f) or Section 6.01(g) with respect to the Issuer, the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under the Bankruptcy Law.

Trustee ” for the purposes of this Section 7.07 shall include any predecessor Trustee and the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder and each agent, custodian and other person employed to act hereunder; provided, however, that the negligence or willful misconduct of any Trustee hereunder shall not affect the rights of any other Trustee hereunder.

Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee . (a) The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Issuer. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then-outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Issuer in writing. The Issuer may remove the Trustee if:

(i) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;

(ii) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

(iii) a Custodian or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

(iv) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting.

 

89


(b) If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then- outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuer. A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08 .

(c) A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer. Upon delivery of such acceptance, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to the Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee under this Indenture and the Notes to the successor Trustee, subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 .

(d) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Issuer or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then-outstanding Notes may petition at the expense of the Issuer any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

(e) If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 , unless the Trustee’s duty to resign is stayed as provided in TIA § 310(b), any Holder who has been a bona fide holder of a Note for at least six months may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

(f) Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section, the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under Section 7.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger . If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Notes or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have.

Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification . There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust

 

90


powers, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $100.0 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall at all times satisfy the requirements of TIA § 310(a). The Trustee is subject to TIA § 310(b). There shall be excluded from the operation of TIA Section 310(b)(i) any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Company or any of the Guarantors are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA Section 310(b)(i) are met.

Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer . The Trustee shall comply with TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated.

ARTICLE EIGHT

DEFEASANCE

Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance . The Issuer may, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a Board Resolution set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or Section 8.03 be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this ARTICLE Eight . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this ARTICLE Eight , the Issuer’s obligations in this ARTICLE Eight and Sections 2.04 , 2.05 , 2.06 , 2.07 , 2.08 , 2.09 and 2.10 shall survive until the Notes have been paid in full.

Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge . Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.02 , the Issuer shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 , be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to all Notes and all obligations of the Guarantors shall be deemed to have been discharged with respect to their obligations under the Note Guarantees on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Legal Defeasance ”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the Notes and the Guarantors shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the Note, which Notes and Note Guarantees shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (a)  and (b)  of this Section 8.02 , and to have satisfied all their other obligations under the Notes, Note Guarantees and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (a) the Issuer’s obligations to pay (or cause to be paid from the trust fund described in Section 8.04 ) to Holders of outstanding Notes and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of, or premium ,if any, interest and Special Interest ,if any, on, such Notes when such amounts are due, (b) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to the Notes under ARTICLE Two concerning temporary Notes, registration of Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the Issuer’s obligations under Section 4.14 , (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith and (d) this ARTICLE Eight . Subject to compliance with this ARTICLE Eight , the Issuer may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 . Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.02 , subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 , payment of the Notes so defeased may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default.

 

91


Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance . Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.03 , the Issuer and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 , be released from their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.02 , 4.03 , 4.04 , 4.05 , 4.06 , 4.07 , 4.08 , 4.11 , 4.13 and 4.15 and the operation of Section 5.01 and 12.03 of this Indenture with respect to the Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Covenant Defeasance ”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Issuer and the Guarantors may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 , but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.03 , subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 , Sections 6.01(c) , (d) , (e) , (f) , (i) , (j) , (k) , (l)  and (m)  shall not constitute Events of Default and shall not result in the related acceleration of the payment of the Notes as a result thereof.

Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance . The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 8.02 or Section 8.03 to the outstanding Notes:

(a) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, non callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants delivered to the Trustee, to pay the principal of, interest and Special Interest, if any, and premium on the outstanding Notes on the Stated Maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Issuer must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;

(b) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that (A) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (B) since April 30, 2012, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

 

92


(c) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

(d) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit (and any similar concurrent deposit relating to other Indebtedness) and the grant of any Lien securing such borrowing);

(e) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument to which the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries is bound (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit (and any similar concurrent deposit relating to other Indebtedness) and the grant of any Lien securing such borrowing);

(f) the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes over the other creditors of the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Issuer or others;

(g) if the Notes are to be redeemed prior to their Stated Maturity, the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee irrevocable instructions to redeem all of the Notes on the specified redemption date; and

(h) the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.

Section 8.05 Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions .

(a) Subject to Section 8.06 , all money and Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee pursuant to and in compliance with Section 8.04 in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium (if any), interest and Special Interest (if any), but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

(b) The Issuer shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against payment of any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

 

93


(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this ARTICLE Eight , the Trustee or Paying Agent shall deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon the request of the Issuer any money or Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which delivery shall only be required if Government Securities have been so deposited), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

(d) Before or after a deposit, the Issuer may make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the redemption of the Notes at a future date in accordance with ARTICLE Three .

Section 8.06 Repayment to Issuer . Subject to any applicable escheat or other abandoned property law, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay to the Issuer upon written request any money held by them for the payment of principal of, premium (if any), interest or Special Interest (if any) on, any Note that remains unclaimed for two years after such amounts have become due and payable, and, thereafter, Holders entitled to the money must look to the Issuer for payment as a general creditor, and the Trustee and each Paying Agent shall have no further liability with respect to such monies.

Section 8.07 Reinstatement . If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with this ARTICLE Eight by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees so discharged or defeased shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this ARTICLE Eight and, in the case of a Legal Defeasance, the Guarantors’ obligations under their respective Note Guarantees shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this ARTICLE Eight , in each case until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or Government Securities in accordance with this ARTICLE Eight ; provided , however , that, if the Issuer has made any payment of principal of, or premium (if any), interest or Special Interest (if any) on, any such Notes following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE NINE

AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS

Section 9.01 Without Consent of the Holders . (a) Notwithstanding Section 9.02 , the Issuer, the Guarantors, and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees without the consent of any Holder of a Note:

(i) to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency;

 

94


(ii) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

(iii) to provide for the assumption of the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s obligations to Holders of Notes in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Issuer’s or such Guarantor’s assets, in either case as permitted by Section 4.11 or Section 5.01;

(iv) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any such Holder;

(v) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA;

(vi) to comply with Section 4.11;

(vii) to conform the text of this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees to any provision of the section of the Offering Memorandum entitled “Description of Notes” to the extent that such provision in the “Description of Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees;

(viii) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment by a successor Trustee ( provided that the successor Trustee is otherwise qualified and eligible to act as such under this Indenture);

(ix) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with this Indenture; or

(x) to grant any Lien for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes.

(b) Upon the request of the Issuer accompanied by a Board Resolution authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of any documents requested under Section 7.02(b) , the Trustee shall join with the Issuer and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained; provided , however , that the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

After an amendment under this ARTICLE Nine becomes effective, the Issuer will mail to the Holders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect therein, will not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this ARTICLE Nine .

 

95


Section 9.02 With Consent of the Holders .

(a) Except as otherwise provided in this Section 9.02 , the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or a tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes), and, subject to Section 6.04 and Section 6.07, any Default or Event of Default or non-compliance with, or requirement for future compliance with, any provision of this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or a tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes). However, without the consent of each Holder of an outstanding Note affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):

(i) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

(ii) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on, any Note;

(iii) reduce the principal of or change the Stated Maturity of any Note;

(iv) waive or reduce any payment or premium payable upon the redemption of any Note or change the time at which any Note may be redeemed as described in Section 3.01 (other than the requirement to provide not less than 30 days’ notice);

(v) make any Note payable in money or currency other than that stated in such Note;

(vi) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, or premium ,if any, or interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration) or the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes;

(vii) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments of principal of, , interest or Special Interest, if any, or premium, if any, on, the Notes;

(viii) make any change in the amendment and waiver provisions herein which require each Holder’s consent;

(ix) release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Note Guarantee or this Indenture, except in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;

 

96


(x) expressly subordinate such Note or any Note Guarantee to any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor or make any other change in the ranking or priority of any Note that would adversely affect the Holders;

(xi) amend, change or modify the obligation of the Issuer to make and consummate an Asset Sale Offer with respect to any Asset Sale in accordance with Section 4.06 after the obligation to make such Asset Sale Offer has arisen, or the obligation of the Issuer to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer in the event of a Change of Control in accordance with Section 4.08 after such Change of Control has occurred, including, in each case, amending, changing or modifying any definition relating thereto;

(xii) except as otherwise permitted under Section 4.11 and Section 5.01, consent to the assignment or transfer by the Issuer or any Guarantor of any of their rights or obligations under this Indenture; or

(xiii) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, premium on, if any, interest or Special Interest, if any, on, the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then-outstanding Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration).

(b) The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver of this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date, or their duly designated proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such amendment, supplement or waiver, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided that, unless such consent shall have become effective by virtue of the requisite percentage having been obtained prior to the date which is 90 days after such record date, any such consent previously given shall automatically and without further action by any Holder be cancelled and of no further effect.

(c) Upon the request of the Issuer accompanied by a Board Resolution authorizing the execution of any such amendment, supplement or waiver of this Indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02(b) , the Trustee shall join with the Issuer and the Guarantors in the execution of such amendment, supplement or waiver unless such amendment, supplement or waiver directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amendment, supplement or waiver.

(d) After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this ARTICLE Nine becomes effective, the Issuer shall mail to the Holders a notice briefly describing such amendment, supplement or waiver. The failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment, supplement or waiver under this ARTICLE Nine .

 

97


(e) It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

Section 9.03 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act . From the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, every amendment, supplement or waiver to this Indenture or the Notes shall comply with the TIA as then in effect.

Section 9.04 Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers . Subject to Section 9.02(b) , until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, subject to Section 9.02(b) , any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective upon the (i) receipt by the Issuer, with copies of such consents provided to the Trustee, of consents by the Holders of the requisite principal amount of securities, (ii) satisfaction of conditions to effectiveness as set forth in this Indenture and any indenture supplemental hereto containing such amendment, supplement or waiver and (iii) execution of such amendment, supplement or waiver (or supplemental indenture) by the Issuer and the Trustee.

Section 9.05 Notation on or Exchange of Notes . If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Note, the Issuer may require the Holder of the Note to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Note regarding the changed terms and return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Issuer or the Trustee so determines, the Issuer in exchange for the Note shall issue and, upon a written order of the Issuer signed by an Officer, the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or to issue a new Note shall not affect the validity of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

Section 9.06 Trustee to Sign Amendments . The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this ARTICLE Nine if such amendment, supplement or waiver does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may but need not sign it. In signing such amendment, supplement or waiver, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01 ) shall be fully protected in relying upon, (i) an Officers’ Certificate, (ii) and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such amendment, supplement or waiver is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer and the Guarantors, enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.03 ), (iii) if requested by the Trustee, a copy of the Board Resolution, certified by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Issuer, authorizing the execution of such amendment, supplement or waiver and (iv) if such amendment, supplement or waiver is executed pursuant to Section 9.02 , evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders required to consent thereto.

 

98


Section 9.07 Additional Voting Terms; Calculation of Principal Amount . All Notes issued under this Indenture shall vote and consent together on all matters (as to which any of such Notes may vote) as one class, and no right shall exist under the Notes to vote or consent as a class separate from one another on any matter. Determinations as to whether Holders of the requisite aggregate principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent shall be made in accordance with this ARTICLE Nine and Section 2.14 .

ARTICLE TEN

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 10.01 Satisfaction and Discharge .

(a) This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect (except as to surviving rights and immunities of the Trustee and rights of registration or transfer or exchange of Notes, as expressly provided for in this Indenture) as to all outstanding Notes when:

(i) either: (A) all the Notes that have been authenticated (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Issuer and thereafter repaid to the Issuer or discharged from such trust) and have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation or (B) all of the Notes (I) have become due and payable, (II) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year or (III) if redeemable at the option of the Issuer, are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer, and the Issuer or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in an amount sufficient, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal of, premium, interest and Special Interest, if any, and interest on the Notes to the date of maturity or redemption together with irrevocable instructions from the Issuer directing the Trustee to apply such funds to the payment thereof at maturity or redemption, as the case may be;

(ii) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and any similar deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens to secure such borrowings) and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other material instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound (other than with respect to the borrowing of funds to be applied concurrently to make the deposit required to effect such satisfaction and discharge and any similar concurrent deposit relating to other Indebtedness, and, in each case, the granting of Liens to secure such borrowings);

 

99


(iii) the Issuer and/or the Guarantors have paid all other sums payable under this Indenture; and

(iv) the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent under this Indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with.

(b) Notwithstanding the above, the Trustee shall pay to the Company from time to time upon its request any cash or Government Securities held by it as provided in this Section 10.01 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect a satisfaction and discharge under this ARTICLE Ten .

(c) After the conditions to discharge contained in this ARTICLE Ten have been satisfied, and the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company, and delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied, the Trustee upon written request shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of the obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Indenture (except for those surviving obligations specified in this Section 10.01 ).

Section 10.02 Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions . Subject to Section 10.03 , all money and non-callable Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 10.01 in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal of, and premium (if any), interest and Special Interest (if any) on, the Notes, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

Section 10.03 Repayment to the Company . Subject to any applicable escheat or other abandoned property law, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon written request any money held by them for the payment of principal of, premium (if any), interest or Special Interest (if any) on, any Note that remains unclaimed for two years after such amounts have become due and payable, and, thereafter, Holders entitled to the money must look to the Company for payment as a general creditor, and the Trustee and each Paying Agent shall have no further liability with respect to such monies.

ARTICLE ELEVEN

[INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

 

100


ARTICLE TWELVE

NOTE GUARANTEES

Section 12.01 Guarantees . (a) Subject to this ARTICLE Twelve , each Guarantor hereby jointly and severally, irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees, as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety, to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, regardless of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, (i) the full and punctual payment when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, of all obligations of the Company under this Indenture (including obligations to the Trustee) and the Notes, whether for payment of principal of, or premium (if any), interest and Special Interest (if any) on, the Notes and all other monetary obligations of the Company under this Indenture (including interest on the overdue principal of, premium (if any), interest and Special Interest (if any) on, the Notes, if lawful (subject in all cases to any applicable grace period provided herein)) and the Notes and (ii) the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods of all other obligations of the Company whether for fees, expenses, indemnification or otherwise under this Indenture and the Notes (all the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”). Each Guarantor further agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from each such Guarantor, and that each such Guarantor shall remain bound under this ARTICLE Twelve notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guaranteed Obligation.

(b) Each Guarantor waives presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company in relation to any of the Guaranteed Obligations and also waives notice of protest for nonpayment. Each Guarantor waives notice of any default under the Notes or the Guaranteed Obligations. The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected by (i) the failure of any Holder or the Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Company or any other Person under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement or otherwise; (ii) any extension or renewal of this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement; (iii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement; (iv) the release of any security held by any Holder or the Trustee for the Guaranteed Obligations or any Guarantor; (v) the failure of any Holder or Trustee to exercise any right or remedy against any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations; (vi) the recovery of any judgment against the Company; (vii) any change in the ownership of such Guarantor, except as provided in Section 12.07 or Section 12.08 or (viii) any other circumstance which might constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor.

(c) In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Holder or the Trustee has at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Company to pay the principal of, premium (if any), interest or Special Interest (if any) on any Guaranteed Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, or to perform or comply with any other Guaranteed Obligation, each Guarantor hereby promises to and shall, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee (or as directed by the Holders), forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Holders or the Trustee an amount equal to the sum of (i) the unpaid principal of and premium (if any) on such Guaranteed Obligations, (ii) accrued and unpaid interest, including Special Interest (if any), on such Guaranteed Obligations (but only to the extent not prohibited by

 

101


applicable law) and (iii) all other monetary obligations of the Company to the Holders and the Trustee. Each Guarantor further agrees that its Note Guarantee herein constitutes a guarantee of payment, performance and compliance when due (and not a guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder or the Trustee to any security held for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations.

(d) Each Guarantor hereby waives any right to which it may be entitled to have its obligations hereunder divided among the Guarantors, such that such Guarantor’s obligations would be less than the full amount claimed. Each Guarantor hereby waives any right to which it may be entitled to have the assets of the Company in respect of such Guaranteed Obligations first be used and depleted as payment of the Company’s or such Guarantor’s obligations hereunder prior to any amounts being claimed from or paid by such Guarantor hereunder. Each Guarantor hereby waives any right to which it may be entitled to require that the Company be sued prior to an action being initiated against such Guarantor.

(e) Except as expressly set forth in ARTICLE Eight , Section 12.02 and Section 12.08 , the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Guarantor herein shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by the failure of any Holder or the Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement, by any waiver or modification of any thereof, by any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the obligations, or by any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor or would otherwise operate as a discharge of any Guarantor as a matter of law or equity.

(f) Each Guarantor agrees that its Note Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect until payment in full of all the Guaranteed Obligations. If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or any Guarantor, any amount paid by any of them to the Trustee or such Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

(g) Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all Guaranteed Obligations. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (i) the maturity of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in ARTICLE Six for the purposes of the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby, and (ii) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such Guaranteed Obligations as provided in ARTICLE Six , such Guaranteed Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by such Guarantor for the purposes of the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor. The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Note Guarantee.

 

102


(h) Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any of its rights under this Section 12.01 .

(i) Upon request of the Trustee, each Guarantor shall execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to more effectively carry out the purpose of this Indenture.

Section 12.02 Limitation on Guarantor Liability . Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute (i) a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law affecting the rights of creditors generally to the extent applicable to its Note Guarantee or (ii) an unlawful distribution under any applicable state law prohibiting stockholder distributions by an insolvent subsidiary to the extent applicable to its Note Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor will be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this ARTICLE Twelve , result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance or such an unlawful stockholder distribution.

Section 12.03 Successors and Assigns . This ARTICLE Twelve shall be binding upon each Guarantor and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Trustee and the Holders and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any Holder or the Trustee, the rights and privileges conferred upon that party in this Indenture and in the Notes shall automatically extend to and be vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions of this Indenture.

Section 12.04 No Waiver . Neither a failure nor a delay on the part of either the Trustee or the Holders in exercising any right, power or privilege under this ARTICLE Twelve shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise of any right, power or privilege. The rights, remedies and benefits of the Trustee and the Holders herein expressly specified are cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights, remedies or benefits which either may have under this ARTICLE Twelve at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise.

Section 12.05 Modification . No modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of this ARTICLE Twelve , nor the consent to any departure by any Guarantor therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Trustee, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice to or demand on any Guarantor in any case shall entitle such Guarantor to any other or further notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstances.

 

103


Section 12.06 Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantees and Supplemental Indentures .

(a) To evidence its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 12.01 , each Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Note Guarantee substantially in the form attached as Exhibit E shall be endorsed by an Officer of such Guarantor by manual or facsimile signature on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and that this Indenture shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by one of its Officers.

(b) Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 12.01 shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee.

(c) If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture or on the Note Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which a Note Guarantee is endorsed, the Note Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless.

(d) The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Note Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.

(e) In the event that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquires or creates another Domestic Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) on or after the Issue Date, or in the event that any Restricted Subsidiary that is an Excluded Subsidiary ceases to be an Excluded Subsidiary, if required by Section 4.11 , the Company shall cause such Domestic Subsidiary or Restricted Subsidiary to become a Guarantor in accordance with Section 4.11 and this ARTICLE Twelve , to the extent applicable.

Section 12.07 Merger and Consolidation of Guarantors.

(a) A Subsidiary Guarantor may not (1) sell, assign, transfer, convey, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving Person), another Person, other than, in either such case, the Company, the Issuer or another Subsidiary Guarantor, unless:

(i) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and

(ii) either:

(1) the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Subsidiary Guarantor) (A) is organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia ( provided that this Section 12.07(a)(ii)(1)(A) shall not apply if such Subsidiary Guarantor is organized under the laws

 

104


of a jurisdiction other than the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia) and (B) assumes all the obligations of that Subsidiary Guarantor under this Indenture, its Note Guarantee and the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to a supplemental indenture satisfactory to the Trustee; or

(2) such sale or other disposition or consolidation or merger complies with Section 4.06.

(b) In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Note Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by a Guarantor, such successor Person shall succeed to and be substituted for a Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor. Such successor Person thereupon may cause to be signed any or all of the Note Guarantees to be endorsed upon all of the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee. All the Note Guarantees so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Note Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Note Guarantees had been issued at the Issue Date.

(c) Except as set forth in ARTICLE Five , and notwithstanding clauses (i)  and (ii)  of Section 12.07(a) , nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes shall prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Company or another Guarantor, or shall prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Company or another Guarantor.

Section 12.08 Release of Guarantor .

(a) Any Guarantor (other than the Company) will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Note Guarantee:

(i) in connection with any sale or other transfer or disposition of Capital Stock of a Guarantor to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) the Company, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, such that, immediately after giving effect to such transaction, such Guarantor would no longer constitute a Subsidiary of the Company, if the sale of such Capital Stock of that Guarantor complies with Section 4.06 and Section 4.04;

(ii) if the Company properly designates any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary under this Indenture;

(iii) the release or discharge of the guarantee by such Guarantor of Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement or, solely in the case of a Note Guarantee created pursuant to the second sentence of Section 4.11(b), upon the release or discharge of the Guarantee which resulted in the creation of such Note Guarantee pursuant to Section 4.11(b), except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such Guarantee; or

 

105


(iv) upon legal defeasance, covenant defeasance or satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture as provided under Article Eight and Article Ten hereof.

The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee of the release of any Guarantor. Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that one of the foregoing requirements has been satisfied and the conditions to the release of a Guarantor under this Section 12.08 have been met, the Trustee shall promptly execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of such Guarantor from its obligations under its Note Guarantee.

(b) Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Note Guarantee as provided in this Section 12.08 shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of, and premium (if any), interest and Special Interest (if any) on, the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this ARTICLE Twelve .

ARTICLE THIRTEEN

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 13.01 Trust Indenture Act Controls . If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by TIA § 318(c), the imposed duties shall control.

Section 13.02 Notices . (a) Any notice or communication required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and delivered in person, via facsimile or mailed by first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested) or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, addressed as follows:

if to the Issuer, the Company or a Guarantor:

Monaco SpinCo Inc.

300 Tower Parkway

Lincolnshire, Illinois 60069

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: (847) 484-4144

Effective March 18, 2013:

Kemper Lakes Business Center

Building 4

Four Corporate Drive

Long Grove, Illinois 60047

Facsimile No. 847-484-4144

Phone No.: 847-484-3010

Attention: Legal Department

with a copy to:

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP

Attention: William R. Kunkel

Facsimile: (312) 407-8514

 

106


if to the Trustee:

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

230 West Monroe Street, Suite 2900

Chicago, Illinois 60606

Facsimile: 312-726-2158

Attention: Corporate Trust Services

The Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee by notice to the others may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; three Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if transmitted by facsimile; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery.

(b) Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in TIA § 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee at the same time.

(c) Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it, except that notices to the Trustee are effective only if received.

(d) Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance on such waiver.

(e) In case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service or by reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable to give such notice by mail, then such notification as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient notification for every purpose hereunder.

(f) Where this Indenture or any Note provides for notice of any event (including any notice of redemption or repurchase) to a Holder of a Global Note (whether by mail or otherwise), such notice shall be sufficiently given if given to DTC (or its designee) pursuant to the standing instructions from DTC or its designee, including by electronic mail in accordance with DTC operational arrangements or other applicable DTC requirements.

 

107


Section 13.03 Communication by the Holders with Other Holders . Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Guarantors the Trustee, the Registrar and any other Person shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c).

Section 13.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent . Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee upon the request of the Trustee:

(a) an Officers’ Certificate in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 13.05 ) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

(b) an Opinion of Counsel (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 13.05 ) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been complied with.

Section 13.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion . Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to TIA § 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of TIA § 314(e) and shall include:

(a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

(b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such covenant or condition has been complied with; provided , however , that with respect to matters of fact an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officers’ Certificate or certificates of public officials.

Section 13.06 Treasury Notes Disregarded . In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company, any Guarantor or by any Affiliate of the Company or of any Guarantor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes which the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Subject to the foregoing, only Notes outstanding at the time shall be considered in any such determination.

 

108


Section 13.07 Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar . The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or a meeting of the Holders. The Registrar and Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions.

Section 13.08 Legal Holidays . If a payment date is not a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, and no interest shall accrue on any amount that would have been otherwise payable on such payment date if it were a Business Day for the intervening period. If a regular record date is not a Business Day, the record date shall not be affected.

Section 13.09 GOVERNING LAW ; JURY TRIAL WAIVER . THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES WHICH WOULD HAVE THE EFFECT OF APPLYING THE LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION. EACH OF THE ISSUER, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE, AND BY ITS ACCEPTANCE THEREOF, EACH HOLDER OF A NOTE, HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES, THE GUARANTEES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

Section 13.10 Consent to Jurisdiction . Any legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Indenture or the transactions contemplated hereby may be instituted in the federal courts of the United States of America located in the City of New York or the courts of the State of New York in each case located in the City of New York (collectively, the “ Specified Courts ”), and each party irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding. Service of any process, summons, notice or document by mail (to the extent allowed under any applicable statute or rule of court) to such party’s address set forth above shall be effective service of process for any suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court. The parties irrevocably and unconditionally waive any objection to the laying of venue of any suit, action or other proceeding in the Specified Courts and irrevocably and unconditionally waive and agree not to plead or claim in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

Section 13.11 No Recourse Against Others . No director, officer, employee, manager, incorporator or holder of any Equity Interests in the Company or of any Guarantor or any direct or indirect parent corporation, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture or the Note Guarantees for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release under this Section 13.11 are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes and the Note Guarantees.

Section 13.12 Successors . All agreements of the Company and each Guarantor in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind their respective successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.

 

109


Section 13.13 Multiple Originals . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

Section 13.14 Table of Contents; Headings . The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

Section 13.15 Indenture Controls . If and to the extent that any provision of the Notes limits, qualifies or conflicts with a provision of this Indenture, such provision of this Indenture shall control.

Section 13.16 Severability . In case any provision in this Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability.

Section 13.17 Benefit of Indenture . Nothing in this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto, any Paying Agent, any Registrar and its successors hereunder, and the Holders, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.

Section 13.18 Acts of Holders .

(a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by the Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by agents duly appointed in writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company. Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “ Act ” of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Company if made in the manner provided in this Section 13.18 .

(b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by a certificate of a notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to such witness, notary or officer the execution thereof. Where such execution is by a signer acting in a capacity other than his individual capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of authority. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner which the Trustee deems sufficient.

 

110


(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 13.18 , ownership of Notes shall be proved by the register of the Notes maintained by the Registrar as provided in Section 2.04 .

(d) If the Company shall solicit from the Holders of the Notes any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, the Company may, at its option, by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, fix in advance a record date for the determination of Holders entitled to give such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, but the Company shall have no obligation to do so. Notwithstanding TIA § 316(c), such record date shall be the record date specified in or pursuant to such resolution, which shall be a date not earlier than the date 30 days prior to the first solicitation of Holders generally in connection therewith or the date of the most recent list of Holders forwarded to the Trustee prior to such solicitation pursuant to Section 2.06 and not later than the date such solicitation is completed. If such a record date is fixed, such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act may be given before or after such record date, but only the Holders of record at the close of business on such record date shall be deemed to be Holders for the purposes of determining whether Holders of the requisite proportion of the then outstanding Notes have authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, and for that purpose the then outstanding Notes shall be computed as of such record date; provided that no such authorization, agreement or consent by the Holders on such record date shall be deemed effective unless it shall become effective pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture not later than 11 months after the record date.

(e) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of the Holder of any Note shall bind every future Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration or transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustee or the Company in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.

(f) Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled hereunder to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Note may do so itself with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such Note or by one or more duly appointed agents each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount.

Section 13.19 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements . This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

Section 13.20 USA Patriot Act . The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the USA Patriot Act the Trustee, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Trustee. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information as it may request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the USA Patriot Act.

 

111


Section 13.21 Force Majeure . The Trustee shall not incur any liability for not performing any act or fulfilling any duty, obligation or responsibility hereunder by reason of any occurrence beyond the control of the Trustee (including but not limited to any act or provision of any present or future law or regulation or governmental authority, any act of God or war, civil unrest, local or national disturbance or disaster, any act of terrorism, or the unavailability of the Federal Reserve Bank wire or facsimile or other wire or communication facility).

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

112


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

MONACO SPINCO INC.

By:

 

/s/ Neil A. McLachlan

Name:

 

Neil A. McLachlan

Title:

 

Chief Executive Officer and President

GUARANTOR:
MEAD DIRECT RESPONSE, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Neil A. McLachlan

Name:

 

Neil A. McLachlan

Title:

 

Chief Executive Officer and President

[Signature page to Indenture]


WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
By:  

/s/ Gregory S. Clarke

Name:   Gregory S. Clarke
Title:   Vice President

[Signature page to Indenture]


APPENDIX A

PROVISIONS RELATING TO INITIAL SECURITIES,

ADDITIONAL SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE SECURITIES

1. Definitions .

1.1 Definitions .

For the purposes of this Appendix A the following terms shall have the meanings indicated below:

Definitive Note ” means a certificated Note (bearing the Restricted Notes Legend if the transfer of such Note is restricted by applicable law) registered in the name of the Holder thereof that does not include the Global Notes Legend.

Notes Custodian ” means the custodian with respect to a Global Note (as appointed by the Depositary) or any successor Person thereto, who shall initially be the Trustee.

Purchase Agreement ” means (a) the Purchase Agreement dated April 20, 2012, among the Company, the Guarantors and Barclays Capital Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, BMO Capital Markets Corp. and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc. as representatives of the Initial Purchasers and (b) any other similar Purchase Agreement relating to Additional Notes.

Registration Rights Agreement ” means (a) the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of May 1, 2012 among the Company, the Guarantors and Barclays Capital Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, BMO Capital Markets Corp. and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc. as representatives of the Initial Purchasers, relating to the Notes and (b) any other similar Registration Rights Agreement relating to Additional Notes.

Regulation S ” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

Regulation S Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.2(g)(ii) herein.

Restricted Definitive Note ” means any Restricted Note that is a Definitive Note.

Restricted Global Note ” means a Restricted Note that is a Global Note.

Restricted Note ” means any Note that bears or is required to bear or is subject to the Restricted Notes Legend or the Regulation S Legend.

Restricted Notes Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.2(g)(i) herein.

Selling Securityholders ” means Barclays Capital Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, BMO Capital Markets Corp. and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.

 

Appendix A - 1


Unrestricted Note ” means Definitive Notes and any other Notes that are not required to bear, or are not subject to, the Restricted Notes Legend or the Regulation S Legend.

Unrestricted Global Note ” means an Unrestricted Note that is a Global Note.

1.2 Other Definitions .

 

    

Defined

Term in

Section

 

Agent Members

     2.1 (b) 

Restricted Period

     2.1 (c) 

2. The Notes .

2.1 Form and Dating .

(a) Notes issued hereunder may be transferred or resold, as the case may be, pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Additional Notes offered after the date hereof may be offered and sold by the Company from time to time pursuant to one or more Purchase Agreements in accordance with applicable law.

(b) Global Notes .

(i) Notes issued in global form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Upon the issuance of a Regulation S Global Note or a Rule 144A Global Note, (collectively, the “ Global Notes ” and each, a “ Global Note ”), the Depositary or its nominee will credit the accounts of Persons holding through it with the respective principal amounts of the Notes represented by such Global Note purchased by such Persons in the offering. Such accounts shall be designated by the Initial Purchasers. Ownership of beneficial interests in a Global Note will be limited to Participants or Indirect Participants (collectively, the “ Agent Members ”). Ownership of beneficial interests in a Global Note will be shown on, and the transfer of that ownership interest will be effected only through, records maintained by the Depositary (with respect to Participants’ interests) and such Participants (with respect to Indirect Participants’ interests). Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified therein and each shall provide that it represents the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or, if the Notes Custodian and the Trustee are not the same Person, by the Notes Custodian at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.07 of the Indenture and Section 2.2 of this Appendix.

 

Appendix A - 2


(ii) So long as the Depositary is the registered owner of such Global Note, such Depositary will be considered the sole owner or Holder of the Notes represented by such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever, including under the Indenture and the Notes. Agent Members (x) will not be considered to be the owners or Holders of any Notes under this Indenture for any purpose and shall thus have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary, or the Trustee as its Notes Custodian, or under the Global Notes, and (y) except as set forth in Section 2.2 of this Appendix, will neither be entitled to have the Notes represented by such Global Note registered in their names nor will receive or be entitled to receive Definitive Notes. Accordingly, each Person owning a beneficial interest in a Global Note must rely on the procedures of the Depositary and, if such Person is not a Participant, on the procedures of the Participant through which such Person owns its interest, to exercise any rights of a Holder under this Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary, or impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of any Note. The Company understands that under existing industry practices, in the event that the Company requests any action of Holders or that an owner of a beneficial interest in a Global Note desires to give or take any action which a holder is entitled to give or take under the Indenture, the Depositary would authorize the Participants holding the relevant beneficial interest to give or take such action and such Participants would authorize Indirect Participants owning through such Participants to give or take such action or would otherwise act upon the instructions of beneficial owners owning through them.

(c) Regulation S Global Notes . Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of the Regulation S Global Note, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Trustee, as Notes Custodian for the Depositary, and registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as provided in the Indenture. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interest as hereinafter provided. Prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period (as defined below), beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note may be held only by persons who are not U.S. persons for purposes of Rule 902 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, unless exchanged for interests in the Rule 144A Global Note in accordance with the transfer and certification requirements described below. “ Restricted Period ” means the period through and including the 40th day after the latest of the commencement of the offering described in the Offering Circular and the original Issue Date of the Notes. The Restricted Period shall be terminated upon the receipt by the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate certifying that the Restricted Period may be terminated in accordance with Regulation S.

 

Appendix A - 3


(d) Definitive Notes . Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Definitive Notes will only be issued in compliance with, and under the circumstances described in, Section 2.07 of the Indenture and Section 2.2 of this Appendix.

(e) Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures . The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream shall be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Notes that are held by Indirect Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream.

2.2 Transfer and Exchange .

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes . A Global Note may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. All Global Notes shall be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes if:

(i) the Depositary notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as a depositary for such Global Note or if at any time the Depositary ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, and in either case, the Company fails to appoint a successor depositary;

(ii) the Company in its discretion at any time determines not to have any or all the Notes represented by such Global Note; or

(iii) there shall have occurred and be continuing a Default or an Event of Default with respect to the Notes represented by such Global Note.

Upon the occurrence of any of the preceding events in clauses (i) , (ii)  or (iii)  of this Section 2.2(a) , Definitive Notes (x) shall be issued in fully registered form in such denominations and such names as the Depositary shall instruct the Trustee in accordance with its customary procedures and (y) will bear the restrictive legend referred to in Section 2.2(g) of this Appendix, unless that legend is not required by applicable law. In such circumstance, the Global Note or Notes shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Company shall execute, and, upon a written order of the Company signed by an Officer, the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, to each beneficial owner identified by the Depositary in writing in exchange for its beneficial interest in such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations. Payment of principal of, and premium, if any, and interest (including Special Interest, if any) on, the Definitive Notes will be payable, and the transfer of the Definitive Notes will be registrable, at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purposes; and no service charge will be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of the Definitive Notes, although the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or governmental charge imposed in connection therewith.

 

Appendix A - 4


Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.08 and 2.10 of the Indenture. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to Section 2.08 or 2.10 of the Indenture shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.2(a) ; however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.2(b) , (c)  or (f)  of this Appendix.

(b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes . The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures of the Depositary. Beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Beneficial interests in Global Notes shall be transferred or exchanged only for beneficial interests in Global Notes, except in the circumstances described in Section 2.2(a) of this Appendix. Transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either clause (i)  or (ii)  of this Section 2.2(b) , as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following clauses of this Section 2.2(b) , as applicable:

(i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note . Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Restricted Notes Legend; provided , however , that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in a Regulation S Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). A beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.2(b)(i) .

(ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes . In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests in any Global Note that are not subject to Section 2.2(b)(i) of this Appendix, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either:

(A) both (1) a written order from the Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures of the Depositary directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures of the Depositary containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase; or

(B) provided that such transfers are otherwise allowed pursuant to Section 2.2(a) of this Appendix, both (1) a written order from an Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures

 

Appendix A - 5


of the Depositary directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in subclause (1) of this Section 2.2(b)(ii)(B) .

Upon consummation of a Registered Exchange Offer by the Company in accordance with Section 2.2(f) of this Appendix, the requirements of Section 2.2(b)(ii) of this Appendix shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note pursuant to Section 2.2(h) of this Appendix.

(iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note . A beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.2(b)(ii) above and the Registrar receives from the transferor a certificate in the form of Exhibit F to the Indenture.

(iv) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note . A beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.2(b)(ii) of this Appendix and:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal (1) it is not a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company, (2) it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in, a distribution of the Exchange Notes to be issued in the Registered Exchange Offer and (3) it is acquiring the Exchange Notes in its ordinary course of business;

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

 

Appendix A - 6


(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(I) if the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit G to the Indenture; or

(II) if the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit F to the Indenture;

and, in each such case set forth in this clause (D) , if the Company or the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures of the Depositary so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar and the Company to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Restricted Notes Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

If any such transfer or exchange is effected pursuant to clause (B)  or (D)  of this Section 2.2(b)(iv) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an written order of the Company signed by an Officer, the Trustee shall authenticate in accordance with the requirements of the Indenture one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred or exchanged pursuant to clause (B)  or (D)  of this Section 2.2(b)(iv) .

(v) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note . Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.

(c) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes for Definitive Notes . A beneficial interest in a Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note except under the circumstances described in Section 2.2(a) of this Appendix. A beneficial interest in a Global Note may not be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note except under the circumstances described in Section 2.2(a) of this Appendix. The Restricted Notes Legend shall be affixed to Restricted Definitive Notes issued as required by law.

(d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests in Global Notes . Transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i), (ii) or (ii) below, as applicable:

(i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes . If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit G to the Indenture;

 

Appendix A - 7


(B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit F to the Indenture;

(C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit F to the Indenture;

(D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit F to the Indenture;

(E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit F to the Indenture;

the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the appropriate Restricted Global Note.

(ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes . A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that (1) it is not an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company, (2) it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in, a distribution of the Exchange Notes to be issued in the Registered Exchange Offer and (3) it is acquiring the Exchange Notes in its ordinary course of business;

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

 

Appendix A - 8


(C) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(I) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit G to the Indenture; or

(II) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit F to the Indenture,

and, in each such case set forth in this clause (D) , if the Company or the Registrar so requests or if the applicable rules and procedures of the Depositary so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar and the Company to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Restricted Notes Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon satisfaction of the conditions of this subparagraph (ii) , the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note. If any such transfer or exchange is effected pursuant to this subparagraph (ii)  at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an written order of the Company signed by an Officer, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Restricted Definitive Notes transferred or exchanged pursuant to this subparagraph (ii) .

(iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes . A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Unrestricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Unrestricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes. If any such transfer or exchange is effected pursuant to this subparagraph (iii)  at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an written order of the Company signed by an Officer, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Unrestricted Definitive Notes transferred or exchanged pursuant to this subparagraph (iii) .

 

Appendix A - 9


(iv) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes . An Unrestricted Definitive Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.

(e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes . Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.2(e) , the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.2(e) .

(i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes . A Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit F to the Indenture;

(B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit F to the Indenture;

(C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit F to the Indenture;

(D) if such transfer will be made to the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, a certificate in the form of Exhibit F to the Indenture.

(ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that (1) it is not an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company, (2) it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or

 

Appendix A - 10


understanding with any Person to participate in, a distribution of the Exchange Notes to be issued in the Registered Exchange Offer and (3) it is acquiring the Exchange Notes in its ordinary course of business;

(B) any such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) any such transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(I) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit G to the Indenture; or

(II) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit F to the Indenture,

and, in each such case as set forth in this clause (D) , if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Restricted Notes Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may transfer such Unrestricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Note pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.

(iv) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes . An Unrestricted Definitive Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of, a Restricted Definitive Note.

At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 of this Indenture. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any

 

Appendix A - 11


beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

(f) Registered Exchange Offer . Upon the occurrence of the Registered Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an written order of the Company signed by an Officer as provided in Section 2.03 of the Indenture, the Trustee shall authenticate (i) one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (A) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company, (B) they are not engaged in, and do not intend to engage in, and have no arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in, a distribution of the Exchange Notes to be issued in the Registered Exchange Offer and (C) they are acquiring the Exchange Notes in their ordinary course of business and (ii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Restricted Definitive Notes accepted for exchange in the Registered Exchange Offer. Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to be reduced accordingly, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Persons designated by the Holders of Restricted Global Notes so accepted Unrestricted Global Notes in the appropriate principal amount.

(g) Legend .

(i) Restricted Note Legend . Except as permitted by subparagraph (b)(iv) , (d)(ii) , (d)(iii) , (e)(ii) , (e)(iii) , (f) , (g)(vi) , (g)(vii) , (g)(viii) or (g)(x) of this Section 2.2 , or unless otherwise agreed by the Company and the Holder, each Note certificate evidencing the Global Notes and the Definitive Notes (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof) issued otherwise than in reliance on Regulation S shall bear a legend (the “ Restricted Notes Legend ”) in substantially the following form (each defined term in the legend being defined as such for purposes of the legend only):

“THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR

 

Appendix A - 12


ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS THE DATE ONE YEAR AFTER THE LAST ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF OR SUCH LATER DATE, IF ANY, AS MAY BE REQUIRED UNDER RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION THEREOF, ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY OF THE ISSUER, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION COMPLYING WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D) OR (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.”

Each Definitive Note shall bear the following additional legend:

“IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRUSTEE SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH REGISTRAR AND TRUSTEE MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.”

(ii) Regulation S Legend . Except as permitted by subparagraph (b)(iv) , (d)(ii) , (d)(iii) , (e)(ii) , (e)(iii) , (f) , (g)(vii) , (g)(viii) , (g)(ix) or (g)(x) of this Section 2.2 , or unless otherwise agreed by the Company and the Holder, each Note certificate evidencing the Global Notes and the Definitive Notes (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof) issued in reliance on Regulation S shall bear a legend (the “ Regulation S Legend ”) in substantially the following form (each defined term in the legend being defined as such for purposes of the legend only)

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH

 

Appendix A - 13


TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS THE DATE ONE YEAR AFTER THE LAST ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF OR SUCH LATER DATE, IF ANY, AS MAY BE REQUIRED UNDER RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION THEREOF, ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY OF THE ISSUER, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION COMPLYING WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D) OR (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.

(iii) Global Note Legend . Each Global Note shall bear an additional legend in substantially the following form:

“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.07 OR SECTION 9.05 OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.2(b) OF THE APPENDIX TO THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY.”

(iv) Regulation S Global Note Legend . The Regulation S Global Note shall bear an additional legend in substantially the following form:

 

Appendix A - 14


“THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN).”

(v) Upon any sale or transfer of a Restricted Note that is a Definitive Restricted Note, the Registrar shall permit the Holder thereof to exchange such Restricted Note for a Definitive Note that does not bear the legends set forth above and rescind any restriction on the transfer of such Restricted Note if the Holder certifies in writing to the Registrar that its request for such exchange was made in reliance on Rule 144 (such certification to be in the form set forth on the reverse of the Initial Note).

(vi) After a transfer of any Initial Notes during the period of the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Initial Notes, all requirements pertaining to the Restricted Notes Legend or the Regulation S Legend on such Initial Notes shall cease to apply and the requirements that any such Initial Notes be issued in global form shall continue to apply.

(vii) Upon the consummation of a Registered Exchange Offer with respect to the Initial Notes pursuant to which Holders of such Initial Notes are offered Exchange Notes in exchange for their Initial Notes, all requirements pertaining to Initial Notes that Initial Notes be issued in global form shall continue to apply, and Exchange Notes in global form without the Restricted Notes Legend or the Regulation S Legend shall be available to Holders that exchange such Initial Notes in such Registered Exchange Offer.

(viii) Upon a sale or transfer after the expiration of the Restricted Period of any Initial Note acquired pursuant to Regulation S, all requirements that such Initial Note bear the Restricted Notes Legend shall cease to apply and the requirements requiring any such Initial Note be issued in global form shall continue to apply.

(ix) Any Additional Notes sold in a registered public offering shall not be required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend or the Regulation S Legend.

(h) Cancellation or Adjustment of Global Note . At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 of this Indenture. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests with respect to such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on on the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests with respect to such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

 

Appendix A - 15


(i) No Obligation of the Trustee .

(i) The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a Participant in the Depositary or any other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depositary or its nominee or of any Participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any Participant, member, Indirect Participant or other Person (other than the Depositary) of any notice (including any notice of redemption or repurchase) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to the Holders under the Notes shall be given or made only to the registered Holders (which shall be the Depositary in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depositary subject to the applicable rules and procedures of the Depositary. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depositary with respect to its members, Participants and Indirect Participants.

(ii) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depositary Participants, members or Indirect Participants in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

 

Appendix A - 16


EXHIBIT A

[ FORM OF FACE OF INITIAL NOTE ]

[Global Note Legend]

THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.07 OR SECTION 9.05 OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.2(b) OF THE APPENDIX TO THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY.

[Restricted Note Legend]

 

A-1


THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS THE DATE ONE YEAR AFTER THE LAST ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF OR SUCH LATER DATE, IF ANY, AS MAY BE REQUIRED UNDER RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION THEREOF, ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY OF THE ISSUER, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION COMPLYING WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D) OR (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.

[Regulation S Legend]

 

A-2


THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS THE DATE ONE YEAR AFTER THE LAST ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF OR SUCH LATER DATE, IF ANY, AS MAY BE REQUIRED UNDER RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION THEREOF, ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY OF THE ISSUER, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION COMPLYING WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D) OR (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.

Each Regulation S Global Note shall bear the following additional legend (as applicable):

THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN).

Each Definitive Note shall bear the following additional legend:

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRUSTEE SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH REGISTRAR AND TRUSTEE MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

 

A-3


[ FORM OF INITIAL NOTE ]

CUSIP No.                     

ISIN No.                     

 

No.                $             

MONACO SPINCO INC.

6.75% Senior Notes due 2020

MONACO SPINCO INC., a Delaware corporation, for value received, promises to pay to [            ], or its registered assigns, the principal sum of [            ] Dollars [, or such other amount as is listed on the Schedule of Increases or Decreases in Global Note attached hereto] 1 on April 30, 2020.

Interest Payment Dates: April 30 and October 30, commencing October 30, 2012. 2

Record Dates: April 15 and October 15.

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this instrument to be duly executed.

 

MONACO SPINCO INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

Dated:                                                                              

[ Attach Notation of Note Guarantee for each Guarantor ]

 

 

1  

Use the Schedule of Increases and Decreases language if Note is in Global Form.

2  

Applicable to Initial Notes only.

 

A-4


TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee,

  certifies that this is one of the

  Notes referred to in the Indenture

 

By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory
Dated:  

 

 

*  / If the Note is to be issued in global form, add the Global Notes Legend and the applicable attachment from Exhibit A captioned “TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES – SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTES”.

 

A-5


[ FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF INITIAL NOTE ]

MONACO SPINCO INC.

6.75% Senior Notes due 2020

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

1. Interest

(a) The Issuer promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate per annum shown above from the date hereof until maturity and shall pay the Special Interest (if any) payable pursuant to Section 6 of the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The Issuer shall pay interest and Special Interest (if any) semiannually in arrears on April 30 and October 30 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each an “ Interest Payment Date ”), commencing October 30, 2012. Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid or duly provided for, from April 30, 2012 until the principal hereof is due. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. The Issuer shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at a rate equal to 1%  per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; the Issuer shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Special Interest (if any) (without regard to any applicable grace period) from time to time at the same rate to the extent lawful.

(b) Registration Rights Agreement . The Holder of this Note is entitled to the benefits of a Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2012, among the Issuer, the Guarantors and Barclays Capital Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, BMO Capital Markets Corp. and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc. as representatives of the Initial Purchasers.

2. Method of Payment

The Issuer shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) and Special Interest (if any) to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close of business on the April 15 or October 15 immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date even if Notes are canceled after the record date and on or before the Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Issuer shall pay principal, premium, if any, and interest (including Special Interest, if any) on the Notes in money of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. The Issuer will make payments in respect of the Notes represented by the Global Notes, including principal, premium, if any, and interest (including Special Interest, if any), by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Global Note Holder. The Issuer will make all payments of principal, interest (including Special Interest, if any) and premium, if any,

 

A-6


with respect to Definitive Notes by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holders of the Definitive Notes or, if no such account is specified, by mailing a check to each such Holder’s registered address. All other payments on Notes shall be made at the office or agency of the Paying Agent and Registrar unless the Issuer elects to make interest payments by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders.

3. Paying Agent and Registrar

Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (the “ Trustee ”) will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may appoint and change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

4. Indenture

The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of April 30, 2012 (the “ Indenture ”), among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the “ TIA ”). The Notes are subject to all such terms and provisions of the Indenture, and the Holders (as defined in the Indenture) are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of such terms and provisions. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Indenture pursuant to which this Note is issued provides that an unlimited aggregate principal amount of Additional Notes may be issued thereunder.

5. Optional Redemption

(a) Except as set forth in subparagraph (b)  of this paragraph 5 , the Issuer shall not have the option to redeem the Notes pursuant to this Section prior to April 30, 2017. On or after April 30, 2017, the Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest (if any) thereon, to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning on April 30 of the years indicated below, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant Interest Payment Date:

 

Year

   Percentage  

April 30, 2017

     103.3750

April 30, 2018

     101.6875

April 30, 2019 and thereafter

     100.0000

(b) At any time prior to April 30, 2017, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to, the date of redemption, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant Interest Payment Date.

 

A-7


6. Mandatory Redemption

The Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

7. Notice of Redemption

Notice of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at his, her or its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000. On or after the redemption date interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.

8. Repurchase of Notes at the Option of the Holders upon Change of Control and Asset Sales

Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder shall have the right, subject to certain conditions specified in the Indenture, to cause the Issuer to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000) of that Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of the Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date), as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture.

In accordance with Section 4.06 of the Indenture, the Issuer will be required to offer to purchase Notes upon the occurrence of certain events related to sales of Company assets. If such an event occurs, the offer price for the Notes in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, on the Notes to the date of purchase, as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture.

9. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange

The Notes are in registered form, without coupons, in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of $2,000. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged in accordance with the Indenture. Upon any registration of transfer or exchange, the Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and the Issuer may require a Holder to pay any taxes required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Notes selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Note not to be redeemed) or to transfer or exchange any Notes (i) for a period of 15 days prior to a selection of Notes to be redeemed or (ii) tendered and not withdrawn in connection with a Change of Control Offer or an Asset Sale Offer. Transfer may be restricted as provided in the Indenture.

 

A-8


10. Persons Deemed Owners

The registered Holder of this Note shall be treated as its owner for all purposes.

11. Unclaimed Money

Subject to any applicable escheat or other abandoned property law, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay to the Issuer upon written request any money held by them for the payment of principal of, premium (if any), interest or Special Interest (if any) on, any Note that remains unclaimed for two years after such amounts have become due and payable, and, thereafter, Holders entitled to the money must look to the Issuer for payment as a general creditor, and the Trustee and each Paying Agent shall have no further liability with respect to such monies.

12. Discharge and Defeasance

Subject to certain conditions, the Issuer at any time may terminate some of or all its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if, among other things, the Issuer deposits with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, or premium (if any), interest and Special Interest (if any) on, the outstanding Notes.

13. Amendment, Supplement and Waiver

(a) Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes), and any provision of the Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes).

(b) Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be amended or supplemented to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency, to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, to provide for the assumption of the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s obligations to Holders of Notes in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Issuer’s or such Guarantor’s assets, to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder, to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA, to comply with Section 4.11 of the Indenture, to conform the text of the Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees to any provision of the section of the Offering Memorandum entitled “Description of Notes” to the extent that such provision in the “Description of Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees, to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment by a successor Trustee ( provided that the successor Trustee is otherwise qualified and eligible to act as such under the Indenture), to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the Indenture, or to grant any Lien for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes.

 

A-9


14. Defaults and Remedies

In the case of an Event of Default arising from events of bankruptcy or insolvency specified in Section 6.01(f) or Section 6.01(g) of the Indenture with respect to the Company, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then-outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately by notice in writing to the Issuer specifying the Event of Default; provided , however , that a Default under Section 6.01(d) of the Indenture shall not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee notifies the Company or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes notify the Company and the Trustee of the Default and the Company does not cure such Default within the time specified in Section 6.01(d) after receipt of such notice. Holders of the Notes may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then-outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal or interest or premium, if any, or Special Interest, if any) if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes. Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest or Special Interest, if any, on, premium, if any, on, or the principal of, the Notes; provided , however , that the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, except a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, or premium (if any), interest or Special Interest (if any) on, a Note.

15. Trustee Dealings with the Company

Subject to certain limitations imposed by the TIA, the Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may become a creditor of, or otherwise deal with, the Issuer or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

16. No Recourse Against Others

No director, officer, employee, manager, incorporator or holder of any Equity Interests in ACCO or of any Guarantor or any direct or indirect parent corporation, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture or the Note Guarantees for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release under are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes and the Note Guarantees.

 

A-10


17. Authentication

This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

18. Abbreviations

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act).

19. GOVERNING LAW

THIS SECURITY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES WHICH WOULD HAVE THE EFFECT OF APPLYING THE LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION .

20. CUSIP Numbers; ISINs

The Company has caused CUSIP numbers and ISINs to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers and ISINs in notices of redemption as a convenience to the Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

21. Guarantee

The Company’s obligations under the Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by the Guarantors.

22. Copies of Documents

The Company will furnish to any Holder of Notes upon written request and without charge to the Holder a copy of the Indenture which has in it the text of this Note .

 

A-11


A SSIGNMENT F ORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

 

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:                                                                                                                                                    
(I NSERT ASSIGNEE S LEGAL NAME )                            

 

 

 

 

 

(Insert assignee’s address and zip code)

 

and irrevocably appoint                                                                                                                                                                                     

as agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him or her.

Date:                     

 

Your Signature:  

 

  (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 

Signature Guarantee*:                                     

 

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-12


[ To be inserted for Rule 144A Global Note ]

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of Exchange

 

Amount of Decrease in

Principal Amount at

Maturity

of this Global Note

 

Amount of Increase in

Principal Amount at

Maturity

of this Global Note

 

Principal Amount

of this Global Note

Following such

decrease (or increase)

 

Signature of

Authorized Officer

of Trustee or Notes

Custodian

       
       
       
       

[ To be inserted for Regulation S Global Note ]

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE

The following exchanges of a part of this Regulation S Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or of other Restricted Global Notes for an interest in this Regulation S Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of Exchange

 

Amount of Decrease in

Principal Amount at

Maturity

of this Global Note

 

Amount of Increase in

Principal Amount at

Maturity

of this Global Note

 

Principal Amount

of this Global Note

Following such

decrease (or increase)

 

Signature of

Authorized Officer

of Trustee or Notes

Custodian

       
       
       
       

 

A-13


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.06 (Asset Sale) or Section 4.08 (Change of Control) of the Indenture, check the box:

Asset Sale     ¨                 Change of Control     ¨

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.06 (Asset Sale) or Section 4.08 (Change of Control) of the Indenture, state the amount ($2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of $2,000):

$         

 

Date:                                                                                Your Signature:  

 

      (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note
    Tax Identification No.:  

 

Signature Guarantee*:                                                                

 

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-14


EXHIBIT B

[ FORM OF FACE OF EXCHANGE NOTE ] 3

[Global Note Legend]

THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.07 OR SECTION 9.05 OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.2(b) OF THE APPENDIX TO THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY.

Each Regulation S Global Note shall bear the following additional legend (as applicable):

THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN).

Each Definitive Note shall bear the following additional legend:

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRUSTEE SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH REGISTRAR AND TRUSTEE MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

 

 

3  

If “Private Exchange Securities” as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement are to be issued instead of Exchange Notes, the Restricted Notes Legend should be included on the face of such Private Exchange Securities.

 

B-1


[ FORM OF EXCHANGE NOTE ]

CUSIP No.                     

ISIN No.                     

 

No.                $             

MONACO SPINCO INC.

6.75% Senior Notes due 2020

ACCO BRANDS CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation, for value received, promises to pay to [            ], or its registered assigns, the principal sum of [            ] Dollars [, or such other amount as is listed on the Schedule of Increases or Decreases in Global Note attached hereto] 4 on April 30, 2020.

Interest Payment Dates: April 30 and October 30.

Record Dates: April 15 and October 15.

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this instrument to be duly executed.

 

MONACO SPINCO INC.

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Dated:                     

[ Attach Notation of Note Guarantee for each Guarantor ]

 

 

4  

Use the Schedule of Increases and Decreases language if Note is in Global Form.

 

B-2


TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee,

  certifies that this is one of the

  Notes referred to in the Indenture

 

By:                                                    
       Authorized   Signatory
Dated:                       

 

*  / If the Note is to be issued in global form, add the Global Notes Legend and the applicable attachment from Exhibit B captioned “TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES – SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTES”.

 

B-3


[ FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF EXCHANGE NOTE ]

MONACO SPINCO INC.

6.75% Senior Notes due 2020

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

1. Interest

The Issuer promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate per annum shown above from the date hereof until maturity. The Issuer shall pay interest semiannually in arrears on April 30 and October 30 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each an “ Interest Payment Date ”), commencing October 30, 2012. Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid or duly provided for, from April 30, 2012 until the principal hereof is due. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. The Issuer shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at a rate equal to 1%  per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; the Issuer shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) from time to time at the same rate to the extent lawful.

2. Method of Payment

The Issuer shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close of business on the April 15 or October 15 immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date even if Notes are canceled after the record date and on or before the Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Issuer shall pay principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes in money of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. The Issuer will make payments in respect of the Notes represented by the Global Notes, including principal, premium, if any, and interest, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Global Note Holder. The Issuer will make all payments of principal, interest, and premium, if any, with respect to Definitive Notes by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holders of the Definitive Notes or, if no such account is specified, by mailing a check to each such Holder’s registered address. All other payments on Notes shall be made at the office or agency of the Paying Agent and Registrar unless the Issuer elects to make interest payments by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders.

3. Paying Agent and Registrar

Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (the “ Trustee ”) will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may appoint and change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

 

B-4


4. Indenture

The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of April 30, 2012 (the “ Indenture ”), among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the “ TIA ”). The Notes are subject to all such terms and provisions of the Indenture, and the Holders (as defined in the Indenture) are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of such terms and provisions. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Indenture pursuant to which this Note is issued provides that an unlimited aggregate principal amount of Additional Notes may be issued thereunder.

5. Optional Redemption

(a) Except as set forth in subparagraph (b)  of this paragraph 5 , the Issuer shall not have the option to redeem the Notes pursuant to this Section prior to April 30, 2017. On or after April 30, 2017, the Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning on April 30 of the years indicated below, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant Interest Payment Date:

 

Year

   Percentage  

April 30, 2017

     103.3750

April 30, 2018

     101.6875

April 30, 2019 and thereafter

     100.0000

(b) At any time prior to April 30, 2017, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, the date of redemption, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant Interest Payment Date.

6. Mandatory Redemption

The Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

 

B-5


7. Notice of Redemption

Notice of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at his, her or its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000. On or after the redemption date interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.

8. Repurchase of Notes at the Option of the Holders upon Change of Control and Asset Sales

Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder shall have the right, subject to certain conditions specified in the Indenture, to cause the Issuer to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000) of that Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase (subject to the right of the Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date), as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture.

In accordance with Section 4.06 of the Indenture, the Issuer will be required to offer to purchase Notes upon the occurrence of certain events related to sales of Issuer assets. If such an event occurs, the offer price for the Notes in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes to the date of purchase, as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture.

9. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange

The Notes are in registered form, without coupons, in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of $2,000. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged in accordance with the Indenture. Upon any registration of transfer or exchange, the Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Notes selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Note not to be redeemed) or to transfer or exchange any Notes (i) for a period of 15 days prior to a selection of Notes to be redeemed or (ii) tendered and not withdrawn in connection with a Change of Control Offer or an Asset Sale Offer. Transfer may be restricted as provided in the Indenture.

10. Persons Deemed Owners

The registered Holder of this Note shall be treated as its owner for all purposes.

11. Unclaimed Money

Subject to any applicable escheat or other abandoned property law, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay to the Issuer upon written request any money held by them for the payment

 

B-6


of principal of, or premium (if any) on, any Note that remains unclaimed for two years after such amounts have become due and payable, and, thereafter, Holders entitled to the money must look to the Issuer for payment as a general creditor, and the Trustee and each Paying Agent shall have no further liability with respect to such monies.

12. Discharge and Defeasance

Subject to certain conditions, the Issuer at any time may terminate some of or all its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if, among other things, the Company deposits with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, or premium (if any) and interest on, the outstanding Notes.

13. Amendment, Supplement and Waiver

(a) Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes), and any provision of the Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes).

(b) Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be amended or supplemented to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency, to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, to provide for the assumption of the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s obligations to Holders of Notes in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Issuer’s or such Guarantor’s assets, to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder, to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA, to comply with Section 4.11 of the Indenture, to conform the text of the Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees to any provision of the section of the Offering Memorandum entitled “Description of Notes” to the extent that such provision in the “Description of Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees, to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment by a successor Trustee ( provided that the successor Trustee is otherwise qualified and eligible to act as such under the Indenture), to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the Indenture, or to grant any Lien for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes.

14. Defaults and Remedies

In the case of an Event of Default arising from events of bankruptcy or insolvency specified in Section 6.01(f) or Section 6.01(g) of the Indenture with respect to the Company, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. If

 

B-7


any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately by notice in writing to the Company specifying the Event of Default; provided , however , that a Default under Section 6.01(d) of the Indenture shall not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee notifies the Company or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes notify the Company and the Trustee of the Default and the Company does not cure such Default within the time specified in Section 6.01(d) after receipt of such notice. Holders of the Notes may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then-outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal, interest or premium, if any) if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes. Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest on, premium, if any, on, or the principal of, the Notes; provided , however , that the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, except a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, or premium (if any) or interest on, a Note.

15. Trustee Dealings with the Issuer

Subject to certain limitations imposed by the TIA, the Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may become a creditor of, or otherwise deal with, the Issuer or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

16. No Recourse Against Others

No director, officer, employee, manager, incorporator or holder of any Equity Interests in ACCO or of any Guarantor or any direct or indirect parent corporation, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture or the Note Guarantees for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release under are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes and the Note Guarantees.

17. Authentication

This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

18. Abbreviations

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act).

 

B-8


19. GOVERNING LAW

THIS SECURITY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES WHICH WOULD HAVE THE EFFECT OF APPLYING THE LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION .

20. CUSIP Numbers; ISINs

The Issuer has caused CUSIP numbers and ISINs to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers and ISINs in notices of redemption as a convenience to the Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

21. Guarantee

The Issuer’s obligations under the Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by the Guarantors.

22. Copies of Documents

The Issuer will furnish to any Holder of Notes upon written request and without charge to the Holder a copy of the Indenture which has in it the text of this Note .

 

B-9


A SSIGNMENT F ORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:                                                                                                                                                                                    __________________________________________________________________________

(I NSERT ASSIGNEE S LEGAL NAME )                                             

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       

(Insert assignee’s address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint                                                                                                                                                                                                                          

as agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him or her.

Date:                    

 

  Your Signature:  

 

    (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 

Signature Guarantee*:  

 

* Participant in a recognized Signature

Guarantee Medallion Program (or other

signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

B-10


[ To be inserted for Rule 144A Global Note ]

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of Exchange

 

Amount of Decrease in

Principal Amount at

Maturity

of this Global Note

 

Amount of Increase in

Principal Amount at

Maturity

of this Global Note

 

Principal Amount

of this Global Note

Following such

decrease (or increase)

 

Signature of

Authorized Officer

of Trustee or Notes

Custodian

       
       
       
       

[ To be inserted for Regulation S Global Note ]

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE

The following exchanges of a part of this Regulation S Global Note for an interest in another Global Note for an interest in this Regulation S Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of Exchange

 

Amount of Decrease in

Principal Amount at

Maturity

of this Global Note

 

Amount of Increase in

Principal Amount at

Maturity

of this Global Note

 

Principal Amount

of this Global Note

Following such

decrease (or increase)

 

Signature of

Authorized Officer

of Trustee or Notes

Custodian

       
       
       
       

 

B-11


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.06 (Asset Sale) or Section 4.08 (Change of Control) of the Indenture, check the box:

Asset Sale          ¨                          Change of Control         ¨

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.06 (Asset Sale) or Section 4.08 (Change of Control) of the Indenture, state the amount ($2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of $2,000):

$         

 

Date:  

 

       Your Signature:             
         (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note
         Tax Identification No.:     

Signature Guarantee*:

 

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

B-12


EXHIBIT D

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE , dated as of                      , among                      (the “ Guaranteeing Subsidiary ”), a subsidiary of Monaco SpinCo Inc., a Delaware corporation (or its permitted successor) (the “ Company ”), the Company, the Guarantors listed on the signature pages hereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (or its permitted successor), a nationally chartered banking association, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “ Trustee ”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the Company and the other Guarantors party thereto have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (as supplemented and amended, the “ Indenture ”), dated as of April 30, 2012 providing for the issuance of the Company’s 6.75% senior notes due 2020 (the “ Notes ”);

WHEREAS, Section 4.11 of the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Company is required to cause the Guaranteeing Subsidiary to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall, subject to ARTICLE Twelve of the Indenture, jointly and severally with all of the other Guarantors, fully and unconditionally guarantee all the Company’s obligations under the Notes pursuant to a Note Guarantee on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “ Note Guarantee ”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee, the Company and the existing Guarantors are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree as follows for the benefit of each other and the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes:

1. Defined Terms . As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recital hereto are used herein as therein defined. The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular section hereof.

2. Agreement to Guarantee .

(a) Subject to ARTICLE Twelve of the Indenture, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, jointly and severally with all other Guarantors, fully and unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of the Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that:

 

D-1


(i) the principal of, premium (if any), interest and Special Interest (if any) on, the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of, premium (if any), interest and Special Interest (if any) on, the Notes, if lawful (subject in all cases to any applicable grace period provided herein), and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof, and

(ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

(b) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees that, to the maximum extent permitted under applicable law, its obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or the Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor.

(c) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary, subject to Section 6.06 of the Indenture, hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that this Note Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and the Indenture.

(d) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors, or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to the Company or any Guarantor, any amount paid by any of them to the Trustee or such Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

(e) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby.

(f) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (i) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in ARTICLE Six of the Indenture for the purposes of the Note Guarantee of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (ii) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in ARTICLE Six of the Indenture, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of the Note Guarantee.

 

D-2


(g) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Note Guarantee.

(h) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary confirms, pursuant to Section 12.02 of the Indenture, that it is the intention of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary that the Note Guarantee not constitute (i) a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to the Note Guarantee or (ii) an unlawful distribution under any applicable state law prohibiting shareholder distributions by an insolvent subsidiary to the extent applicable to the Note Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Trustee hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary will be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under ARTICLE Twelve of the Indenture, result in the obligations of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance or such an unlawful shareholder distribution.

3. Notices . All notices or other communications to the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be given as provided in Section 13.02 of the Indenture.

4. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture . Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.

5. GOVERNING LAW . THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES WHICH WOULD HAVE THE EFFECT OF APPLYING THE LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.

6. Trustee Makes No Representation . The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or the Note Guarantees.

7. Counterparts . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

8. Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not effect the construction thereof .

9. Execution and Delivery . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that the Note Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of the Note Guarantee.

 

D-3


10. No Recourse Against Others . No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Notes, the Indenture, this Supplemental Indenture, the Note Guarantees, or any document related to any of the foregoing or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. The waiver and release under this Section 10 are part of the consideration for the Note Guarantees.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

[NEW GUARANTOR]

 

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

MONACO SPINCO. INC.

 

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

GUARANTORS:

[NAMES OF EXISTING GUARANTORS]

 

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL

ASSOCIATION, AS TRUSTEE

 

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

D-4


EXHIBIT E

FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE

For value received, each Guarantor (which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture) has, jointly and severally, unconditionally guaranteed, to the extent set forth in and subject to the provisions in the Indenture, dated as of April 30, 2012 (the “ Indenture ”), among Monaco SpinCo Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the Guarantors and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a nationally chartered banking association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”), (a) the full and punctual payment when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, of all obligations of the Company under the Indenture (including obligations to the Trustee) and the Notes, whether for payment of principal of, or premium (if any), interest and Special Interest (if any) on, the Notes and all other monetary obligations of the Company under the Indenture (including interest on the overdue principal of, premium (if any), interest and Special Interest (if any) on, the Notes, if lawful (subject in all cases to any applicable grace period provided in the Indenture)) and the Notes and (b) the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods of all other obligations of the Company whether for fees, expenses, indemnification or otherwise under this Indenture and the Notes (all the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”). Each Guarantor further agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from each such Guarantor, and that each such Guarantor shall remain bound under ARTICLE Twelve of the Indenture notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guaranteed Obligation. The obligations of the Guarantors to the Holders of Notes and to the Trustee pursuant to the Note Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in ARTICLE Twelve of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms of the Note Guarantee. Each Holder of a Note, by accepting the same, (a) agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions and (b) appoints the Trustee attorney-in-fact of such Holder for such purpose.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

E-1


IN WITNESS HEREOF, each Guarantor has caused this Notation of Guarantee to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized officer.

[NAME OF GUARANTOR]

 

E-2


EXHIBIT F

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

Monaco SpinCo Inc.

300 Tower Parkway

Lincolnshire, Illinois 60069

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

608 Second Avenue South, N9303-121

Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479

Attention: Corporate Trust Operations

Email: DAPSReorg@wellsfargo.com

Re: 6.75% Senior Notes due 2020

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of April 30, 2012 (the “ Indenture ”), among Monaco SpinCo Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the Guarantors and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a nationally chartered banking association, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

                     (the “ Transferor ”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $          in such Note[s] or interests (the “ Transfer ”), to                      (the “ Transferee ”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

¨ 1. Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note or a Definitive Note Pursuant to Rule 144A . The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believed and believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Restricted Notes Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

¨ 2. Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note or a Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation S . The Transfer is being effected

 

F-1


pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a Person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Regulation S Legend printed on the Regulation S Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

¨ 3. Transferee will take delivery of a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 144A or Regulation S . The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a Subsidiary thereof.

4. Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note .

¨ (a) Check if Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144 . (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Restricted Notes Legend or the Regulation S Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Restricted Notes Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

¨ (b) Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Regulation S . (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and, in the case of a transfer from a Restricted Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (a) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a

 

F-2


designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (b) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (c) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (d) the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person, and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture, the Restricted Notes Legend or the Regulation S Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Regulation S Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

¨ (c) Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Other Exemption . (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Restricted Notes or Regulation S Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Restricted Notes Legend or Regulation S Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

¨ 5. Check if Transferee will take delivery of a Restricted Global Note as registered Holder thereof . Such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it has not engaged in any general solicitation within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to a Restricted Definitive Notes and the requirements of the exemption claimed. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred Restricted Global Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

F-3


This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.

 

Dated:  

 

 

[Insert Name of Transferor]

 

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

F-4


ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

 

1. The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

 

¨         (a)   a beneficial interest in the:
   (i)   144A Global Note (CUSIP: 00081T AC2); or
   (ii)   Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP: U00445 AB9); or
¨    (b)       a Restricted Definitive Note.

 

2. After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:

[CHECK ONE]

 

¨    (a)    a beneficial interest in the:
   (i)    144A Global Note (CUSIP: 00081T AC2); or
   (ii)    Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP: U00445 AB9); or
   (iii)    Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP: 00081T AD0); or
¨    (b)    a Restricted Definitive Note; or
¨    (c)    an Unrestricted Definitive Note,
¨    (d)    a Restricted Global Note as registered Holder hereof

in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

F-5


EXHIBIT G

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

Monaco SpinCo Inc.

300 Tower Parkway

Lincolnshire, Illinois 60069

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

608 Second Avenue South, N9303-121

Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479

Attention: Corporate Trust Operations

Email: DAPSReorg@wellsfargo.com

Re: 6.75% Senior Notes due 2020

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of April 30, 2012 (the “ Indenture ”), among Monaco SpinCo Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the Guarantors and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a nationally chartered banking association, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

                     (the “ Owner ”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $          in such Note[s] or interests (the “ Exchange ”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

1. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note

¨ (a) Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note . In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Restricted Notes Legend or Regulation S Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

¨ (b) Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note . In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer,

 

G-1


(ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Restricted Notes Legend or Regulation S Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

¨ (c) Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note . In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Restricted Notes Legend or the Regulation S Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

¨ (d) Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note . In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Restricted Notes Legend or the Regulation S Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

2. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes

¨ (a) Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted Definitive Note . In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Restricted Notes Legend or Regulation S Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

¨ (b) Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note . In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE] :

¨ 144A Global Note, :

¨ Regulation S Global Note, :

 

G-2


with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Restricted Notes Legend or the Regulation S Legend, as applicable, printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.

 

Dated:                     

 

[Insert Name of Transferor]

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

G-3

Exhibit 10.4

EXECUTION VERSION

FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE , dated as of May 1, 2012 (the “ First Supplemental Indenture ”), among Monaco SpinCo Inc., a Delaware corporation (or its permitted successor) (the “ Issuer ”), Mead Direct Response Inc., a Delaware corporation and a subsidiary of the Issuer (the “ Existing Guarantor ”), ACCO Brands Corporation, a Delaware corporation, ACCO Brands USA LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Day-Timers, Inc., a Delaware corporation, General Binding Corporation, a Delaware corporation, GBC International, Inc., a Nevada corporation, ACCO International Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, ACCO European Finance Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Mead Products, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (each, a “ New Guarantor ” and collectively, the “ New Guarantors ”) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (or its permitted successor), a nationally chartered banking association, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “ Trustee ”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the Issuer and the Existing Guarantor have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture, dated as of April 30, 2012 (the “ Indenture ”) providing for the issuance of the Issuer’s 6.75% senior notes due 2020 (the “ Notes ”);

WHEREAS , the New Guarantors desire to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the New Guarantors shall, subject to ARTICLE Twelve of the Indenture, jointly and severally with the Existing Guarantor, fully and unconditionally guarantee all the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes pursuant to a Note Guarantee on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “ Note Guarantee ”); and

WHEREAS , pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee, the Issuer and the Existing Guarantor are authorized to execute and deliver this First Supplemental Indenture;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the New Guarantors, the Issuer, the Existing Guarantor and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree as follows for the benefit of each other and the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes:

1. Defined Terms . As used in this First Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recital hereto are used herein as therein defined. The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this First Supplemental Indenture refer to this First Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular section hereof.

2. Agreement to Guarantee .

(a) Subject to ARTICLE Twelve of the Indenture, the New Guarantors, jointly and severally with the Existing Guarantor, fully and unconditionally guarantee to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors

 

1


EXECUTION VERSION

and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of the Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuer hereunder or thereunder, that:

(i) the principal of, premium (if any), interest and Special Interest (if any) on, the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of, premium (if any), interest and Special Interest (if any) on, the Notes, if lawful (subject in all cases to any applicable grace period provided herein), and all other obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof, and

(ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed for whatever reason, the New Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. The New Guarantors agree that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

(b) The New Guarantors hereby agree that, to the maximum extent permitted under applicable law, its obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or the Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor.

(c) The New Guarantors, subject to Section 6.06 of the Indenture, hereby waive diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that this Note Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and the Indenture.

(d) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer, the Guarantors, or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to the Issuer or any Guarantor, any amount paid by any of them to the Trustee or such Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

(e) The New Guarantors agree that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby.

(f) The New Guarantors agree that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (i) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in ARTICLE Six of the Indenture for the

 

2


EXECUTION VERSION

purposes of the Note Guarantee of such New Guarantors, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (ii) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in ARTICLE Six of the Indenture, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of the Note Guarantee.

(g) The New Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Note Guarantee.

(h) The New Guarantors confirm, pursuant to Section 12.02 of the Indenture, that it is the intention of such New Guarantors that the Note Guarantee not constitute (i) a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to the Note Guarantee or (ii) an unlawful distribution under any applicable state law prohibiting shareholder distributions by an insolvent subsidiary to the extent applicable to the Note Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the New Guarantors and the Trustee hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of the New Guarantors will be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such New Guarantors that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under ARTICLE Twelve of the Indenture, result in the obligations of the New Guarantors under the Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance or such an unlawful shareholder distribution.

3. Notices . All notices or other communications to the New Guarantors shall be given as provided in Section 13.02 of the Indenture.

4. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture . Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This First Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.

5. GOVERNING LAW . THIS FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES WHICH WOULD HAVE THE EFFECT OF APPLYING THE LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.

6. Trustee Makes No Representation . The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this First Supplemental Indenture or the Note Guarantees.

7. Counterparts . The parties may sign any number of copies of this First Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

3


EXECUTION VERSION

8. Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not effect the construction thereof.

9. Execution and Delivery . The New Guarantors agree that the Note Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of the Note Guarantee.

10. No Recourse Against Others . No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the New Guarantors, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the New Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, this First Supplemental Indenture, the Note Guarantees, or any document related to any of the foregoing or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. The waiver and release under this Section 10 are part of the consideration for the Note Guarantees.

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this First Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

ACCO BRANDS CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Boris Elisman

Name:   Boris Elisman
Title:   President and Chief Operating Officer
ACCO BRANDS USA LLC
By:  

/s/ Steven Rubin

Name:   Steven Rubin
Title:   Senior Vice President and Secretary
DAY-TIMERS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Steven Rubin

Name:   Steven Rubin
Title:   Vice President and Secretary
GENERAL BINDING CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Steven Rubin

Name:   Steven Rubin
Title:   Vice President and Secretary
GBC INTERNATIONAL, INC.
By:  

/s/ Steven Rubin

Name:   Steven Rubin
Title:   Vice President and Secretary

[First Supplemental Indenture]


ACCO INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Steven Rubin

Name:   Steven Rubin
Title:   Vice President and Secretary
ACCO EUROPE FINANCE HOLDINGS, LLC
By:  

/s/ Steven Rubin

Name:   Steven Rubin
Title:   Vice President and Secretary
MEAD PRODUCTS LLC
By:  

/s/ Steven Rubin

Name:   Steven Rubin
Title:   Vice President and Secretary
MONACO SPINCO. INC.
By:  

/s/ Neil A. McLachlan

Name:   Neil A. McLachlan
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
  and President
GUARANTOR:
MEAD DIRECT RESPONSE, INC.
By:  

/s/ Neil A. McLachlan

Name:   Neil A. McLachlan
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
  and President
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, AS TRUSTEE
By:  

/s/ Gregory S. Clarke

Name:   Gregory S. Clarke
Title:   Vice President

[First Supplemental Indenture]

Exhibit 10.5

SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE , dated as of May 1, 2012 (the “ Second Supplemental Indenture ”), among ACCO Brands Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ ACCO ”), Mead Products LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Mead Products ” and along with ACCO, the “ co-issuers ” and each an “ Issuer ”), and ACCO Brands USA LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Day-Timers, Inc., a Delaware corporation, General Binding Corporation, a Delaware corporation, GBC International, Inc., a Nevada corporation, ACCO International Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, ACCO European Finance Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Mead Direct Response Inc., a Delaware corporation (collectively, the “ Guarantors ”), and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (or its permitted successor), a nationally chartered banking association, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “ Trustee ”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, Monaco SpinCo Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Monaco SpinCo ”) and Mead Direct Response Inc. have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture, dated as of April 30, 2012 (the “ Base Indenture, ”), as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2012 (the “ First Supplemental Indenture ,” with the Base Indenture, the “ Indenture ”) providing for the issuance of Monaco SpinCo’s 6.75% senior notes due 2020 (the “ Existing Notes ”);

WHEREAS , pursuant to the Second Merger, Monaco SpinCo has merged with and into Mead Products, with Mead Products surviving such merger as a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of ACCO;

WHEREAS, Article Five of the Indenture prohibits the consummation of the Second Merger unless the requirements, restrictions and conditions set forth in such Article Five are satisfied, including the requirements that Mead Products expressly assumes the obligations of Monaco SpinCo under the Indenture and the Notes and that each of the Subsidiary Guarantors (unless such Guarantor is the Person with which Monaco SpinCo has entered into a transaction under Article Five) shall confirm that its Note Guarantee shall apply to the obligations of Mead Products in accordance with the Notes and the Indenture;

WHEREAS, ACCO desires to become a co-issuer of the Notes with Mead Products and assume, jointly and severally with Mead Products, the obligations of Monaco SpinCo under the Indenture to the same extent as if ACCO had been named as the “Company” in the Indenture;

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.05 of the Indenture, the co-issuers have determined that the form of the Initial Notes appearing as Exhibit A to the Base Indenture and the form of the Exchange Notes appearing as Exhibit B to the Base Indenture are to be revised to reflect the terms of such Initial Notes and Exchange Notes as amended and supplemented by the terms of this Second Supplemental Indenture, and has determined that the form of the Initial Notes as so amended and supplemented shall be as they appear as Exhibit A to this Second Supplemental Indenture and that the form of the Exchange Notes as so amended and supplemented shall be as they appear as Exhibit B to this Second Supplemental Indenture;

 

1


WHEREAS , pursuant to Section 9.05 of the Indenture, the co-issuers have determined that Holders of the Notes shall be required to deliver the existing Notes for cancellation in exchange for Notes to be issued pursuant to the terms of this Second Supplemental Indenture;

WHEREAS , pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the co-issuers and the Guarantors desire to execute and deliver this Second Supplemental Indenture and cause the existing Notes to be delivered for cancellation in exchange for Notes to be issued pursuant to the terms of this Second Supplemental Indenture, and have requested the Trustee join with them in the execution and delivery of this Second Supplemental Indenture, and pursuant to the written order of the co-issuers signed by an Officer of each co-issuer, to cancel the existing Notes and upon receipt of such Notes duly executed by each co-issuer, together with notations of Guarantee of each of the Guarantors as provided by the Base Indenture, cause such Notes to be authenticated and delivered pursuant to the terms of this Second Supplemental Indenture and the written order of an Officer of each co-issuer;

WHEREAS , in accordance with Section 9.01 and Section 9.06 of the Indenture, each co-issuer has delivered to the Trustee its written request accompanied by a Board Resolution authorizing the execution of this Second Supplemental Indenture, an Officers’ Certificate, and an Opinion of Counsel responsive to the matters set forth in Section 9.06 of the Indenture and has otherwise complied with all conditions precedent provided for in the Indenture relating to the execution and delivery of this Second Supplemental Indenture and the issuance and authentication of the Notes pursuant to this Second Supplemental Indenture;

WHEREAS , pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, ACCO, Mead Products, the Guarantors and the Trustee are authorized to execute and deliver this Second Supplemental Indenture, and all things necessary to make this Second Supplemental Indenture a valid agreement of each co-issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee in accordance with its terms have been done.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto mutually covenant and agree as follows for the benefit of each other and the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes:

1. Defined Terms . As used in this Second Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recital hereto are used herein as therein defined. The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Second Supplemental Indenture refer to this Second Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular section hereof.

2. Mead Products’ Agreement to Assume Obligations . Mead Products hereby expressly assumes the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Special Interest, if any, on the Notes, and the performance and observance of each

 

2


and every covenant and condition of the Indenture and the Notes on the part of Monaco SpinCo to be performed or observed, to the same extent as if Mead Products had been named as the “Company” in the Indenture.

Mead Products hereby agrees to be bound by all the terms, provisions and conditions of the Indenture and the Notes and that it shall be the successor issuer of the Notes and shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, Monaco SpinCo, as the predecessor issuer of the Notes, under the Indenture and the Notes, all to the extent provided in and in accordance with the terms and conditions of, the Indenture.

3. Subsidiary Guarantors’ Confirmation of Their Note Guarantees . Each Subsidiary Guarantor, other than Mead Products, hereby confirms that its Note Guarantee shall apply to the obligations of Monaco SpinCo in accordance with the Notes and the Indenture.

4. ACCO’s Agreement to Become Co-Issuer . From and after the date of this Second Supplemental Indenture, all references in the Indenture and the Notes to the “Company” shall mean Mead Products and ACCO, as co-issuers, and ACCO hereby expressly assumes the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Special Interest, if any, on the Notes, and the performance and observance of each and every covenant and condition of the Indenture and the Notes on the part of Monaco SpinCo to be performed or observed. ACCO hereby agrees to be bound by all the terms, provisions and conditions of the Indenture and the Notes and that it shall be the successor issuer of the Notes and shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of Monaco SpinCo, as the predecessor issuer of the Notes, under the Indenture and the Notes, all to the extent provided in and in accordance with the terms and conditions of, the Indenture.

4. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture . Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Second Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.

5. GOVERNING LAW . THIS SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES WHICH WOULD HAVE THE EFFECT OF APPLYING THE LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.

6. Trustee Makes No Representation . The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Second Supplemental Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees, or with respect to the Second Merger, all of which recitals are made solely by each co-issuer and the Guarantors. All of the provisions contained in the Indenture in respect of the rights, privileges, and immunities of the Trustee shall be applicable in respect of this Second Supplemental Indenture as fully and with like force and effect as though fully set forth in full herein.

 

3


7. Counterparts . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Second Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

8. Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not effect the construction thereof.

9. No Recourse Against Others . No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of Mead Products or ACCO, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of ACCO under the Notes, the Indenture, the First Supplemental Indenture, this Second Supplemental Indenture or any document related to any of the foregoing or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.

10. Concerning the Notes .

Section 2.02 of the Base Indenture is hereby amended to provided that the Initial Notes (including any Additional Notes if issued as Restricted Notes) and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A to this Second Supplemental Indenture, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of the Indenture. The Exchange Notes (and any Additional Notes issued other than as Restricted Notes) and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of the Indenture. The co-issuers shall cause to be issued a notice of exchange to the Depositary substantially in the form of Exhibit C to this Second Supplemental Indenture. The Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery upon a written order of each co-issuer signed by one Officer and an Opinion of Counsel, Notes for exchange with Notes outstanding on the date hereof in an aggregate principal amount of $500,000,000. The Notes Custodian is hereby authorized to accept delivery of Notes issued and authenticated pursuant to such written order of each co-issuer and upon receipt thereof, cancel such exchanged Notes, and take such other actions with the Depositary as may be required to effect such exchange pursuant to Applicable Procedures.

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Second Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

ACCO BRANDS CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Boris Elisman
Name:   Boris Elisman
Title:   President and Chief Operating Officer

 

MEAD PRODUCTS LLC
By:   /s/ Steven Rubin
Name:   Steven Rubin
Title:   Vice President and Secretary

 

GUARANTORS:
ACCO BRANDS USA LLC
By:   /s/ Steven Rubin
Name:   Steven Rubin
Title:   Senior Vice President and Secretary

 

DAY-TIMERS, INC.
By:   /s/ Steven Rubin
Name:   Steven Rubin
Title:   Vice President and Secretary

 

GENERAL BINDING CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Steven Rubin
Name:   Steven Rubin
Title:   Vice President and Secretary


GBC INTERNATIONAL, INC.
By:   /s/ Steven Rubin
Name:   Steven Rubin
Title:   Vice President and Secretary

 

ACCO INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC.
By:   /s/ Steven Rubin
Name:   Steven Rubin
Title:   Vice President and Secretary

 

ACCO EUROPE FINANCE HOLDINGS, LLC
By:   /s/ Steven Rubin
Name:   Steven Rubin
Title:   Vice President and Secretary

 

MEAD DIRECT RESPONSE, INC.
By:   /s/ Neil A. McLachlan
Name:   Neil A. McLachlan
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
  and President

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, AS TRUSTEE
By:   /s/ Gregory S. Clarke
  Name: Gregory S. Clarke
  Title: Vice President


Exhibit A

Form of Initial Note


[ FORM OF FACE OF INITIAL NOTE ]

[Global Note Legend]

THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.07 OR SECTION 9.05 OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.2(b) OF THE APPENDIX TO THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY.

[Restricted Note Legend]


THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS THE DATE ONE YEAR AFTER THE LAST ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF OR SUCH LATER DATE, IF ANY, AS MAY BE REQUIRED UNDER RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION THEREOF, ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY OF THE ISSUER, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION COMPLYING WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D) OR (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.

[Regulation S Legend]


THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS THE DATE ONE YEAR AFTER THE LAST ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF OR SUCH LATER DATE, IF ANY, AS MAY BE REQUIRED UNDER RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION THEREOF, ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY OF THE ISSUER, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION COMPLYING WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUERS’ AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D) OR (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.

Each Regulation S Global Note shall bear the following additional legend (as applicable):

THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN).

Each Definitive Note shall bear the following additional legend:

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRUSTEE SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH REGISTRAR AND TRUSTEE MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.


[ FORM OF INITIAL NOTE ]

CUSIP No.            

ISIN No.             

 

No.               $            

ACCO BRANDS CORPORATION AND MEAD PRODUCTS LLC

6.75% Senior Notes due 2020

ACCO BRANDS CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation, and MEAD PRODUCTS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, for value received, promise to pay to [    ], or its registered assigns, the principal sum of [    ] Dollars[, or such other amount as is listed on the Schedule of Increases or Decreases in Global Note attached hereto] 1 on April 30, 2020.

Interest Payment Dates: April 30 and October 30, commencing October 30, 2012. 2

Record Dates: April 15 and October 15.

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note.

[Signature Page to follow]

 

 

1  

Use the Schedule of Increases and Decreases language if Note is in Global Form.

 

2  

Applicable to Initial Notes only.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this instrument to be duly executed.

 

ACCO BRANDS CORPORATION
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

MEAD PRODUCTS LLC
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

Dated:                        

[ Attach Notation of Note Guarantee for each Guarantor ]


TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee,

        certifies that this is one of the

        Notes referred to in the Indenture

 

By:    
  Authorized Signatory
Dated:  

 

* / If the Note is to be issued in global form, add the Global Notes Legend and the applicable attachment from Exhibit A captioned “TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES – SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTES”.


[ FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF INITIAL NOTE ]

ACCO BRANDS CORPORATION AND MEAD PRODUCTS LLC

6.75% Senior Notes due 2020

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

 

1. Interest

(a) The Issuer promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate per annum shown above from the date hereof until maturity and shall pay the Special Interest (if any) payable pursuant to Section 6 of the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The Issuer shall pay interest and Special Interest (if any) semiannually in arrears on April 30 and October 30 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each an “ Interest Payment Date ”), commencing October 30, 2012. Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid or duly provided for, from April 30, 2012 until the principal hereof is due. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. The Issuer shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at a rate equal to 1%  per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; the Issuer shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Special Interest (if any) (without regard to any applicable grace period) from time to time at the same rate to the extent lawful.

(b) Registration Rights Agreement . The Holder of this Note is entitled to the benefits of a Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2012, among the Issuer, the Guarantors and Barclays Capital Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, BMO Capital Markets Corp. and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc. as representatives of the Initial Purchasers.

 

2. Method of Payment

The Issuer shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) and Special Interest (if any) to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close of business on the April 15 or October 15 immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date even if Notes are canceled after the record date and on or before the Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Issuer shall pay principal, premium, if any, and interest (including Special Interest, if any) on the Notes in money of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. The Issuer will make payments in respect of the Notes represented by the Global Notes, including principal, premium, if any, and interest (including Special Interest, if any), by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Global Note Holder. The Issuer will make all payments of principal, interest (including Special Interest, if any) and premium, if any, with respect to Definitive Notes by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts


specified by the Holders of the Definitive Notes or, if no such account is specified, by mailing a check to each such Holder’s registered address. All other payments on Notes shall be made at the office or agency of the Paying Agent and Registrar unless the Issuer elects to make interest payments by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders.

 

3. Paying Agent and Registrar

Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (the “ Trustee ”) will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may appoint and change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

 

4. Indenture

The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of April 30, 2012 (the “ Indenture ”), among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the “ TIA ”). The Notes are subject to all such terms and provisions of the Indenture, and the Holders (as defined in the Indenture) are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of such terms and provisions. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Indenture pursuant to which this Note is issued provides that an unlimited aggregate principal amount of Additional Notes may be issued thereunder.

 

5. Optional Redemption

(a) Except as set forth in subparagraph (b)  of this paragraph 5 , the Issuer shall not have the option to redeem the Notes pursuant to this Section prior to April 30, 2017. On or after April 30, 2017, the Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest (if any) thereon, to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning on April 30 of the years indicated below, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant Interest Payment Date:

 

Year

   Percentage  

April 30, 2017

     103.3750

April 30, 2018

     101.6875

April 30, 2019 and thereafter

     100.0000

(b) At any time prior to April 30, 2017, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to, the date of redemption, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant Interest Payment Date.


6. Mandatory Redemption

The Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

 

7. Notice of Redemption

Notice of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at his, her or its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000. On or after the redemption date interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.

 

8. Repurchase of Notes at the Option of the Holders upon Change of Control and Asset Sales

Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder shall have the right, subject to certain conditions specified in the Indenture, to cause the Issuer to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000) of that Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of the Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date), as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture.

In accordance with Section 4.06 of the Indenture, the Issuer will be required to offer to purchase Notes upon the occurrence of certain events related to sales of Company assets. If such an event occurs, the offer price for the Notes in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, on the Notes to the date of purchase, as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture.

 

9. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange

The Notes are in registered form, without coupons, in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of $2,000. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged in accordance with the Indenture. Upon any registration of transfer or exchange, the Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and the Issuer may require a Holder to pay any taxes required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Notes selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Note not to be redeemed) or to transfer or exchange any Notes (i) for a period of 15 days prior to a selection of Notes to be redeemed or (ii) tendered and not withdrawn in connection with a Change of Control Offer or an Asset Sale Offer. Transfer may be restricted as provided in the Indenture.


10. Persons Deemed Owners

The registered Holder of this Note shall be treated as its owner for all purposes.

 

11. Unclaimed Money

Subject to any applicable escheat or other abandoned property law, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay to the Issuer upon written request any money held by them for the payment of principal of, premium (if any), interest or Special Interest (if any) on, any Note that remains unclaimed for two years after such amounts have become due and payable, and, thereafter, Holders entitled to the money must look to the Issuer for payment as a general creditor, and the Trustee and each Paying Agent shall have no further liability with respect to such monies.

 

12. Discharge and Defeasance

Subject to certain conditions, the Issuer at any time may terminate some of or all its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if, among other things, the Issuer deposits with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, or premium (if any), interest and Special Interest (if any) on, the outstanding Notes.

 

13. Amendment, Supplement and Waiver

(c) Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes), and any provision of the Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes).

(d) Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be amended or supplemented to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency, to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, to provide for the assumption of the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s obligations to Holders of Notes in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Issuer’s or such Guarantor’s assets, to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder, to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA, to comply with Section 4.11 of the Indenture, to conform the text of the Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees to any provision of the section of the Offering Memorandum entitled “Description of Notes” to the


extent that such provision in the “Description of Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees, to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment by a successor Trustee (provided that the successor Trustee is otherwise qualified and eligible to act as such under the Indenture), to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the Indenture, or to grant any Lien for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes.

 

14. Defaults and Remedies

In the case of an Event of Default arising from events of bankruptcy or insolvency specified in Section 6.01(f) or Section 6.01(g) of the Indenture with respect to the Company, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then-outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately by notice in writing to the Issuer specifying the Event of Default; provided , however , that a Default under Section 6.01(d) of the Indenture shall not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee notifies the Company or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes notify the Company and the Trustee of the Default and the Company does not cure such Default within the time specified in Section 6.01(d) after receipt of such notice. Holders of the Notes may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then-outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal or interest or premium, if any, or Special Interest, if any) if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes. Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest or Special Interest, if any, on, premium, if any, on, or the principal of, the Notes; provided , however , that the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, except a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, or premium (if any), interest or Special Interest (if any) on, a Note.

 

15. Trustee Dealings with the Company

Subject to certain limitations imposed by the TIA, the Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may become a creditor of, or otherwise deal with, the Issuer or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

 

16. No Recourse Against Others

No director, officer, employee, manager, incorporator or holder of any Equity Interests in ACCO or of any Guarantor or any direct or indirect parent corporation, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the Notes, the


Indenture or the Note Guarantees for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release under are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes and the Note Guarantees.

 

17. Authentication

This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

 

18. Abbreviations

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act).

 

19. GOVERNING LAW

THIS SECURITY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES WHICH WOULD HAVE THE EFFECT OF APPLYING THE LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION .

 

20. CUSIP Numbers; ISINs

The Company has caused CUSIP numbers and ISINs to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers and ISINs in notices as a convenience to the Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

 

21. Guarantee

The Company’s obligations under the Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by the Guarantors.

 

22. Copies of Documents

The Company will furnish to any Holder of Notes upon written request and without charge to the Holder a copy of the Indenture which has in it the text of this Note .


A SSIGNMENT F ORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

 

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:                                                                                                                                                   

   (I NSERT ASSIGNEE S LEGAL NAME )
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 

(Insert assignee’s address and zip code)

 

and irrevocably appoint                                                                                                                                                                                 

as agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him or her.

Date:            

 

Your Signature:    
  (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Signature Guarantee*:                                 

* Participant in a recognized Signature

Guarantee Medallion Program (or other

signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).


[ To be inserted for Rule 144A Global Note ]

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of Exchange

 

Amount of Decrease in

Principal Amount at

Maturity

of this Global Note

 

Amount of Increase in

Principal Amount at

Maturity

of this Global Note

 

Principal Amount

of this Global Note

Following such

decrease (or increase)

 

Signature of

Authorized Officer

of Trustee or Notes

Custodian

[ To be inserted for Regulation S Global Note ]

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE

The following exchanges of a part of this Regulation S Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or of other Restricted Global Notes for an interest in this Regulation S Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of Exchange

 

Amount of Decrease in

Principal Amount at

Maturity

of this Global Note

 

Amount of Increase in

Principal Amount at

Maturity

of this Global Note

 

Principal Amount

of this Global Note

Following such

decrease (or increase)

 

Signature of

Authorized Officer

of Trustee or Notes

Custodian


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.06 (Asset Sale) or Section 4.08 (Change of Control) of the Indenture, check the box:

Asset Sale         ¨                          Change of Control         ¨

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.06 (Asset Sale) or Section 4.08 (Change of Control) of the Indenture, state the amount ($2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of $2,000):

$                             

 

Date:                 Your Signature:    
     

(Sign exactly as your name

appears on the face of this Note

     
    Tax Identification No.:             

Signature Guarantee*:                                              

 

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).


Exhibit B

Form of Exchange Notes


[ FORM OF FACE OF EXCHANGE NOTE ] 3

[Global Note Legend]

THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.07 OR SECTION 9.05 OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.2(b) OF THE APPENDIX TO THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY.

Each Regulation S Global Note shall bear the following additional legend (as applicable):

THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN).

Each Definitive Note shall bear the following additional legend:

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRUSTEE SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH REGISTRAR AND TRUSTEE MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

 

 

3  

If “Private Exchange Securities” as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement are to be issued instead of Exchange Notes, the Restricted Notes Legend should be included on the face of such Private Exchange Securities.


[ FORM OF EXCHANGE NOTE ]

CUSIP No.            

ISIN No.             

 

No.                $             

ACCO BRANDS CORPORATION AND MEAD PRODUCTS LLC

6.75% Senior Notes due 2020

ACCO BRANDS CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation, and MEAD PRODUCTS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, for value received, promises to pay to [            ], or its registered assigns, the principal sum of [            ] Dollars [, or such other amount as is listed on the Schedule of Increases or Decreases in Global Note attached hereto] 4 on April 30, 2020.

Interest Payment Dates: April 30 and October 30.

Record Dates: April 15 and October 15.

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this instrument to be duly executed.

 

ACCO BRANDS CORPORATION
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

MEAD PRODUCTS LLC
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

Dated:            

[ Attach Notation of Note Guarantee for each Guarantor ]

 

 

4  

Use the Schedule of Increases and Decreases language if Note is in Global Form.

 

25


TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee,

certifies that this is one of the

Notes referred to in the Indenture

 

By:    
  Authorized Signatory

Dated:            

 

* / If the Note is to be issued in global form, add the Global Notes Legend and the applicable attachment from Exhibit B captioned “TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES – SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTES”.

 

26


[ FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF EXCHANGE NOTE ]

ACCO BRANDS CORPORATION AND MEAD PRODUCTS LLC

6.75% Senior Notes due 2020

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

 

1. Interest

The Issuer promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate per annum shown above from the date hereof until maturity. The Issuer shall pay interest semiannually in arrears on April 30 and October 30 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each an “ Interest Payment Date ”), commencing October 30, 2012. Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid or duly provided for, from April 30, 2012 until the principal hereof is due. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. The Issuer shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at a rate equal to 1%  per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; the Issuer shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) from time to time at the same rate to the extent lawful.

 

2. Method of Payment

The Issuer shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close of business on the April 15 or October 15 immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date even if Notes are canceled after the record date and on or before the Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Issuer shall pay principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes in money of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. The Issuer will make payments in respect of the Notes represented by the Global Notes, including principal, premium, if any, and interest, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Global Note Holder. The Issuer will make all payments of principal, interest, and premium, if any, with respect to Definitive Notes by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holders of the Definitive Notes or, if no such account is specified, by mailing a check to each such Holder’s registered address. All other payments on Notes shall be made at the office or agency of the Paying Agent and Registrar unless the Issuer elects to make interest payments by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders.

 

3. Paying Agent and Registrar

Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (the “ Trustee ”) will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may appoint and change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

 

27


4. Indenture

The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of April 30, 2012 (the “ Base Indenture ”), among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, as supplemented by (i) the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2012 (the “ First Supplemental Indenture ”), among SpinCo, the Guarantors and the Trustee and (ii) the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2012 (the “ Second Supplemental Indenture ” and, together with the Base Indenture and the First Supplemental Indenture, the “ Indenture ”), among ACCO Brands Corporation, a Delaware Corporation, Mead Products LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the “ TIA ”). The Notes are subject to all such terms and provisions of the Indenture, and the Holders (as defined in the Indenture) are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of such terms and provisions. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Indenture pursuant to which this Note is issued provides that an unlimited aggregate principal amount of Additional Notes may be issued thereunder.

 

5. Optional Redemption

(e) Except as set forth in subparagraph (b)  of this paragraph 5 , the Issuer shall not have the option to redeem the Notes pursuant to this Section prior to April 30, 2017. On or after April 30, 2017, the Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning on April 30 of the years indicated below, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant Interest Payment Date:

 

Year

   Percentage  

April 30, 2017

     103.3750

April 30, 2018

     101.6875

April 30, 2019 and thereafter

     100.0000

(f) At any time prior to April 30, 2017, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, the date of redemption, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant Interest Payment Date.

 

28


6. Mandatory Redemption

The Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

 

7. Notice of Redemption

Notice of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at his, her or its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000. On or after the redemption date interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.

 

8. Repurchase of Notes at the Option of the Holders upon Change of Control and Asset Sales

Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder shall have the right, subject to certain conditions specified in the Indenture, to cause the Issuer to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000) of that Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase (subject to the right of the Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date), as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture.

In accordance with Section 4.06 of the Indenture, the Issuer will be required to offer to purchase Notes upon the occurrence of certain events related to sales of Issuer assets. If such an event occurs, the offer price for the Notes in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes to the date of purchase, as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture.

 

9. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange

The Notes are in registered form, without coupons, in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of $2,000. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged in accordance with the Indenture. Upon any registration of transfer or exchange, the Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Notes selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Note not to be redeemed) or to transfer or exchange any Notes (i) for a period of 15 days prior to a selection of Notes to be redeemed or (ii) tendered and not withdrawn in connection with a Change of Control Offer or an Asset Sale Offer. Transfer may be restricted as provided in the Indenture.

 

29


10. Persons Deemed Owners

The registered Holder of this Note shall be treated as its owner for all purposes.

 

11. Unclaimed Money

Subject to any applicable escheat or other abandoned property law, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay to the Issuer upon written request any money held by them for the payment of principal of, or premium (if any) on, any Note that remains unclaimed for two years after such amounts have become due and payable, and, thereafter, Holders entitled to the money must look to the Issuer for payment as a general creditor, and the Trustee and each Paying Agent shall have no further liability with respect to such monies.

 

12. Discharge and Defeasance

Subject to certain conditions, the Issuer at any time may terminate some of or all its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if, among other things, the Company deposits with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, or premium (if any) and interest on, the outstanding Notes.

 

13. Amendment, Supplement and Waiver

(g) Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes), and any provision of the Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes).

(h) Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be amended or supplemented to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency, to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, to provide for the assumption of the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s obligations to Holders of Notes in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Issuer’s or such Guarantor’s assets, to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder, to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA, to comply with Section 4.11 of the Indenture, to conform the text of the Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees to any provision of the section of the Offering Memorandum entitled “Description of Notes” to the extent that such provision in the “Description of Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees, to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment by a successor Trustee ( provided that the successor Trustee is otherwise qualified and eligible to act as such under the Indenture), to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the Indenture, or to grant any Lien for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes.

 

30


14. Defaults and Remedies

In the case of an Event of Default arising from events of bankruptcy or insolvency specified in Section 6.01(f) or Section 6.01(g) of the Indenture with respect to the Company, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately by notice in writing to the Company specifying the Event of Default; provided , however , that a Default under Section 6.01(d) of the Indenture shall not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee notifies the Company or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes notify the Company and the Trustee of the Default and the Company does not cure such Default within the time specified in Section 6.01(d) after receipt of such notice. Holders of the Notes may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then-outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal, interest or premium, if any) if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes. Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest on, premium, if any, on, or the principal of, the Notes; provided , however , that the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, except a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, or premium (if any) or interest on, a Note.

 

15. Trustee Dealings with the Issuer

Subject to certain limitations imposed by the TIA, the Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may become a creditor of, or otherwise deal with, the Issuer or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

 

16. No Recourse Against Others

No director, officer, employee, manager, incorporator or holder of any Equity Interests in ACCO or of any Guarantor or any direct or indirect parent corporation, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture or the Note Guarantees for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release under are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes and the Note Guarantees.

 

31


17. Authentication

This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

 

18. Abbreviations

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act).

 

19. GOVERNING LAW

THIS SECURITY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES WHICH WOULD HAVE THE EFFECT OF APPLYING THE LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION .

 

20. CUSIP Numbers; ISINs

The Issuer has caused CUSIP numbers and ISINs to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers and ISINs in notices of redemption as a convenience to the Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

 

21. Guarantee

The Issuer’s obligations under the Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by the Guarantors.

 

22. Copies of Documents

The Issuer will furnish to any Holder of Notes upon written request and without charge to the Holder a copy of the Indenture which has in it the text of this Note .

 

32


A SSIGNMENT F ORM

            To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

 

            (I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:    

(I NSERT ASSIGNEE S LEGAL NAME )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Insert assignee’s address and zip code)

 

and irrevocably appoint      

as agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him or her.

Date:                

 

Your Signature:    
  (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 

Your Signature:    
  (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Signature Guarantee*:                                                                              

* Participant in a recognized Signature

Guarantee Medallion Program (or other

signature guarantor acceptable to the

Trustee).

 

33


[ To be inserted for Rule 144A Global Note ]

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of Exchange

  

Amount of Decrease in

Principal Amount at

Maturity

of this Global Note

  

Amount of Increase in

Principal Amount at

Maturity

of this Global Note

  

Principal Amount

of this Global Note

Following such

decrease (or increase)

  

Signature of

Authorized Officer

of Trustee or Notes

Custodian

[ To be inserted for Regulation S Global Note ]

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE

The following exchanges of a part of this Regulation S Global Note for an interest in another Global Note for an interest in this Regulation S Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of Exchange

  

Amount of Decrease in

Principal Amount at

Maturity

of this Global Note

  

Amount of Increase in

Principal Amount at

Maturity

of this Global Note

  

Principal Amount

of this Global Note

Following such

decrease (or increase)

  

Signature of

Authorized Officer

of Trustee or Notes

Custodian

 

34


EXHIBIT C

Form of Notice to Exchange

 

35


[ACCO Brands Corporation and Mead Products LLC Letterhead]

[Date]

Attention: Underwriting Department

The Depositary Trust Company

55 Water Street

New York, NY 10041

uwcorplor@dtcc.com

 

Re:   

Notice of Exchange of Securities Eligible at DTC

Issued Pursuant to Rule 144A and Regulation S

ACCO Brands Corporation and Mead Products LLC

6.75% Senior Notes due 2020

CUSIP Nos. 582848AA5 (144A) and U5819NAA4 (RegS)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to the Blanket Issuer Letter of Representations addressed to DTC dated [             ] (the “BLOR”) from ACCO Brands Corporation and Mead Products LLC (the “ Co-Issuers ”) in connection with the above-referenced issue (the “ New Securities ”).

Co-Issuers hereby notify you that on May 1, 2012, pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 1, 2012 (the “ Merger ”), Monaco SpinCo Inc. (the “ Old Issuer ”) will merge with and into Mead Products LLC, with Mead Products LLC surviving the Merger as a wholly-owned subsidiary of ACCO Brands Corporation. Upon consummation of the Merger, Mead Products will be the successor issuer and ACCO Brands Corporation will become a co-issuer, and the global notes issued under the Old Issuer representing $500,000,000 6.75% Senior Notes due 2020 – CUSIP Nos. 608871 AA7 and U6100P AA5 will be canceled. Co-Issuers agree that the BLOR shall remain in full force and effect with respect to the New Securities.

 

36


Very truly yours,
ACCO Brands Corporation
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

Mead Products LLC
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

Attachment – Form of New Securities

cc: Horace Daley, at HDaley@dtcc.com

 

37

Exhibit 10.6

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

Dated as of May 1, 2012

by and among

MONACO SPINCO INC.

THE GUARANTORS LISTED ON SCHEDULE I HERETO

and

BARCLAYS CAPITAL INC.,

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED,

BMO CAPITAL MARKETS CORP.,

and

SUNTRUST ROBINSON HUMPHREY, INC.,

as representatives of several the initial purchasers

 

 

 


This Registration Rights Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of May 1, 2012, by and among Monaco SpinCo Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the guarantors listed on Schedule I hereto (the “ Guarantors ”) and Barclays Capital Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, BMO Capital Markets Corp. and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., as representatives (the “ Representatives ”) of the several initial purchasers named in Schedule I attached to the Purchase Agreement (as defined below (each such initial purchaser, an “ Initial Purchaser ” and, together, the “ Initial Purchasers ”), each of whom has agreed to purchase the Company’s Senior Notes due 2020 (the “ Initial Notes ”) pursuant to the Purchase Agreement (as defined below).

This Agreement is made pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, dated April 20, 2012 (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), by and among the Company, Mead Direct Response, Inc., the persons listed on Schedule II thereto and the Representatives. In order to induce the Initial Purchasers to purchase the Initial Notes, the Company and the Guarantors have agreed to provide the registration rights set forth in this Agreement. The execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the obligations of the Initial Purchasers set forth in Section 7 of the Purchase Agreement. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning assigned to them in the Indenture, dated as of April 30, 2012, among the Company, the Guarantors and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, relating to the Initial Notes and the Exchange Notes (as supplemented, the “ Indenture ”).

The parties hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS

As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the following meanings:

Act : The Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

Affiliate : As defined in Rule 144 of the Act.

Broker-Dealer : Any broker or dealer registered under the Exchange Act.

Business Day : Any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York or at a place of payment are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed.

Closing Date : The date hereof.

Commission : The Securities and Exchange Commission.

Consummate : A Registered Exchange Offer shall be deemed “Consummated” for purposes of this Agreement upon the occurrence of (a) the filing and effectiveness under the Act of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Notes to be issued in the Registered Exchange Offer, (b) the maintenance of such Exchange Offer Registration Statement continuously effective and the keeping of the Registered Exchange Offer open for a period not


less than the period required pursuant to Section 3(b) hereof, and (c) the delivery by the Company to the Registrar under the Indenture of Exchange Notes in the same aggregate principal amount as the aggregate principal amount of Initial Notes tendered by Holders thereof pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer.

Consummation Deadline : As defined in Section 3(b) hereof.

Effectiveness Deadline : As defined in Sections 3(a) and 4(a) hereof.

Entitled Securities : Each Initial Note until the earliest to occur of (a) the date on which such Initial Note has been exchanged by a Person other than a Broker-Dealer for an Exchange Note in the Registered Exchange Offer, (b) following the exchange by a Broker-Dealer in the Registered Exchange Offer of an Initial Note for an Exchange Note, the date on which such Exchange Note is sold to a purchaser who receives from such Broker-Dealer on or prior to the date of such sale a copy of the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement if so required, or such Exchange Note is otherwise disposed of by such Broker-Dealer in accordance with the “Plan of Distribution” section in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (c) the date on which such Initial Note has been effectively registered under the Act and disposed of in accordance with the Shelf Registration Statement; (d) the date on which such Initial Note is actually sold pursuant to Rule 144 under the Act; provided that an Initial Note will not cease to be an Entitled Security for purposes of the Registered Exchange Offer by virtue of this clause (d); or (e) the date on which such Initial Note ceases to be outstanding.

Exchange Act : The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

Exchange Notes : The Company’s 6.75% Senior Notes due 2020 to be issued pursuant to the Indenture: (i) in the Registered Exchange Offer or (ii) as contemplated by Section 4 hereof.

Exchange Offer Registration Statement : The Registration Statement relating to the Registered Exchange Offer, including the related Prospectus.

Filing Deadline : As defined in Sections 3(a) and 4(a) hereof.

Free Writing Prospectus : Each offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy the Initial Notes or the Exchange Notes that would constitute a “free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 405 under the Act, prepared by or on behalf of the Company or used or referred to by the Company in connection with the sale of the Initial Notes or the Exchange Notes.

Holders : As defined in Section 2 hereof.

Interest Payment Date : As defined in the Initial Notes and Exchange Notes.

Prospectus : The prospectus included in a Registration Statement at the time such Registration Statement is declared effective, as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement and by all other amendments thereto, including post-effective amendments, and all material incorporated by reference into such Prospectus.

 

2


Recommencement Date : As defined in Section 6(d) hereof.

Registered Exchange Offer : The exchange and issuance by the Company of a principal amount of Exchange Notes (which shall be registered pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) equal to the outstanding principal amount of Initial Notes that are validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders in connection with such exchange and issuance.

Registration Default : As defined in Section 5 hereof.

Registration Statement : Any registration statement of the Company and the Guarantors relating to (a) an offering of Exchange Notes pursuant to a Registered Exchange Offer or (b) the registration for resale of Entitled Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, in each case, (i) that is filed pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, (ii) including the Prospectus included therein, and (iii) including all amendments and supplements thereto (including post-effective amendments) and all exhibits and material incorporated by reference therein.

Rule 144 : Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

Shelf Registration Statement : As defined in Section 4 hereof.

Special Interest : As defined is Section 5 hereof.

Suspension Notice : As defined in Section 6(d) hereof.

TIA : The Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. Section 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture.

SECTION 2. HOLDERS

A Person is deemed to be a holder of Entitled Securities (each, a “ Holder ”) whenever such Person owns Entitled Securities.

SECTION 3. REGISTERED EXCHANGE OFFER

(a) The Company and the Guarantors shall (i) use their commercially reasonable efforts to file the Exchange Offer Registration Statement with the Commission on or prior to April 30, 2013 (such date being the “ Filing Deadline ”), (ii) use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Exchange Offer Registration Statement to become effective on or prior to July 29, 2013 (such date being the “ Effectiveness Deadline ”), (iii) unless the Registered Exchange Offer shall not be permitted by applicable law or interpretation thereof or Commission policy (after the procedures set forth in Section 6(a)(i) below have been complied with), upon the effectiveness of such Exchange Offer Registration Statement, (A) commence and Consummate the Registered Exchange Offer; and (B) use all commercially reasonable efforts to issue on or prior to 30 Business Days, or longer, if required by applicable securities laws, after the date on which the Exchange Offer Registration Statement was declared effective by the Commission (such 30th day, or such later date required by the federal securities laws, being the “ Consummation Deadline ”), Exchange Notes in exchange for all Initial Notes tendered prior thereto in the Registered Exchange Offer. The Registered Exchange Offer shall be on the

 

3


appropriate form permitting (i) registration of the Exchange Notes to be offered in exchange for the Initial Notes that are Entitled Securities and (ii) resales of Exchange Notes by Broker-Dealers that tendered into the Registered Exchange Offer Initial Notes that such Broker-Dealer acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (other than Initial Notes acquired directly from the Company or any of its Affiliates) as contemplated by Section 3(c) below.

(b) The Company and the Guarantors shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be effective continuously, and shall keep the Registered Exchange Offer open for a period of not less than the minimum period required under applicable federal and state securities laws to Consummate the Registered Exchange Offer; provided, however, that in no event shall such period be less than 20 Business Days. The Company and the Guarantors shall cause the Registered Exchange Offer to comply with all applicable federal and state securities laws. No securities other than the Exchange Notes shall be included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement.

(c) The Company shall include a “Plan of Distribution” section in the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and indicate therein that any Broker-Dealer who holds Entitled Securities that were acquired for the account of such Broker-Dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (other than Initial Notes acquired directly from the Company or any Affiliate of the Company), may exchange such Entitled Securities pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer. Such “Plan of Distribution” section shall also contain all other information with respect to such sales by such Broker-Dealers that the Commission may require in order to permit such sales pursuant thereto, but such “Plan of Distribution” shall not name any such Broker-Dealer or disclose the amount of Entitled Securities held by any such Broker-Dealer, except to the extent required by the Commission as a result of a change in policy, rules or regulations after the date of this Agreement.

Because such Broker-Dealer may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Act and must, therefore, deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Act in connection with its initial sale of any Exchange Notes received by such Broker-Dealer in the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company and Guarantors shall permit the use of the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement by such Broker-Dealer to satisfy such prospectus delivery requirement. To the extent necessary to ensure that the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is available for sales of Exchange Notes by Broker-Dealers, the Company and the Guarantors agree to use all commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented, amended and current as required by and subject to the provisions of Sections 6(a) and (c) hereof and in conformity with the requirements of this Agreement, the Act and the policies, rules and regulations of the Commission as announced from time to time, for a period of 180 days from the Consummation Deadline or such shorter period as will terminate when all Entitled Securities covered by such Registration Statement have been sold pursuant thereto. The Company and the Guarantors shall provide sufficient copies of the latest version of such Prospectus to such Broker-Dealers, promptly upon request, and in no event later than two Business Days after such request, at any time during such period.

 

4


SECTION 4. SHELF REGISTRATION

(a) Shelf Registration . If (i) the Company and the Guarantors are not (A) required to file the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or (B) permitted to Consummate the Registered Exchange Offer because the Registered Exchange Offer is not permitted by applicable law or Commission policy (after the Company and the Guarantors have complied with the procedures set forth in Section 6(a)(i) below) or (ii) any Holder notifies the Company prior to the 20th Business Day following Consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer that (A) such Holder is prohibited by law or Commission policy from participating in the Registered Exchange Offer, (B) such Holder may not resell the Exchange Notes acquired by it in the Registered Exchange Offer to the public without delivering a prospectus and the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not appropriate or available for such resales by such Holder or (C) such Holder is a Broker-Dealer and owns Initial Notes acquired directly from the Company or any of its Affiliates that have the status of an unsold allotment and are not eligible to be exchanged for Exchange Notes in the Registered Exchange Offer, then the Company and the Guarantors, shall:

(x) use all commercially reasonable efforts on or prior to 90 days after the earlier of (i) the date as of which the Company determines that the Exchange Offer Registration Statement will not be or cannot be, as the case may be, filed as a result of clause (a)(i) above and (ii) the date on which the Company receives the notice specified in clause (a)(ii) above (such earlier date, the “ Shelf Filing Trigger Date ”), to file a shelf registration statement pursuant to Rule 415 under the Act (which may be an amendment to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (the “ Shelf Registration Statement ”)), covering the resale of all Entitled Securities, and

(y) use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to become effective on or prior to 180 days after the Shelf Filing Trigger Date for the Shelf Registration Statement (such 180th day the “ Shelf Effectiveness Deadline ”).

If, after the Company and the Guarantors have filed an Exchange Offer Registration Statement that satisfies the requirements of Section 3(a) above, the Company and the Guarantors are required to file and make effective a Shelf Registration Statement solely because the Registered Exchange Offer is not permitted under applicable federal law (i.e., clause (a)(i)(B) above), then the filing of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of clause (x) above; provided that, in such event, the Company and the Guarantors shall remain obligated to meet the Shelf Effectiveness Deadline set forth in clause (y).

To the extent necessary to ensure that the Shelf Registration Statement is available for sales of Entitled Securities by the Holders thereof entitled to the benefit of this Section 4(a) and the other securities required to be registered therein pursuant to Section 6(b)(ii) hereof, the Company and the Guarantors shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to keep any Shelf Registration Statement required by this Section 4(a) continuously effective, supplemented, amended and current as required by and subject to the provisions of Sections 6(b) and 6(c) hereof and in conformity with the requirements of this Agreement, the Act and the policies, rules and regulations of the Commission as announced from time to time, for a period of at least two years (as extended pursuant to Section 6(c)(i) or 6(d)) following the Closing Date, or such shorter period as will terminate when all Entitled Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant thereto or are no longer Entitled Securities.

 

5


(b) Provision by Holders of Certain Information in Connection with the Shelf Registration Statement . No Holder may include any of its Entitled Securities in any Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this Agreement unless and until such Holder furnishes to the Company in writing, within 15 days after receipt of a request therefor, the information specified in Item 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K, as applicable, of the Act, or other information reasonably requested by the Company and required by Regulation S-K of the Act, for use in connection with any Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus included therein. No Holder shall be entitled to Special Interest pursuant to Section 5 hereof unless and until (and from and after such time) such Holder shall have provided all such information. Each selling Holder agrees to promptly furnish additional information required to be disclosed in order to make the information previously furnished to the Company by such Holder not materially misleading and shall promptly supply such other information as the Company may from time to time reasonably request.

SECTION 5. SPECIAL INTEREST

If:

(i) the Company and the Guarantors fail to file any of the Registration Statements required by this Agreement on or before the Applicable Filing Deadline; (ii) any of such Registration Statements is not declared effective by the Commission on or prior to the applicable Effectiveness Deadline; (iii) the Company and the Guarantors fail to Consummate the Registered Exchange Offer within 30 Business Days of the Effectiveness Deadline with respect to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement; or (iv) the Shelf Registration Statement or the Registered Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective but thereafter ceases to be effective or usable in connection with resales of Entitled Securities during the periods specified in this Agreement (each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (iv) above, a “ Registration Default ”), then the Company and the Guarantors hereby jointly and severally agree to pay to each Holder affected thereby special interest (“ Special Interest ”) at a rate of 0.25% per annum of the principal amount of Entitled Securities held by such Holder with respect to the first 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of such Registration Default. The rate of the Special Interest shall increase by an additional 0.25% per annum with respect to each subsequent 90-day period until all Registration Defaults have been cured, up to a maximum rate of Special Interest for all Registration Defaults of 1.0% per annum of the principal amount of the Entitled Securities outstanding; provided that the Company and the Guarantors shall in no event be required to pay Special Interest for more than one Registration Default at any given time. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, (1) upon filing of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (and/or, if applicable, the Shelf Registration Statement), in the case of clause (i) above, (2) upon the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (and/or, if applicable, the Shelf Registration Statement), in the case of clause (ii) above, (3) upon Consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer, in the case of clause (iii) above, or (4) upon the filing of a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or an additional Registration Statement that causes the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (and/or, if applicable, the Shelf Registration Statement) to again be declared effective or made usable in the case of clause (iv) above, the Special Interest payable with respect to the Entitled Securities as a result of such clause (i), (ii), (iii), or (iv), as applicable, shall cease.

 

6


All accrued Special Interest shall be paid by the Company and the Guarantors (or the Company and the Guarantors will cause the Paying Agent to make such payment on their behalf) to the Holders entitled thereto, in the manner provided for the payment of interest in the Indenture, on each Interest Payment Date, as more fully set forth in the Indenture, the Initial Notes and the Exchange Notes. Notwithstanding the fact that any securities for which Special Interest are due cease to be Entitled Securities, all obligations of the Company and the Guarantors to pay Special Interest with respect to securities that accrued prior to the time that such securities ceased to be Entitled Securities shall survive until such time as such obligations with respect to such securities shall have been satisfied in full.

SECTION 6. REGISTRATION PROCEDURES

(a) Exchange Offer Registration Statement . In connection with the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company and the Guarantors shall (x) comply with all applicable provisions of Section 6(c) below, (y) use all commercially reasonable efforts to effect such exchange and to permit the resale of Exchange Notes by Broker-Dealers that tendered in the Registered Exchange Offer Initial Notes that such Broker-Dealer acquired for its own account as a result of its market-making activities or other trading activities (other than Initial Notes acquired directly from the Company or any of its Affiliates) being sold in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof, and (z) comply with all of the following provisions:

(i) If, following the date hereof there has been announced a change in Commission policy with respect to exchange offers such as the Registered Exchange Offer, that in the reasonable opinion of counsel to the Company raises a substantial question as to whether the Registered Exchange Offer is permitted by applicable federal law, the Company and the Guarantors hereby agree either to (x) seek a no-action letter or other favorable decision from the Commission allowing the Company and the Guarantors to Consummate an Registered Exchange Offer for such Entitled Securities, or (y) file, in accordance with Section 4(a) hereof, a Shelf Registration Statement to permit the registration and/or resale of the Entitled Securities that would otherwise be covered by the Exchange Offer Registration Statement but for the announcement of a change in Commission policy. In the case of clause (x) above, the Company and the Guarantors hereby agree to pursue the issuance of such a decision to the Commission staff level but shall not be required to take action not commercially reasonable to affect a change of Commission policy. In connection with the foregoing, the Company and the Guarantors hereby agree to take all such other actions as may be requested by the Commission or otherwise required in connection with the issuance of such decision, including without limitation (A) participating in telephonic conferences with the Commission, (B) delivering to the Commission staff an analysis prepared by counsel to the Company setting forth the legal bases, if any, upon which such counsel has concluded that such a Registered Exchange Offer should be permitted, and (C) diligently pursuing a resolution (which need not be favorable and which need not be a written resolution) by the Commission staff.

 

7


(ii) As a condition to its participation in the Registered Exchange Offer, each Holder (including, without limitation, any Holder who is a Broker-Dealer) shall furnish, upon the request of the Company, prior to the Consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer, a written representation to the Company and the Guarantors (which may be contained in the letter of transmittal contemplated by the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) to the effect that (A) it is not an Affiliate of the Company, (B) it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution of the Exchange Notes to be issued in the Registered Exchange Offer, (C) it is acquiring the Exchange Notes in its ordinary course of business, and (D) only if such Holder is a Broker-Dealer that will receive Exchange Notes in exchange for Initial Notes that such Broker-Dealer acquired for its own private account as a result of market making or other trading activities, it will deliver a Prospectus, as required by law, in connection with any sale of such Exchange Notes. As a condition to its participation in the Registered Exchange Offer each Holder using the Registered Exchange Offer to participate in a distribution of the Exchange Notes shall acknowledge and agree that, if the resales are of Exchange Notes obtained by such Holder in exchange for Initial Notes acquired directly from the Company or an Affiliate thereof, it (1) could not, under Commission policy as in effect on the date of this Agreement, rely on the position of the Commission enunciated in Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (available June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the Commission’s letter to Shearman & Sterling dated July 2, 1993, and similar no-action letters (including, if applicable, any no-action letter obtained pursuant to clause (i) above), and (2) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction and that such a secondary resale transaction must be covered by an effective registration statement containing the selling security holder information required by Item 507 or 508, as applicable, of Regulation S-K.

(iii) Prior to effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantors shall provide a supplemental letter to the Commission (A) stating that the Company and the Guarantors are registering the Registered Exchange Offer in reliance on the position of the Commission enunciated in Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (available June 5, 1991) as interpreted in the Commission’s letter to Shearman & Sterling dated July 2, 1993, and, if applicable, any no-action letter obtained pursuant to clause (i) above, (B) including a representation that the Company and Guarantors have not entered into any arrangement or understanding with any Person to distribute the Exchange Notes to be received in the Registered Exchange Offer and that, to the best of the Company’s and each Guarantor’s information and belief, each Holder participating in the Registered Exchange Offer is acquiring the Exchange Notes in its ordinary course of business and has no arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in the distribution of the Exchange Notes received in the Registered Exchange Offer, and (C) any other undertaking or representation required by the Commission as set forth in any no-action letter obtained pursuant to clause (i) above, if applicable.

 

8


(b) Shelf Registration Statement . In connection with the Shelf Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantors shall:

(i) comply with all the provisions of Section 6(c) below and use all commercially reasonable efforts to effect such registration to permit the sale of the Entitled Securities being sold in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof (as indicated in the information furnished to the Company pursuant to Section 4(b) hereof), and pursuant thereto the Company and the Guarantors will prepare and file with the Commission a Registration Statement relating to the registration on any appropriate form under the Act, which form shall be available for the sale of the Entitled Securities in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof within the time periods and otherwise in accordance with the provisions hereof, and

(ii) issue to any Holder or purchaser of Initial Notes covered by any Shelf Registration Statement contemplated by this Agreement, upon the request of any such Holder or purchaser, registered Initial Notes having an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Initial Notes in the names as such Holder or purchaser shall designate.

(c) General Provisions . In connection with any Registration Statement and any related Prospectus required by this Agreement, the Company and the Guarantors shall:

(i) use all commercially reasonable efforts to keep such Registration Statement continuously effective and provide all requisite financial statements for the period specified in Section 3 or 4 of this Agreement, as applicable. Upon the occurrence of any event that would cause any such Registration Statement or the Prospectus contained therein (A) to contain an untrue statement of material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (B) not to be effective and usable for resale of Entitled Securities during the period required by this Agreement, the Company and the Guarantors shall file promptly an appropriate amendment to such Registration Statement curing such defect, and, if Commission review is required, use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause such amendment to be declared effective as soon as practicable.

(ii) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and post-effective amendments to the applicable Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective for the applicable period set forth in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as the case may be; cause the Prospectus to be supplemented by any required Prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Act, and to comply fully with Rules 424, 430A, and 462, as applicable, under the Act in a timely manner; and comply with the provisions of the Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement during the applicable period in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution by the sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus;

(iii) advise (a) each Holder whose Entitled Securities have been included in a Shelf Registration Statement (in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement), and (b) each Holder who has provided notice to the Company promptly and, if requested by such Holder, confirm such advice in writing, (A) when the Prospectus or any Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to any

 

9


applicable Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto, when the same has become effective, (B) of any request by the Commission for amendments to the Registration Statement or amendments or supplements to the Prospectus or for additional information relating thereto, (C) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement under the Act or of the suspension by any state securities commission of the qualification of the Entitled Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or the initiation of any proceeding for any of the preceding purposes, and (D) of the happening of any event that requires the Company to make changes in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus in order that the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, any amendment or supplement thereto or any document incorporated by reference therein do not contain an untrue statement of material fact nor omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of the Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading. If at any time the Commission shall issue any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, or any state securities commission or other regulatory authority shall issue an order suspending the qualification or exemption from qualification of the Entitled Securities under state securities or Blue Sky laws, the Company and the Guarantors shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal or lifting of such order at the earliest possible time;

(iv) subject to Section 6(d), if any fact or event contemplated by Section 6(c)(iii)(D) above shall exist or have occurred, prepare a supplement or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of Entitled Securities, the Prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

(v) furnish to each Holder whose Entitled Securities have been included in a Shelf Registration Statement (in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement) in connection with such exchange, registration or sale, if any, before filing with the Commission, copies of any Registration Statement or any Prospectus included therein or any amendments or supplements to any such Registration Statement or Prospectus (including all documents incorporated by reference after the initial filing of such Registration Statement), which documents will be subject to the reasonable review and comment of such Holders in connection with such sale, if any, for a period of at least three Business Days, and the Company will not file any such Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any such Registration Statement or Prospectus (including all such documents incorporated by reference) to which such Holders shall reasonably object within three Business Days after the receipt thereof. A Holder shall be deemed to have reasonably objected to such filing if such Registration Statement, amendment, Prospectus or supplement, as applicable, as proposed to be filed, contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or fails to comply with the applicable requirements of the Act;

 

10


(vi) promptly prior to the filing of any document that is to be incorporated by reference into a Registration Statement or Prospectus in connection with such exchange, registration or sale, if any, provide copies of such document to each Holder whose Entitled Securities have been included in a Shelf Registration Statement (in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement) in connection with such exchange, registration or sale, if any, make the Company’s and the Guarantors’ representatives available for discussion of such document and other customary due diligence matters, and include such information in such document prior to the filing thereof as such Holders may reasonably request;

(vii) make available, at reasonable times, for inspection by each Holder whose Entitled Securities have been included in a Shelf Registration Statement (in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement) and any attorney or accountant retained by such Holders, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents of the Company and the Guarantors reasonably requested and cause the Company’s and the Guarantors’ officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Holder, attorney or accountant in connection with such Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto subsequent to the filing thereof and prior to its effectiveness; provided that any Holder or representative thereof requesting or receiving such information shall agree to be bound by reasonable confidentiality agreements and procedures with respect thereto;

(viii) if requested by any Holders whose Entitled Securities have been included in a Shelf Registration Statement (in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement) in connection with such exchange, registration or sale, promptly include in any Registration Statement or Prospectus, pursuant to a supplement or post-effective amendment if necessary, such information as such Holders may reasonably request to have included therein, including, without limitation, information relating to the “Plan of Distribution” of the Entitled Securities and the use of the Registration Statement or Prospectus for market making activities; and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment as soon as practicable after the Company is notified of the matters to be included in such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment;

(ix) furnish to each Holder whose Entitled Securities have been included in a Shelf Registration Statement (in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement) in connection with such exchange, registration or sale, without charge, at least one copy of the Registration Statement, as first filed with the Commission, and of each amendment thereto, including all documents incorporated by reference therein and all exhibits (including exhibits incorporated therein by reference);

(x) deliver to each Holder whose Entitled Securities have been included in a Shelf Registration Statement (in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement) without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Holders reasonably may request; the Company and the Guarantors hereby consent to the use (in accordance with law and subject to Section 6(d) hereof) of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto by each selling Holder in connection with the offering and the sale of the Entitled Securities covered by the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto;

 

11


(xi) enter into such agreements (including an underwriting agreement), and make such representations and warranties, and take all such other actions in connection therewith in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of the Entitled Securities pursuant to any Registration Statement contemplated by this Agreement, all to such extent as may be customarily and reasonably requested by the Initial Purchasers or, in the case of registration for resale of Entitled Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, by any Holder or Holders of Entitled Securities who hold at least 50% in aggregate principal amount of such class of Entitled Securities; provided , that, the Company and the Guarantors shall not be required to enter into any such agreement more than once with respect to all of the Entitled Securities and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, may delay entering into such agreement if the Board of Directors of the Company determines in good faith that it is in the best interests of the Company and the Guarantors not to disclose the existence of or facts surrounding any proposed or pending material corporate transaction involving the Company and the Guarantors. In such connection, the Company and the Guarantors shall:

(A) upon the request of any Holder, furnish (or in the case of paragraphs (2) and (3), use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be furnished) to each such Holder (in the case of the Shelf Registration Statement) and any underwriter, upon Consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be:

(1) a certificate, dated such date, signed on behalf of the Company and each Guarantor by (x) the Chief Executive Officer or any Vice President, and (y) a principal financial or accounting officer of the Company and such Guarantor, confirming, as of the date thereof, such matters as such Holders may reasonably request;

(2) an opinion, dated the date of Consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer or the date of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, of counsel for the Company and the Guarantors in customary form and covering such other matters as such Holder may reasonably request, and in any event including a statement to the effect that such counsel has participated in conferences with officers and other representatives of the Company and the Guarantors and representatives of the independent public accountants for the Company and the Guarantors and representatives of the underwriters, if any, and their counsel at which the contents of the Registration Statement and related matters were discussed and, although such counsel need not pass upon or assume responsibility for the accuracy, completeness or fairness of such statements (relying as to materiality to the extent such counsel deems appropriate upon the statements of officers and other representatives of the Company and the Guarantors and without independent check or verification), no facts came to such counsel’s attention that caused such counsel to believe that the applicable Registration Statement, at the time such Registration Statement or any

 

12


post-effective amendment thereto became effective and, in the case of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, as of the date of Consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer, contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or that the Prospectus contained in such Registration Statement as of its date and, in the case of the opinion dated the date of Consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer, as of the date of Consummation, contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. Such counsel may state further that such counsel assumes no responsibility for, and has not independently verified, the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the financial statements, schedules or other financial data included in any Registration Statement contemplated by this Agreement or the related Prospectus and need express no view as to the accounting or financial records from which such financial statements, schedules and data are derived; and

(3) a customary comfort letter, dated the date of Consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer, or as of the date of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, from the Company’s independent accountants, in the customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in comfort letters to underwriters in connection with underwritten offerings, and affirming the matters set forth in the comfort letters delivered pursuant to Section 8(e) of the Purchase Agreement; and

(B) deliver such other documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the selling Holders to evidence compliance with the matters covered in clause (A) above and with any customary conditions contained in any agreement entered into by the Company and the Guarantors pursuant to this clause (xi);

(xii) prior to any public offering of Entitled Securities, cooperate with the selling Holders and their counsel in connection with the registration and qualification of the Entitled Securities under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as the selling Holders may request and do any and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Entitled Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement; provided, however, that the Company and the Guarantors shall not be required to register or qualify as a foreign corporation where it is not now so qualified or to take any action that would subject it to the service of process in suits or to taxation, other than as to matters and transactions relating to the Registration Statement, in any jurisdiction where it is not now so subject;

(xiii) in connection with any sale of Entitled Securities that will result in such securities no longer being Entitled Securities, cooperate with the Holders to facilitate the

 

13


timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Entitled Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends; and to register such Entitled Securities in such denominations and such names as the selling Holders may request at least two Business Days prior to such sale of Entitled Securities;

(xiv) use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause the disposition of the Entitled Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof to consummate the disposition of such Entitled Securities, subject to the proviso contained in clause (xii) above;

(xv) provide a CUSIP number for all Entitled Securities not later than the effective date of a Registration Statement covering such Entitled Securities and provide the Trustee under the Indenture with printed certificates for the Entitled Securities which are in a form eligible for deposit with the Depository Trust Company;

(xvi) otherwise use all commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make generally available to its security holders with regard to any applicable Registration Statement, as soon as practicable, a consolidated earnings statement meeting the requirements of Rule 158 under the Act (which need not be audited) covering a twelve-month period beginning after the effective date of the Registration Statement (as such term is defined in paragraph (c) of Rule 158 under the Act);

(xvii) cause the Indenture to be qualified under the TIA not later than the effective date of the first Registration Statement required by this Agreement and, in connection therewith, cooperate with the Trustee and the Holders to effect such changes to the Indenture as may be required for such Indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the TIA; and execute and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Trustee to execute, all documents that may be required to effect such changes and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the Commission to enable such Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner; and

(xviii) provide promptly to each Holder, upon request, each document filed with the Commission pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

(d) Restrictions on Holders . Each Holder agrees by acquisition of an Entitled Security that, upon receipt of the notice referred to in Section 6(c)(iii)(C) or any notice from the Company of the existence of any fact of the kind described in Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof (in each case, a “ Suspension Notice ”), such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Entitled Securities pursuant to the applicable Registration Statement until (i) such Holder has received copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 6(c)(iv) hereof, or (ii) such Holder is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings that are incorporated by reference in the Prospectus (in each case, the “ Recommencement Date ”). Each Holder receiving a Suspension Notice hereby agrees that it will either (i) destroy any Prospectuses, other

 

14


than permanent file copies, then in such Holder’s possession which have been replaced by the Company with more recently dated Prospectuses, or (ii) deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies, then in such Holder’s possession of the Prospectus covering such Entitled Securities that was current at the time of receipt of the Suspension Notice. The time period regarding the effectiveness of such Registration Statement set forth in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as applicable, shall be extended by a number of days equal to the number of days in the period from and including the date of delivery of the Suspension Notice to the Recommencement Date.

SECTION 7. REGISTRATION EXPENSES

(a) All expenses incident to the Company’s and the Guarantors’ performance of or compliance with this Agreement will be borne by the Company, regardless of whether a Registration Statement becomes effective, including without limitation: (i) all registration and filing fees and expenses; (ii) all fees and expenses of compliance with federal securities and state Blue Sky or securities laws; (iii) all expenses of printing (including printing certificates for the Exchange Notes to be issued in the Registered Exchange Offer and printing of Prospectuses), messenger and delivery services and telephone; (iv) all fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and the Guarantors and one counsel for all of the Holders of Entitled Securities selected by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of Entitled Securities being registered; (v) all application and filing fees in connection with listing the Exchange Notes on a national securities exchange or automated quotation system pursuant to the requirements hereof; and (vi) all fees and disbursements of independent certified public accountants of the Company and the Guarantors (including the expenses of any special audit and comfort letters required by or incident to such performance); provided, however, that in no event shall the Company or the Guarantors be responsible for any underwriting discounts, commissions or fees attributable to the sale or other disposition of Entitled Securities.

The Company will, in any event, bear its and the Guarantors’ internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expenses of any annual audit and the fees and expenses of any Person, including special experts, retained by the Company or the Guarantors.

(b) In connection with any Registration Statement required by this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and the Shelf Registration Statement), the Company and the Guarantors will reimburse the Initial Purchasers and the Holders of Entitled Securities who are tendering Initial Notes in the Registered Exchange Offer and/or selling or reselling Initial Notes or Exchange Notes pursuant to the “Plan of Distribution” contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement, as applicable, for the reasonable fees and disbursements of not more than one counsel shall be chosen by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Entitled Securities for whose benefit such Registration Statement is being prepared, if any.

SECTION 8. INDEMNIFICATION

(a) The Company and the Guarantors agree, jointly and severally, to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, its directors, officers and each Person, if any, who controls such

 

15


Holder (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act), from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities or judgments, (including without limitation, any legal or other expenses incurred in connection with investigating or defending any matter, including any action that could give rise to any such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or judgments) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement, preliminary prospectus or Prospectus, Free Writing Prospectus or any “issuer information” (as defined in Rule 433 of the Act) filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or judgments are caused by an untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission that is based upon information relating to any of the Holders furnished in writing to the Company by or on behalf of any of the Holders.

(b) Each Holder agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and the Guarantors, and their respective directors and officers, and each Person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) the Company, or the Guarantors to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company and the Guarantors set forth in section (a) above, but only with reference to information relating to such Holder furnished in writing to the Company by or on behalf of such Holder expressly for use in any Registration Statement. In no event shall any Holder, its directors, officers or any Person who controls such Holder be liable or responsible for any amount in excess of the amount by which the total amount received by such Holder with respect to its sale of Entitled Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement exceeds the sum of: (i) the amount paid by such Holder for such Entitled Securities plus (ii) the amount of any damages that such Holder, its directors, officers or any Person who controls such Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

(c) In case any action shall be commenced involving any person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 8(a) or 8(b) (the “ indemnified party ”), the indemnified party shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnity may be sought (the “ indemnifying party ”) in writing and the indemnifying party shall assume the defense of such action, including the employment of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party and the payment of all fees and expenses of such counsel, as incurred (except that in the case of any action in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to both Sections 8(a) and 8(b), a Holder shall not be required to assume the defense of such action pursuant to this Section 8(c), but may employ separate counsel and participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel, except as provided below, shall be at the expense of the Holder). Any indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such action and participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of the indemnified party unless (i) the employment of such counsel has been specifically authorized in writing by the indemnifying party, (ii) the indemnifying party has failed to assume the defense of such action or employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party, or (iii) the named parties to any such action (including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party, and the indemnified party has been advised by

 

16


such counsel that there may be one or more legal defenses available to it which are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party (in which case the indemnifying party shall not have the right to assume the defense of such action on behalf of the indemnified party). In any such case, the indemnifying party shall not, in connection with any one action or separate but substantially similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) for all indemnified parties and all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. Such firm shall be designated in writing by a majority of the Holders, in the case of the parties indemnified pursuant to Section 8(a), and by the Company and Guarantors, in the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 8(b). The indemnifying party shall indemnify and hold harmless the indemnified party from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and judgments by reason of any settlement of any action effected with (i) its written consent, or (ii) effected without its written consent if the settlement is entered into more than 20 Business Days after the indemnifying party received a request from the indemnified party for reimbursement for the fees and expenses of counsel (in any case where such fees and expenses are at the expense of the indemnifying party) and, prior to the date of such settlement, the indemnifying party has failed to comply with such reimbursement request. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), effect any settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action in respect of which the indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity or contribution may be or could have been sought hereunder by the indemnified party, unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability on claims that are or could have been the subject matter of such action, and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of the indemnified party.

(d) To the extent that the indemnification provided for in this Section 8 is unavailable to an indemnified party in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or judgments referred to therein, then each indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or judgments (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, from their sale of Entitled Securities, or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause 8(d)(i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause 8(d)(i) above but also the relative fault of the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and of the Holder, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or judgments, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and of the Holder, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or such Guarantor, on the one hand, or by the Holder, on the other hand, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and judgments referred to above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 8(c) hereof, any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim.

 

17


The Company, the Guarantors and each Holder agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 8(d) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities or judgments referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any matter, including any action that could have given rise to such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or judgments. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 8, no Holder, its directors, its officers or any Person, if any, who controls such Holder shall be required to contribute, in the aggregate, any amount in excess of the amount by which the total amount received by such Holder with respect to the sale of Entitled Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement exceeds the sum of: (i) the amount paid by such Holder for such Entitled Securities plus (ii) the amount of any damages that such Holder has otherwise paid or become liable to pay by reason of any untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Holders’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 8(d) are several in proportion to the respective principal amount of Entitled Securities held by each Holder hereunder and not joint.

SECTION 9. RULE 144A AND RULE 144

The Company and each Guarantor agrees with each Holder, for so long as any Entitled Securities remain outstanding and during any period in which the Company or such Guarantor (i) is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, to make available, upon request of any Holder, to such Holder or beneficial owner of Entitled Securities in connection with any sale thereof and any prospective purchaser of such Entitled Securities designated by such Holder or beneficial owner, the information required by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Act in order to permit resales of such Entitled Securities pursuant to Rule 144A under the Act.

SECTION 10. MISCELLANEOUS

(a) Remedies . The Company and the Guarantors acknowledge and agree that any failure by the Company and/or the Guarantors to comply with their respective obligations under Sections 3 and 4 hereof may result in material irreparable injury to the Initial Purchasers or the Holders for which there is no adequate remedy at law, that it will not be possible to measure damages for such injuries precisely and that, in the event of any such failure, the Initial Purchasers or any Holder may obtain such relief as may be required to specifically enforce the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under Sections 3 and 4 hereof. The Company and the Guarantors further agree to waive the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate.

 

18


(b) Free Writing Prospectus . The Company represents, warrants and covenants that it (including its agents and representatives) will not prepare, make, use, authorize, approve or refer to any “written communication” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Act) in connection with the issuance and sale of the Initial Notes and the Exchange Notes, other than (i) any communication pursuant to Rule 134, Rule 135 or Rule 135c under the Act, (ii) any document constituting an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy the Initial Notes or the Exchange Notes that falls within the exception from the definition of prospectus in Section 2(a)(10)(a) of the Act, or (iii) a prospectus satisfying the requirements of section 10(a) of the Act or of Rule 430, Rule 430A, Rule 430B, Rule 430C or Rule 431 under the Act.

(c) No Inconsistent Agreements . The Company and any Guarantor will not, on or after the date of this Agreement, enter into any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof. The Company and any Guarantor have not previously entered into, nor is currently a party to, any agreement granting any registration rights with respect to its securities to any Person that would require such securities to be included in any Registration Statement filed hereunder. The rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of the Company’s and the Guarantors’ securities under any agreement in effect on the date hereof.

(d) Amendments and Waivers . The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to or departures from the provisions hereof may not be given unless (i) in the case of Section 5 hereof and this Section 10(d)(i), the Company has obtained the written consent of Holders of all outstanding Entitled Securities, and (ii) in the case of all other provisions hereof, the Company has obtained the written consent of Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of Entitled Securities (excluding Entitled Securities held by the Company or its Affiliates). Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to departure from the provisions hereof that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders whose Entitled Securities are being tendered pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer, and that does not affect directly or indirectly the rights of other Holders whose Entitled Securities are not being tendered pursuant to such Registered Exchange Offer, may be given by the Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of Entitled Securities subject to such Registered Exchange Offer.

(e) Additional Guarantors . The Company shall cause any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (as defined in the Indenture) that becomes, prior to the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer, a Guarantor in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Indenture to become a party to this Agreement as a Guarantor.

(f) Third Party Beneficiary . The Holders shall be third party beneficiaries to the agreements made hereunder between the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchasers, on the other hand, and shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent they may deem such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect its rights or the rights of Holders hereunder.

 

19


(g) Notices . All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telex, telecopier or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery:

(i) if to a Holder, at the address set forth on the records of the Registrar under the Indenture, with a copy to the Registrar under the Indenture; and

(ii) if to the Company or the Guarantors:

(A) from the date hereof until March 18, 2013:

300 Tower Parkway

Lincolnshire, Illinois 60069

Attention: Legal Department

Facsimile No. (847) 484-4144)

(B) effective March 18, 2013:

Kemper Lakes Business Center, Building 4

Four Corporate Drive,

Long Grove, Illinois 60047

Attention: Legal Department

(Facsimile No. (847) 484-4144)

With a copy to:

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP

Attention: William R. Kunkel

Facsimile: 312.407.8514

All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next Business Day, if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery.

Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee at the address specified in the Indenture.

(h) Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties, including without limitation and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders; provided that nothing herein shall be deemed to permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition of Entitled Securities in violation of the terms hereof or of the Purchase Agreement or the Indenture. If any transferee of any Holder shall acquire Entitled Securities in any manner, whether by operation of law or otherwise, such Entitled Securities shall be held subject to all of the terms of this Agreement, and

 

20


by taking and holding such Entitled Securities such Person shall be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to perform all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement, including the restrictions on resale set forth in this Agreement and, if applicable, the Purchase Agreement, and such Person shall be entitled to receive the benefits hereof.

(i) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

(j) Headings . The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

(k) Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICT OF LAW RULES THEREOF.

(l) Severability . In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

(m) Entire Agreement . This Agreement is intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement and intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein. There are no restrictions, promises, warranties or undertakings, other than those set forth or referred to herein with respect to the registration rights granted with respect to the Entitled Securities. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter.

(Signature Page Follows.)

 

21


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

MONACO SPINCO INC.
By:  

/s/ Neil A. McLachlan

Name:   Neil A. McLachlan
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President
MEAD DIRECT RESPONSE, INC.
By:  

/s/ Neil A. McLachlan

Name:   Neil A. McLachlan
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President
ACCO BRANDS CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Boris Elisman

Name:   Boris Elisman
Title:   President and Chief Operating Officer
ACCO BRANDS USA LLC
By:  

/s/ Steven Rubin

Name:   Steven Rubin
Title:   Vice President and Secretary
DAY-TIMERS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Steven Rubin

Name:   Steven Rubin
Title:   Vice President and Secretary
GENERAL BINDING CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Steven Rubin

Name:   Steven Rubin
Title:   Vice President and Secretary

 

S-1


GBC INTERNATIONAL, INC.
By:  

/s/ Steven Rubin

Name:   Steven Rubin
Title:   Vice President and Secretary
ACCO INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Steven Rubin

Name:   Steven Rubin
Title:   Vice President and Secretary
ACCO EUROPE FINANCE HOLDINGS, LLC
By:  

/s/ Steven Rubin

Name:   Steven Rubin
Title:   Vice President and Secretary
MEAD PRODUCTS LLC
By:  

/s/ Steven Rubin

Name:   Steven Rubin
Title:   Vice President and Secretary

 

S-2


BARCLAYS CAPITAL INC.

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH                             INCORPORATED

BMO CAPITAL MARKETS CORP.
SUNTRUST ROBINSON HUMPHREY, INC.
As representatives of the several Initial Purchasers     named in Schedule 1 of the Purchase Agreement

BARCLAYS CAPITAL INC.

By  

/s/ Benjamin Burton

Name:   Benjamin Burton
Title:   Managing Director
MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED
By  

/s/ Heather Lamberton

Name:   Heather Lamberton
Title:   Managing Director
BMO CAPITAL MARKETS CORP.
By  

/s/ Eric A. Schubert

Name:   Eric A. Schubert
Title:   Managing Director
SUNTRUST ROBINSON HUMPHREY, INC.
By  

/s/ David Stephenson

Name:   David Stephenson
Title:   Director

 

S-3


SCHEDULE I

Mead Direct Response, Inc.

ACCO Brands Corporation

ACCO Brands USA LLC

Day-Timers, Inc.

General Binding Corporation

GBC International, Inc.

ACCO International Holdings, Inc.

ACCO Europe Finance Holdings, LLC

Mead Products LLC

 

Annex A-1

Exhibit 10.7

ACCO BRANDS CORPORATION,

AS ISSUER,

THE GUARANTORS NAMED HEREIN

AND

U.S. BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

AS TRUSTEE

 

 

FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

DATED AS OF MAY 1, 2012

TO INDENTURE DATED AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2009

10.625% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2015

 

 


THIS FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), dated as of May 1, 2012, is by and among ACCO Brands Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the Guarantors named herein and U.S. Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”). For purposes of this Supplemental Indenture, except as otherwise defined or unless the context otherwise requires, terms used in capitalized form in this Supplemental Indenture and defined in the Indenture (as defined below) have the meanings specified in the Indenture.

WHEREAS, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee are parties to that certain Indenture dated as of September 30, 2009 (the “ Indenture ”);

WHEREAS, $425,140,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes are currently outstanding;

WHEREAS, Section 9.02 of the Indenture provides that, with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, the Company, the Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to herein) and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees and related Security Documents, subject to the exceptions and limitations set forth in Section 9.02, and provided that the consent of Holders of at least two-thirds in principal amount of the Notes outstanding is required in order to release the Collateral from the Liens under the Indenture;

WHEREAS, the Company desires and has requested the Trustee to join with it in entering into this Supplemental Indenture for the purpose of amending the Indenture and the Notes in certain respects as permitted by Section 9.02 of the Indenture;

WHEREAS, the Company has solicited consents to this Supplemental Indenture upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in its Offer to Purchase and Consent Solicitation Statement dated April 16, 2012 and the related Consent and Letter of Transmittal (which together, including any amendments, modifications or supplements thereto, constitute the “ Tender Offer ”);

WHEREAS, (1) the Company has received the consent of the Holders of at least two-thirds in principal amount of the outstanding Notes (excluding any Notes owned by the Company, any Guarantor or any of their Affiliates), all as certified by an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture and (2) the Company has delivered to the Trustee simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture an Opinion of Counsel relating to this Supplemental Indenture as contemplated by Section 9.02 of the Indenture and (3) the Company has satisfied all other conditions required under Article Nine of the Indenture to enable the Company and the Trustee to enter into this Supplemental Indenture.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above premises, each party hereby agrees, for the benefit of the others and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes, as follows:

ARTICLE I

AMENDMENTS TO INDENTURE AND NOTES

Section 1.1 Article 4 of the Indenture is hereby amended by deleting the headings and text of each of the following provisions of the Indenture and inserting in place of such headings and text in each case “[INTENTIONALLY DELETED]”:

Section 4.02 (Reports);

Section 4.03 (Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock);

Section 4.04 (Limitation on Restricted Payments);


Section 4.05 (Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries);

Section 4.06 (Assets Sales);

Section 4.07 (Transactions with Affiliates);

Section 4.08 (Change of Control);

Section 4.11 (Note Guarantees)

Section 4.12 Maintenance of Intercompany Receivables.

Section 4.13 (Liens);

Section 4.15 (Limitations on Business Activities)

Section 4.16 (Further Assurances; Insurance); and

Section 4.17 (Taxes).

Section 1.2 Section 4.09 (Compliance Certificate) of the Indenture is hereby amended by deleting the text of Section 4.09 in its entirety and inserting in place of such text “The Company shall comply with Section 314(a)(4) of the TIA.”

Section 1.3 Section 5.01(a) of the Indenture is hereby amended by deleting the text of each of clauses (ii) and (iii) of Section 5.01(a) of the Indenture in its entirety and inserting in place of such text in each case “[INTENTIONALLY DELETED]”.

Section 1.4 Section 5.01(b) of the Indenture is hereby amended by deleting Section 5.01(b) in its entirety and inserting in place of such text in each case “[INTENTIONALLY DELETED]”.

Section 1.5 Section 6.01 of the Indenture is hereby amended by deleting the text of each of clauses (c), (d), (e), (f), (i), (j), (k), (l) and (m) of Section 6.01 in its entirety and inserting in place of such text in each case “[INTENTIONALLY DELETED]”.

Section 1.6 Sections 11.01 through 11.08 are hereby amended by deleting the text of each Section in its entirety and inserting in place of such text in each case “[INTENTIONALLY DELETED]”.

Section 1.7 Any defined terms present in the Indenture but no longer used as a result of the amendments made pursuant to this Article I are hereby eliminated. Sections 1.01 and 1.02 of the Indenture are hereby amended by deleting in its entirety the definition of each of the terms that is used in the Indenture only in the sections and subsections deleted pursuant to Article I hereof.

Section 1.8 The Indenture is amended by deleting all references to sections and subsections of the Indenture that are deleted pursuant to this Article I.

Section 1.9 The Notes, the Guarantees and the Security Documents are hereby amended to delete all provisions inconsistent with the amendments to the Indenture effected by this Supplemental Indenture. For avoidance of doubt, it is understood that the amendments to the Indenture effected by this Supplemental Indenture are amending the Indenture as supplemented to date and as it applies to the Notes and the Guarantees.

ARTICLE II

RELEASE OF COLLATERAL

Section 2.1 All Liens under the Indenture and Security Documents on the Collateral securing the Notes are hereby released pursuant to Section 9.02(e) of the Indenture and clause (4) of Section 11.08 of the Indenture, and the Trustee, including in its capacity as Collateral Trustee, is hereby instructed to take all such action necessary to effect such release of Liens, including, without limitation (i) releasing and terminating all Liens and security interests granted pursuant to the Indenture or any document executed in

 

2


connection therewith on any property of the Company and each Guarantor, (ii) terminating its rights, as Collateral Trustee, with respect to the Collateral under the Indenture or any document executed in connection therewith, including without limitation, all pledge agreements, security agreements, control agreements, collateral assignments, collateral agency agreements or other grants or transfers of security creating (or purporting to create) a Lien upon Collateral in favor of the Collateral Trustee for the benefit of the Holders, (iii) authorizing the Company and each Guarantor, or any of their designees, to file UCC termination statements and releases for all Liens of record against the Company and each Guarantor, and (iv) agreeing to hereafter execute and deliver to the Company such other documents evidencing the termination and release described herein, including, without limitation, the release and delivery of all Collateral in the Trustee’s possession to the Company or its designee.

ARTICLE III

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

Section 3.1 Indenture . Except as amended hereby, the Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees are in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered under the Indenture shall be bound hereby and all terms and conditions of both shall be read together as though they constitute a single instrument, except that in the case of conflict the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture shall control.

Section 3.2 Governing Law . THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES WHICH WOULD HAVE THE EFFECT OF APPLYING THE LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.

Section 3.3 Successors . All agreements of the Company in this Supplemental Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors.

Section 3.4 Duplicate Originals . All parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together shall represent the same agreement. It is the express intent of the parties to be bound by the exchange of signatures on this Supplemental Indenture via telecopy or other form of electronic transmission.

Section 3.5 Severability . In case any one or more of the provisions in this Supplemental Indenture or in the Notes shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, it being intended that all of the provisions hereof shall be enforceable to the full extent permitted by law.

Section 3.6 Trustee Disclaimer . The Trustee accepts the amendments of the Indenture effected by this Supplemental Indenture and agrees to execute the trust created by the Indenture as hereby amended, but on the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture, including the terms and provisions defining and limiting the liabilities and responsibilities of the Trustee, which terms and provisions shall in like manner define and limit its liabilities and responsibilities in the performance of the trust created by the Indenture as hereby amended. The Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness of the recitals contained herein, and the Trustee shall not be responsible or accountable in any way whatsoever for or with respect to the validity, execution or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture and makes no representation with respect thereto. In entering into this Supplemental Indenture the Trustee shall be entitled to the benefit of every provision of the Indenture limiting the liability of or affording rights, benefits, protections, immunities or indemnities to the Trustee as if they were set forth herein mutatis mutandis.

 

3


Section 3.7 Effectiveness . The provisions of this Supplemental Indenture shall be effective only upon execution and delivery of this instrument by the parties hereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture shall become operative only upon the acceptance for the purchase by the Company, pursuant to the Tender Offer, of at least two-thirds in principal amount of the outstanding Notes (excluding any Notes owned by the Company, any Guarantor or any of their Affiliates); provided that the amendments to the Indenture effected by this Supplemental Indenture shall be deemed to be revoked retroactive to the date hereof if such purchase shall not occur. The Company shall notify the Trustee promptly after the occurrence of such acceptance for purchase or promptly after the Company shall determine that such purchase will not occur.

Section 3.8 Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction thereof.

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year written above.

 

ACCO BRANDS CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Thomas P. O’Neill

Name:   Thomas P. O’Neill
Title:   Senior Vice President
GUARANTORS:
ACCO BRANDS USA LLC
By:  

/s/ Steven Rubin

Name:   Steven Rubin
Title:   Vice President and Secretary
DAY-TIMERS INC.
By:  

/s/ Steven Rubin

Name:   Steven Rubin
Title:   Vice President and Secretary
GENERAL BINDING CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Steven Rubin

Name:   Steven Rubin
Title:   Vice President and Secretary
GBC INTERNATIONAL, INC.
By:  

/s/ Steven Rubin

Name:   Steven Rubin
Title:   Vice President and Secretary
ACCO INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Steven Rubin

Name:   Steven Rubin
Title:   Vice President and Secretary

(Signature page to First Supplemental Indenture)


ACCO BRANDS INTERNATIONAL, INC.
By:  

/s/ Steven Rubin

Name:   Steven Rubin
Title:   Vice President and Secretary
ACCO EUROPE FINANCE HOLDINGS, LLC
By:  

/s/ Steven Rubin

Name:   Steven Rubin
Title:   Vice President and Secretary

ACCO EUROPE INTERNATIONAL

HOLDINGS LLC

By:  

/s/ Steven Rubin

Name:   Steven Rubin
Title:   Vice President and Secretary

(Signature page to First Supplemental Indenture)


U.S. BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as

Trustee

By:  

/s/ Lisa L. Moorehead

Name:   Lisa L. Moorehead
Title:   Assistant Vice President

(Signature page to First Supplemental Indenture)

Exhibit 10.8

AMENDMENT TERMINATING THE

2008 AMENDED AND RESTATED

ACCO BRANDS CORPORATION

SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT PLAN

This Amendment (“ Amendment ”) of the 2008 Amended and Restated ACCO Brands Corporation Supplemental Retirement Plan (the “ Plan ”) is adopted effective as provided below by ACCO Brands Corporation (the “ Company ”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the Company sponsors the Plan;

WHEREAS, effective January 1, 2008, the Company amended and restated the Plan for the purpose of compliance with Section 409A of the Code (“ Section 409A ”);

WHEREAS, effective March 7, 2009, the Company suspended all future accruals of benefits and admissions of employees to participation in the Plan;

WHEREAS, the Company has entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger with MeadWestvaco Corporation and Monaco SpinCo, Inc., dated as of November 17, 2011 (“ Merger Agreement ”), pursuant to which and upon the consummation of the merger provided thereunder on the Effective Time (as defined in the Merger Agreement) the Company will undergo a 409A Change of Control as hereafter defined;

WHEREAS, as of the contemplated Effective Time, three of the approximately forty-five Participants will not have become vested in their benefit under the Plan;

WHEREAS, the Company may amend or terminate the Plan at any time in such manner that does not deprive any participant (or his or her beneficiary) of an accrued benefit under the Plan; and

WHEREAS, Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(j)(ix)(B) provides that the Company may terminate the Plan, and pay accrued benefits to the Participants (to the extent not otherwise then payable in accordance with the terms of the Plan), pursuant to irrevocable action taken by the Company not more than 30 days prior to, and not later than 12 months following, the occurrence of a change in ownership or effective control of the Company or of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5); a “ 409A Change of Control ”), provided that all nonqualified defined benefit deferred compensation plans and arrangements (within the meaning of Section 409A) are terminated with respect to the Participants who experienced such a 409A Change of Control under the Plan and that all such benefits due such Participants under the Plan are paid not later than 12 months after such irrevocable action; and

WHEREAS, for administrative efficiency the Company desires, pursuant to the approval of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors granted on April 23, 2012, to provide for vesting of the unvested Participants and to terminate the Plan with respect to all Participants on, and only on the condition of the occurrence of, the Effective Time, as set forth herein.


NOW, THEREFORE, the Company amends and terminates the Plan as follows:

1. Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning of such term provided under the Plan.

2. This Amendment shall be effective, and become irrevocable, immediately following the occurrence of the Effective Time. If the Merger Agreement is terminated and the transactions contemplated therein abandoned, or if the Effective Time otherwise does not occur, on or before August 31, 2012, then this Amendment shall be null and void ab initio .

3. Upon the effectiveness of this Amendment pursuant to Section 1 hereof:

(a) The Plan shall be terminated;

(b) The unvested benefit of any Participant under the Plan shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable;

(c) The Company shall perform an accounting, with the advice and assistance of the Plan actuaries, of all Participant benefits accrued through March 7, 2009 (the effective date that benefit accruals were previously suspended by the Company) and the actuarial lump sum equivalent amount thereof; and

(d) Each Participant (including all former employee Participants who shall then be receiving monthly annuity benefits) shall be paid such actuarially equivalent lump sum vested benefit in full (without interest for the period following the effectiveness of this Amendment) as soon as administratively practicable thereafter but in all events not later than December 31, 2012.

WHEREFORE, the Company hereby adopts this Amendment this April 26, 2012, effective as provided herein.

 

ACCO BRANDS CORPORATION
By:   /s/ David L. Kaput
Its: Senior Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer

 

2